2014 Catalog. Online Programs 10/2014

2014 Catalog Online Programs 10/2014

Table of Contents Mission................... 3 Education Philosophy........ 4 History.................... 5 Degree Programs............ 7 BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE.............. 8 Master of Science Degree Program COMPUTER ANIMATION............... 18 Bachelor of Science Degree Program CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT..... 30 Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program CREATIVE WRITING................. 42 Master of Fine Arts Degree Program DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY............ 51 Bachelor of Science Degree Program ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS............ 63 Bachelor of Science Degree Program ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS............ 75 Master of Science Degree Program ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS............ 84 with a Sports Management Elective Track Master of Science Degree Program GAME ART...................... 91 Bachelor of Science Degree Program GAME DESIGN................... 103 Bachelor of Science Degree Program GRAPHIC DESIGN................. 115 Bachelor of Science Degree Program INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP....... 126 Master of Science Degree Program INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY.... 136 Master of Science Degree Program INTERNET MARKETING.............. 145 Bachelor of Science Degree Program INTERNET MARKETING.............. 158 Master of Science Degree Program MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS............ 168 Bachelor of Science Degree Program MEDIA DESIGN.................. 181 Master of Fine Arts Degree Program MOBILE DEVELOPMENT.............. 189 Bachelor of Science Degree Program MOBILE GAMING................. 201 Master of Science Degree Program MUSIC BUSINESS................. 209 Bachelor of Science Degree Program MUSIC PRODUCTION............... 221 Bachelor of Science Degree Program NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM............ 233 Master of Arts Degree Program PUBLIC RELATIONS................ 241 Master of Arts Degree Program SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA.......... 251 Bachelor of Science Degree Program WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT.......... 263 Bachelor of Science Degree Program INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY.... 275 Graduate Certificate INTERNET MARKETING.............. 279 Graduate Certificate MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS............ 282 Undergraduate Certificate INTERNSHIP.................... 286 DEGREE PROGRAMS ON CAMPUS......... 287 General Information....... 288 ADMISSIONS................... 289 FINANCIAL AID.................. 291 CAREER DEVELOPMENT.............. 293 TUITION BREAKDOWN.............. 294 GENERAL INFORMATION............. 295 ONLINE CLASS SCHEDULES............ 297 ONLINE HOLIDAY SCHEDULE........... 298 ONLINE EDUCATION AT FULL SAIL........ 299 STUDENT SERVICES................ 299 POLICIES & PROCEDURES............. 300 CLOCK HOUR-TO-CREDIT HOUR CONVERSION... 307 LICENSES & ACCREDITATION........... 307 ADMINISTRATION................. 310 2

Introduction MISSION People from around the world come to Full Sail to pursue their educational goals, and they share one thing in common a passion for creative careers in the entertainment and media industry. Full Sail s mission is to provide students with an innovative style of education, delivered by a staff of dedicated individuals, that addresses the career opportunities available in an ever-growing, constantly evolving industry. We do this by developing unique curricula that combine elements of creativity, art, business and life skills, technical prowess, and academic achievement. Our education is delivered via immersive teaching methods, both in Full Sail s real-world production studios and classrooms, as well as through our online learning environment. Every one of our degree programs is designed to provide students with knowledge and real-world experience that will help them realize their career goals in the entertainment and media industry. INTRODUCTION Mission 3

Introduction EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY Empower our students through an active relationship with the entertainment and media industry Full Sail is dedicated to serving the needs and careers of our students and graduates by actively engaging the companies that make up the entertainment and media industry, both in the United States and around the world. At Full Sail, every degree program goes through ongoing assessment and evolution, ensuring that students receive an education that is current and relevant. This is accomplished through industry feedback and insight, and the specific guidance of groups of entertainment and media professionals who make up Program Advisory Committees for each of our degrees. In addition, our commitment to a close relationship with the industry allows employers to easily recruit qualified talent, and also allows our Career Development Department to promote our graduates to the widest possible audience. Connect students with educators and industry guests who inspire and challenge The core of Full Sail is our staff, many of whom bring years of industry credentials and educational experience to our campus. Because many of our educators and guests are active in the professional community through conventions, industry affiliations, and professional projects, they are able to inspire students with current knowledge that speaks to how entertainment and media companies create exceptional professional product. Provide learning environments that are real world Full Sail s online courses and degrees are driven by a real-world approach that uses current technology to educate and inspire. Through the capabilities of today s Internet, traditional assignments are complemented by videos, animations, and interactive exercises. Our online learning environment is also built around the concept of connecting you with people from accessible instructors, to exclusive guest lecturers, to collaboration tools that enable you to meet, share, and receive feedback from your peers. Full Sail s campus is designed to provide students with educational environments that are on par with some of the best production facilities in the world. In these studios, labs, and classrooms, students gain real-world experience with the creative and technical tools employed at all levels of the industry. At the same time, they learn the same production workflow used in film productions, recording sessions, live events, animation and design projects, and in the development of video games, websites, and entertainment business strategies. Whether on campus or online, Full Sail s goal is to deliver a real-world educational experience that is engaging and exceptional. Promote professionalism throughout the educational experience We believe that students should approach their education like professionals because it will increase their chance for success throughout their careers. There are initiatives woven throughout a student s educational journey designed to instill professional protocol, attitude, and a mindset for creativity and success. These elements are integral to our real-world educational formula, alongside up-to-date curricula, professional settings, immersive projects, and experienced educators. INTRODUCTION Eductional Philosophy 4

You can get there from here EST. 1979 Our History SOME HIGHLIGHTS Since Full Sail s inception in 1979, over 34,000 graduates have prepared for careers in the entertainment and media industry. The following features some of the highlights of Full Sail s history as well as that of our graduates. In 1980, Full Sail moved from its original home in Dayton, Ohio to Orlando, Florida. During the six years that followed, new audio courses were added to the original recording arts offering until, in 1986, the Recording Arts Comprehensive Program was introduced. In 1988, a new curriculum with a focus on the visual arts was born the Video and Film Production Comprehensive Program. In July 1989, Full Sail moved into its current home in Winter Park, Florida (a suburb of Orlando) which has since expanded into a 110+ studio multimedia campus. 1979 Founded in Dayton, Ohio 1980 Moved to Orlando, Florida 1989 Full Sail moves into its current home in Winter Park, Florida 1989-1991 For three years in succession, Full Sail wins the prestigious TEC Award (Technical Excellence and Creativity) 1987 for Best Recording School/Program, presented annually by Mix Magazine 1990 Graduate credit on Graduate credit on Michael Jackson s Bad 8 million copies sold August 1990 marked a milestone in history when Full Sail received accreditation allowing students to earn Specialized Associate Degrees upon successful completion of the curricula in the Recording Arts and/or Film and Video Production Programs. A third Specialized Associate Degree in Digital Media was launched in March 1995 this addition marked Full Sail s entrance into training for the vast, emerging field of interactive media. March 1998 witnessed the introduction of the Game Design Specialized Associate Degree as well as the Show Production & Touring Specialized Associate Degree. In January of that same year, Full Sail achieved additional accreditation and licensing enabling students to earn Associate of Science Degrees in Recording Arts, Film and Video Production, and Digital Media. 1991 Graduate credit on Nirvana s Nevermind #1 Album (Billboard 200) LL Cool J Mama Said Knock You Out #1 Billboard Rap Single First 1996 GRAMMY WINNING Graduate 1994 3 Graduate credits on The Rolling Stones Voodoo Lounge Tour Top Grossing World Tour 1994 1996 Full Sail earns the Florida-based Educational Award for Most Innovative Program as well as Educator of the Year 1995 Graduate credit on Braveheart OSCAR Winner for Best Picture 1995 Graduate credit on PIXAR S Toy Story #1 Box Office Film - OSCAR Nominated 1996 Graduate credits on Kiss Reunion Tour Top Grossing World Tour 96 1997 8 Graduate credits Titanic Top Grossing Film of All Time - OSCAR Winner for Best Picture 1997 Lycos presents Full Sail with their Top Five Percent Award for the school s website 1998 EMMY WINNING Graduate XVIII Olympic Games Most Outstanding Technical Team INTRODUCTION Our History 5

Our History (Cont.) In February of 1999, a new accredited program was introduced the Computer Animation Associate of Science Degree. Additionally, the Game Design and Show Production & Touring Programs were modified and approved to be offered as Associate of Science Degrees. In November 2003, Full Sail offered its first Bachelor s Degree - the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program. In addition, the Game Development Degree Program was revised and expanded to become a Bachelor of Science Degree Program. Another milestone was achieved in August 2005 when three of Full Sail s Associate of Science Degrees were revised and expanded to become Bachelor of Science Degrees Computer Animation, Digital Arts & Design (formerly Digital Media), and Film. In April of 2006, the Entertainment Business Bachelor s Degree Program changed focus slightly and was renamed Music Business. In June 2007, Full Sail launched its first Master of Science Degree in Entertainment Business, and in July 2007, Full Sail launched a new Associate of Science Degree in Graphic Design. 2002 One of the Top 5 Game Degree Programs in the World Electronic Gaming Monthly 2003 Graduate credit on PIXAR S The Incredibles OSCAR Winner for Best Animated Feature Film 2003 Graduate credit on Lord of the Rings: Return of the King OSCAR Winner for Best Picture October 2007 was a historic month, with the introduction of Full Sail s first online degree program an online version of the school s existing Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program. The launch of this first online degree was years in the making and saw the school build a proprietary online learning platform from the ground up. In December 2007, Full Sail launched a new on-campus degree program the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree designed to meet the growing demand for game-specific artists. In January 2008, Full Sail launched two additional online degree programs the Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Degree and the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree, and a new on-campus degree program the Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree. In March 2008, Full Sail was granted University status and became known as Full Sail University. Since then, the school has continued to expand its online and campus degree offerings into new fields, including Game Design, Internet Marketing, Graphic Design, and more, while also revising and expanding its flagship Recording Arts and Show Production programs to be offered as Bachelor of Science Degrees. 2003 GRAMMY Album of the Year Outkast Speakerboxxx/ The Love Below 3 Graduates Win 2005-2007 Graduate Directs Saw 2,3,4 #1 Box Office Film on Halloween 3 Years in a Row 2005 One of the 5 Best Music Programs in the Country Rolling Stone Magazine 2005 First Graduate OSCAR Nomination 2005 One of the 3 Best Music Business Departments Schools That Rock The Rolling Stone College Guide 2005 One of the Top 5 Film Schools in the Country UNleashed Magazine (2005) Throughout the world, Full Sail graduates are employed in music recording, film production, video production, animation, sound design, web development, concert sound, concert lighting, postproduction, game design, music, interactive title development, graphic design, virtual reality and simulation, entertainment companies, and worldwide corporations. Hundreds of media businesses have been built and GRAMMY, Emmy, Addy, and Recording Industry Association of America (Gold and Platinum Records) awards have been earned by numerous alumni. In addition, 2005 marked the first graduate to ever be nominated for an OSCAR. 2007 Full Sail s redesigned website receives multiple nominations in the Webby Awards for Best Home/ Welcome Page and Best Website - School 2007 Full Sail is the Harvard of Game Schools Tips & Tricks Magazine 2006 111 Graduates involved with GRAMMY nominated projects 2008 Full Sail University named School/College of the Year by the Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools & Colleges (FAPSC) 2009 Full Sail University celebrates its 30th Anniversary & inaugural Hall of Fame Inductees INTRODUCTION Our History TODAY 2014 6

Degree Programs DEGREE PROGRAMS 7

Business Intelligence Computer Animation Master of Science Degree Program The Bachelor explosive of growth Science of data Degree from the Program Internet, social networks, business networks, as well as the evolution of data management systems, has given businesses, government and other organizations the tools to amass a wealth of information about the individuals and entities they engage with in a wide variety of transactions. Organizations are now recognizing the value this ocean of data represents. This awareness has fueled the need for professionals that can mine it, analyze it, and turn it into effective strategic and operational actions. In Full Sail University s Business Intelligence master of science degree program, you ll learn how to collect, manage, mine, analyze, interpret, and create visual representations of Big Data using a variety of tools and technologies. You ll examine topics including data management, qualitative analysis, and business intelligence technologies, and develop key technical and analytical skills in data visualization, creative reporting, case studies, project management, and leadership development through a series of integrated learning activities. Each of your courses will contribute to the development of your capstone project, which will be to design and plan the implementation of a data warehouse a comprehensive database supplied by a variety of external sources. You will demonstrate your abilities as a BI professional by conducting your own research, developing and presenting your findings and recommendations. Areas of Focus Foundations BI Analytics of Fine Business Arts Personal Effects Intelligence Modeling Development Final Project/ BI Technologies & Demo Leadership Reel Creation Animation Skills BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 8

NG ore se USINESS TS processes DATA DATA management technologies ng statistical oninference S nt ERSUASIVE ESS IGENCE ent TING Areas of Focus core BUSINESS processes management technologies statistical INFERENCE PERSUASIVE skills skills TIONS OF S INTELLIGENCE OLOGIES BI systems data management REPORTING TOOLS data data MINING management REPORTING data TOOLS warehouse PROJECTS PREDICTIVE data process modeling analysis warehouse PROJECTS implementation PROCESS managament PREDICTIVE active modeling listening implementation BI BUSINESS transactional INTELLIGENCEsystems PROCESSING PROCESS managament BI ANALYTICS core BUSINESS processes BI DATA systems management technologies BI systems data MINING FOUNDATIONS process OF BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE analysis active listening BI TECHNOLOGIES ANALYTIC data processing MINING process analysis active listening data management REPORTING TOOLS PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS data online warehouse PROJECTS online online transactional core PROCESSING online online transactional ANALYTIC processing project MANAGEMENT project MANAGEMENT BUSINESS processes DATA EVALUATION PROCESSING online DATA ANALYTIC management BI EVALUATION Technologies warehouse technologies processing management REPORTING PROJECTS project DATA set management REPORTING MANAGEMENT statistical INFERENCE BI systems PERSUASIVE data MINING skills set EVALUATION Foundations of Business Intelligence Creating effective business intelligence solutions relies on a data scientist s foundational knowledge of the core concepts, processes, and tools of business intelligence. In the Business Intelligence program, you ll be introduced to the core business processes as well as the network, online, data management and data reporting management tools that represent the building blocks of BI systems. Upon completion of the program REPORTING students will have a thorough understanding of the TOOLS key components needed to construct an effective business intelligence infrastructure. DATA data set Business intelligence technologies are key building blocks of a BI solution. In the Business Intelligence master s program you ll acquire an understanding of data management technologies, with an emphasis on REPORTING the design and creation of a data warehouse. PREDICTIVE modeling Your courses will teach you the practical planning and management of data warehouse projects, including architecture and physical design. You ll explore BI systems architecture and the operational dimensions implementation of BI technology, including database administration, data warehousing, and data mining. You will also examine the role of transactional databases and online transactional processing, and learn common business intelligence tasks including PROCESS managament online transactional PROCESSING reporting, performance monitoring, and forecasting. BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program sys d MIN p ana acti liste 9

A ies ent l CE VE Areas of Focus process analysis data management implementation REPORTING listening TOOLS PROCESS BI Analytics ills active data management TOOLS ata data warehouse PROJECTS warehouse PREDICTIVE PROJECTS modeling REDICTIVE implementation data modeling PROCESS managament warehouse PROJECTS PREDICTIVE modeling managament BI of business intelligence. Your lessons in the Business Extracting meaningful information from an organization s data management system is a critical step in supporting decision-making within the world REPORTING Intelligence master s program will cover topics including statistical inference, decision-making under uncertainty, predictive modeling, and modeling of random processes. Assignments emphasize the role of business process analysis and critical thinking in project-planning situations. Throughout the program, you ll learn how technologies such as data warehouses, data cubes, data marts, and online analytic processing (OLAP) are used to access, analyze, and distribute information. You ll also develop an understanding of basic statistical and analytic techniques used in the evaluation of large data sets. systems data BI systems data MINING process MINING analysis active process analysis listening data MINING online ANALYTIC processing analysis project active listening MANAGEMENT online online transactional transactional PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT PROCESSING AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS online ANALYTIC PROCESSING online project processing ANALYTIC online transactional FOUNDATIONS PROCESSING OF BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE processing MANAGEMENT DATA EVALUATION online ANALYTIC BI TECHNOLOGIES processing set management project REPORTING BI ANALYTICS MANAGEMENT DATA set EVALUATION set DATA management EVALUATION REPORTING core BUSINESS processes set DATA DATA EVALUATION management technologies management statistical REPORTING INFERENCE PERSUASIVE skills BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 10

tation ESS ment MENT ILLS Areas of Focus BI ANALYTICS PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS BI DATA management technologies BUSINESS statistical INFERENCE INTELLIGENCE systems Personal Development PERSUASIVE & Leadership Skills FOUNDATIONS OF In order to successfully BUSINESS adopt and INTELLIGENCE implement a BI process analysis active active listening PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS statistical INFERENCE PERSUASIVE skills proposal, a business intelligence professional must be able to elicit information from participants, and explain complex data concepts and processes to different audiences. They must also have the persuasive MINING skills to encourage buy-in and organizational change, as well as the leadership skills to manage BI TECHNOLOGIES implementation processes. During your time in the Business Intelligence program, your courses will support the development of your communication and leadership abilities by emphasizing skills such as active listening, negotiation, project BI ANALYTICS management, and presentation skills. You ll also learn how to match visualizations and infographics with text and motion graphics to create effective, informative, and engaging presentations in a range of media. Additionally, you will build vital management listening skills such as vendor selection, management reporting, meeting management, and legal issues that affect BI policy execution. skills online data transactional PROCESSING online ANALYTIC project warehouse PREDICTIVE modeling MANAGEMENT PROJECTS implementation PROCESS managament PREDICTIVE modeling core implementation BUSINESS PROCESS managament processes DATA management technologies processing statistical INFERENCE MANAGEMENT project PERSUASIVE skills process analysis active listening DATA EVALUATION data MINING process analysis data active management listening set management REPORTING TOOLS data online management ANALYTIC processing REPORTING project MANAGEMENT REPORTING warehouse PROJECTS PREDICTIVE modeling implementation PROCESS managament online transactional set DATA EVALUATION PROCESSING management REPORTING online ANALYTIC project processing BI MANAGEMENT systems data MINING process analysis active listening BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 11

Overview The Business Intelligence master of science degree program prepares students for careers in Big Data, including business analysts, data warehouse administrators, and consultants. Business Intelligence master of science students receive graduate-level instruction that develops the technical, business, and analytic competencies necessary to inform effective organizational decision-making. Graduate courses in data management, qualitative analysis, and business intelligence technologies introduce core knowledge and skills through a series of interconnected learning experiences. Students further develop key technical and analytical skills in courses that address topics such as data mining methodologies, pattern recognition and analysis, and process modeling. As they complete the program, students will refine their critical thinking and communication skills by examining a variety of realworld business challenges, through advanced lessons in data visualization, creative reporting, case studies, project management, and leadership development. Each course will develop the student s academic research skills, tools, and methodologies as students learn how to utilize academic research for a variety of contexts and learning activities. Throughout the program, students will develop their capstone thesis project focusing on building a data warehouse, which they will deliver in the final month of the degree. Objective Today s businesses have access to a vast amount of information that can be utilized to improve their products and services, make their companies run more effectively, and transform their business. As such, utilizing Big Data to make informed business decisions is a rapidly growing trend for businesses around the world. The objective of the Business Intelligence master of science degree program is to prepare students to collect, manage, prepare, analyze, interpret, and communicate this information for the improvement of specific business processes and to inform business decisions. This goal will be accomplished by providing students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities necessary to effectively utilize data for the improvement of business results. It will also be accomplished through project-based learning activities and guided academic research applications, which will enable students to use the appropriate tools and technologies for data management, analysis, visualization, and communication. BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 12

Business Intelligence Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours BIN 560 Business Intelligence Analytics 3.00 BIN 680 Business Intelligence Capstone 3.00 BIN 660 Business Intelligence Case Studies 3.00 BIN 650 Business Intelligence Leadership & Communication Skills 3.00 BIN 550 Business Intelligence Technologies 3.00 BIN 580 Data Mining 3.00 BIN 630 Data Visualization and Creative Reporting 3.00 BIN 530 Enterprise Data Management 3.00 BIN 520 Foundations of Business Intelligence 3.00 MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership 3.00 BIN 610 Patterns and Recognition 3.00 BIN 620 Process Modeling and Analysis 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE ENTERPRISE DATA MANAGEMENT BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE TECHNOLOGIES BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE ANALYTICS 6 7 8 9 10 DATA MINING PATTERNS & RECOGNITION 11 12 BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE CASE STUDIES BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE CAPSTONE PROCESS MODELING & ANALYSIS DATA VISUALIZATION & CREATIVE REPORTING BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE LEADERSHIP & COMMUNICATION SKILLS Totals: 36.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 36 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 13

Course Descriptions Program Core BIN 560 Business Intelligence Analytics The Business Intelligence Analytics Course provides an overview of fundamental concepts, tools, and techniques used to extract meaningful information from an organization s data in order to support effective decision making. The course will further develop students understanding of statistical and analytic techniques used in forecasting and predictive analysis. Special emphasis will be placed on probability and an introduction to the Bayesian Paradigm and Bayesian statistical methods. Lessons will cover topics including statistical inference, decision making under uncertainty, predictive modeling, and modeling of random processes. Assignments will emphasize the role of business process analysis and critical thinking in the planning of BI projects and data warehouse projects. Online Analytic Processing (OLAP) Bayesian Statistical Methods Statistical Inference Decision Making Under Uncertainty Forecasting and Predictive Analysis Academic Research and Methodologies BIN 680 Business Intelligence Capstone The Business Intelligence Capstone Course will provide students with an opportunity to demonstrate mastery of program curriculum as they deliver their data warehouse and present key findings to colleagues and project stakeholders. Students will present a final thesis document that summarizes the project, methodologies, key results, and recommendations. In addition to presenting a functional data warehouse and executive dashboard, students will deliver a presentation that summarizes their project, results, and recommendations through the effective use appropriate data visualization and infographics. The final presentation will emphasize professional communication and critical thinking skills as much as technical competence. Written Report Including Project Plan, Methodology, and Recommendations Presentation, Infographics, and Visualization BIN 660 Business Intelligence Case Studies The Business Intelligence Case Studies Course will synthesize student learning through case analysis and the practical application of business intelligence (BI) analytic processes to a range of business problems. Throughout the course, students will use a series of case studies to address a variety of real-world problems involving enterprise level business analysis. The course will focus use of BI processes, tools, and techniques to generate viable solutions to complex problems in a variety of domains. Activities will focus on developing the creative problem solving and critical thinking skills to support the range of BI decisionmaking processes from identification and analysis of problems to the presentation of results. Students will practice virtual meetings, interviews, and presentation skills in a variety of group and individual exercises. Case Analysis Project Planning Enterprise Level Business Analysis Creative Problem Solving and Critical Thinking Academic Research and Methodologies BIN 650 Business Intelligence Leadership & Communication Skills The Business Intelligence Leadership and Communication Skills Course will refine students abilities to listen, ask questions, and explain complex processes, policies, and results to variety of audiences across an organization. Students will match visualizations and infographics with text and motion graphics to create effective, informative, and engaging presentations in a range of media. Lessons cover a variety of operational topics including vendor selection, management reporting, and legal issues that affect business intelligence (BI) policy and implementation. Exercises will emphasize skills necessary for successful BI professionals including listening, negotiation, and meeting management. Students will also work to finalize their capstone project presentation. Create Effective Presentations in a Range of Media Vendor Selection Budgeting Management Reporting Legal Issues that Effect BI Policy and Implementation Listening Negotiation Meeting Management Academic Research and Methodologies Data Warehouse and Dashboard Academic Research and Methodologies BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 14

Course Descriptions Program Core BIN 550 Business Intelligence Technologies The Business Intelligence Technologies Course develops students understanding of data management technologies and processes that support successful business intelligence (BI) systems with an emphasis on the design and creation of a data warehouse. Lessons cover the practical planning and management of data warehouse projects including architecture and physical design. Topics include the basics of extract, transform, and load (ETL) processes as well as the implementation and management of data warehouses. Students will explore common BI systems architecture and the operational dimensions of BI technology including database administration, data warehousing, and data mining. The course will also examine the role of transactional databases and online transactional processing (OLTP) and explore common BI tasks including reporting, performance monitoring, and forecasting. Students will learn how technologies such as data warehouses, data cubes, data marts, and online analytic processing (OLAP) are used to access, analyze, and distribute organizational information. Case analysis and real-world examples will provide students with an introduction to basic statistical and analytic tools used by BI to solve problems and improve decision making in a variety of industries and contexts. Extract, Transform, and Load (ETL) BI Systems Architecture Database Administration, Data Warehousing, and Data Mining Online Transactional Processing (OLTP) Online Analytic Processing (OLAP) Common BI Tasks Basic Statistical and Analytic Tools Academic Research and Methodologies BIN 580 Data Mining The Data Mining Course will examine how data mining tools, techniques, and intelligent processes are used to identify patterns in data that yield information, insight, and enterprise intelligence. Students will explore data mining concepts and practical techniques and methodologies for extracting information from large data sets using algorithms. Lessons will cover a variety of data mining and machinelearning processes and concepts including clustering, association, classification, and outlier analysis. Students will apply course concepts as they use professional data-mining tools on large data sets. This course will also address estimating the value of data mining insights and examine project management and reporting issues specific to data mining. Algorithms and Machine Learning Data Mining Tools Classification Clustering and Association Estimating Value of Insights and Discoveries Project Management and Planning Academic Research and Methodologies BIN 630 Data Visualization and Creative Reporting The Data Visualization and Creative Reporting Course will sharpen students abilities to present complex results to a wide range of audiences across an organization. Students will learn about practical techniques and the latest tools for developing impactful data visualizations and infographics. The course will address concepts and design considerations for dashboards, user interface, and web-based reporting and examine how each supports a variety of knowledge management requirements. The course will address the use of dashboards, including web-based and desktop widgets and stand-alone software applications. Students will also explore current technical and user interface considerations of responsive web design as well as data-fusion techniques and the presentation of real-time, locationbased, and social network data. Data Visualization and Infographics User Interface Design BIN 530 Enterprise Data Management The Enterprise Data Management Course explores the big picture of enterprise data systems and sources, taking a holistic approach to knowledge management within organizations. This course will introduce enterprise and management-level information systems that support business processes including enterprise resource planning (ERP), decision support systems (DSS), supply chain management (SCM), knowledge management systems (KMS), customer relationship management (CRM), and human resources information systems (HRIS). Students will explore the impact of the Internet on traditional IT systems management with particular focus on the technical and policy impact personal smart devices and the unique security issues raised by mobile applications, social media, and cloudbased systems. The course will also introduce students to the fundamentals of logical data models and database design. Assignments focus on the communication and presentation of complex technical information to a range of non-technical audiences. Students will receive their Capstone business case that they ll use to develop a project plan, data warehouse, final report, and presentation to be delivered at the completion of their degree Month 12. Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Management Information Systems (MIS) Decision Support Systems (DSS) Mobile Applications, Social Media, and Cloud-Based Systems Logical Data Models and Database Design Communicating with Nontechnical Audiences Academic Research and Methodologies Virtual Presentations Dashboards Mobile Reporting Academic Research and Methodologies BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 15

Course Descriptions Program Core BIN 520 Foundations of Business Intelligence The Foundations of Business Intelligence Course introduces students to the core concepts, processes, and tools of Business Intelligence. Lessons will introduce business process analysis (BPA) and cover the core business processes that business intelligence (BI) systems seek to address including finance and accounting, marketing, operations, and human resources. Students will explore the basics of common network, Internet, and BI architecture and technologies including data warehouses, data marts, and reporting tools and dashboard. Students will also develop a foundational knowledge of project management considerations for the design, development, and implementation of effective BI systems. Case study and interactive assignments will illustrate how elements of an effective BI system are used to solve a variety of real-world business problems. Finally, students will explore the structure of a formal literature review as they contrast business and academic research methods in preparation for the selection of their Capstone Thesis topic. Business Process Analysis (BPA) Networking and Internet Technologies BI Architecture Project Management Academic and Business Research Methods Literature Review MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership At the level of a master s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the student s first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject. Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies BIN 610 Patterns and Recognition The Patterns and Recognition Course will examine advanced data-mining concepts and techniques used to identify meaningful statistical patterns and relationships in data. Students will explore the use of algorithms in a variety of BI processes from basic pattern recognition to search engines and real-time analysis (RTA). Assignments will use case studies to emphasize the role of data mining in supporting effective organizational decision making. Students will also examine how algorithms are used to support social network analysis as well as speech and image recognition. Students will apply course concepts using data-mining tools to examine live data sets that support development of their capstone project. Advanced Data-Mining Tools and Techniques Real-Time Analysis (RTA) Pattern Recognition Search Engines Social Network Analysis Speech and Image Recognition Academic Research and Methodologies BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 16

Course Descriptions Program Core BIN 620 Process Modeling and Analysis The Process Modeling and Analysis Course will address how business intelligence systems are used to support the analysis and improvement of business processes. In addition to an exploration of business process modeling (BPM), process simulation modeling (PSIM), and enterprise risk modeling the course will examine a variety of statistical simulation and modeling concepts including model validation, sensitivity estimation, and Monte Carlo simulation. Lessons will also cover AB testing and optimization through simulation, including the use of Bayesian statistics in simulations used to support optimization processes. Selected cases and assignments will explore practical application of business-process analytics in solving real-world quality control, user-experience, and process-improvement problems. Students will also explore the application of course concepts in decision support systems (DSS) and the selection of key performance indicators (KPIs), including the use of balanced scorecards to monitor organization performance. Process Simulation Modeling (PSIM) Monte Carlo Simulation Enterprise Risk Modeling Statistical Simulation Optimization AB Testing Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) Academic Research and Methodologies BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Master of Science Degree Program 17

Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program It hasn t been that long since animation meant teams of artists working long hours to make individual 2D cels. For most of the 20th century, that was the way animated shows and features were made. But the 21st century has seen computers become essential tools for animators, with increased processing power and more sophisticated software combining to move the bulk of animation from the cel to the CPU. Whether for animated shows and feature films, video games, or as special effects in live-action films, computer animation is an integral part of the way artists get their vision onto screens. To become one of those artists, you ll need to understand the art, the techniques, and the technology that professional animators use to bring their creations to life. In this collaboration-oriented online program, you ll learn the tools of the trade that you ll need to become a 21st century 3D artist. Areas of Focus Fine Arts Modeling Fine Arts Animation Modeling Animation Effects Final EffectsProject/ Demo Final Project/ Reel Creation Demo Reel Creation COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 18

life DRAWING urves SURFACES body ANGUAGE realistic MOVEMENT ACTIONS Areas of Focus SCULPTING anatomical MODELING character RIGGING PROFESSIONAL demo REEL LIGHTING texturing storyboarding character MODELING MODELING ANIMATION EFFECTS & DEMO REEL CRATION art craft life concepts DRAWING 2D 3D TECHNIQUES CAMERA lighting effects Fine Arts 3D modeling BASICS curves The journey of becoming successful in the computer SURFACES animation industry starts with building a foundation in traditional art. Our curriculum is built on the skills, concepts. character and techniques that will enable body students to understand MOTION and appreciate the holistic LANGUAGE approach artists must use in the animation process. Using traditional mediums such as graphite, color pencil, and dynamics clay you will learn how to manipulate realistic PARTICLE MOVEMENT the elements of art to create designs that work in EFFECTS ACTIONS the three-dimensional world. Hands-on exercises in illustration, color theory, character development, life drawing, and sculpting will help you produce believable characters and compositionally sound environments. COMPUTER ANIMATION FINE ARTS craft TECHNIQUE MODELING COMPUTER ANIMATION FINE ARTS MODELING life DRAWING texturing SPECIAL effects TRADITIONAL art TRADITIONAL concepts concepts SCULPTING craft TECHNIQUE 3D TECHNIQUE craft LIGHTING texturing modeling BASICS 3D modeling BASICS life DRAWING curves SURFACES Modeling Creating believable models is an essential element of computer animation. With three courses devoted solely to modeling, you ll gradually develop the strategies and skills needed to use computer modeling tools efficiently. After getting a foundation in surface creation, 3D modeling basics, trimming and blending, and curves and surfaces, you ll move on to advanced modeling techniques production modeling, surface flow, anatomical modeling utilizing the same real-world workflow as professional animators. life SCULPTING DRAWING curves anatomical MODELING SURFACES COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program SC LIGH tex M an 19

curves Areas of Focus modeling SURFACES BASICS 3D curves SURFACES anatomical MODELING anatomical MODELING body character MOTION TECHNIQUE LANGUAGE craft dynamics PARTICLE realistic EFFECTS modeling 3D MOVEMENT BASICS ACTIONS character MOTION Animation dynamics body LANGUAGE life DRAWING realistic MOVEMENT curves body LANGUAGE realistic Bringing computer PARTICLE models to life is the goal MOVEMENT of the EFFECTS animation process, and the curriculum at Full ACTIONS Sail teaches you the tools and techniques you ll need to do just that. First, you ll learn basic animation skills and the fundamentals of powerful software packages like Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Then you ll build on those basics with 2D and 3D techniques like character motion, body language, and character rigging as you use all your artistic skills together with technology to make your creations move. character RIGGING PROFESSIONAL ACTIONS demo SURFACES character RIGGING SCULPTING PROFESSIONAL demo anatomical REEL MODELING REEL character RIGGING PROFESSIONAL demo REEL storyboarding storyboarding LIGHTING texturing character MODELING texturing character MODELING texturing SPECIAL storyboarding SPECIAL effects character MODELING texturing SPECIAL effects COMPUTER effects ANIMATION FINE ARTS MODELING ANIMATION art TRADITIONAL concepts 2D 3D TECHNIQUES 3 COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 20

2D 3D TECHNIQUES LANGUAGE TECHNIQUES MOTION LANGUAGE Areas of Focus CAMERA CAMERA lighting lighting effects effects dynamics dynamics PARTICLE PARTICLE EFFECTS EFFECTS realistic realistic MOVEMENT MOVEMENT ACTIONS ACTIONS RIGGING PROFESSIONAL PROFESSIONAL demo REEL REEL character MODELING MODELING ft eling ICS ter ION cs CLE CTS Integration life It s one thing to build a model and make it move, it s something else to make it look real (or unreal, if that is what you are shooting DRAWING for). The next phase is to take your computer-built 3D creations to the next level of realism by integrating them into live-action sequences. By using tracking and compositing software packages such as Syntheyes and Nuke, curves you ll be able to integrate your digital creations SURFACES into live-action film footage. Once you bring the two together, you ll learn how to use Apple Color and Final Cut Pro to polish and finalize your work, creating a seamlessly integrated scene. body LANGUAGE realistic MOVEMENT ACTIONS Final Project/ Demo SCULPTING Reel Creation All of the skills you ve developed and polished during the Computer Animation program come together in the final project course. You ll start by coming up with a concept to show your artistic strengths as a 3D artist. Then you ll enter the planning stage, anatomical where you ll need to develop concept art and create MODELING storyboards. After setting out your goals and timeline during preproduction, you ll go through the process of generating content that fits your chosen area of focus whether that s developing models and character adding textures and lighting, implementing visual effects, animating RIGGING developed characters, creating natural phenomena using particles, compositing CG elements into film plates, or developing models adding textures and lights. demo PROFESSIONAL In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your teachers will re-evaluate the art and animation you ve created throughout REELyour classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry you re most interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your technical proficiency in such areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, and special effects, offering a well-rounded demonstration of your talents to help launch your career. LIGHTING texturing storyboarding character MODELING texturing SPECIAL effects texturing COMPUTER ANIMATION FINE ARTS MODELING ANIMATION SPECIAL SPECIAL effects effects EFFECTS & DEMO REEL CRATION art TRADITIONAL concepts 2D 3D TECHNIQUES CAMERA lighting effects COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 21

Areas of Focus Overview The Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program at Full Sail is centered on real-world production processes. From storyboarding, sketching, and modeling to character animation, special effects, and final compositing, the Computer Animation degree program at Full Sail takes you through the entire production pipeline. Our program starts by getting you familiar with the art concepts behind animation; drawing, sculpting, and other traditional forms of expression are essential parts of getting your art onto the computer. You ll also learn the basic principles behind computer-generated models, characters, animation, and visual effects. Then you ll put those principles to use just like animation pros do when developing films, TV shows, commercials, and games. By using the same hardware and software as professional animation studios, you ll gain the skills you ll need to hit the ground running when you embark on your career. To highlight these skills, you ll finish your education by creating a demo reel that showcases your best work. Learning the essential art and technology elements of this field is just one part of the Computer Animation program. You ll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the animation industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer character animation and visual effects needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, visual effects animators, lighters, and renderers. Besides the program s strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related fields. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. COMPUTER ANIMATION OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 22

Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 CGA 221 2D Animation 4.00 CGA 121 3D Foundations 4.00 CGA 461 Animation Production 4.00 ART 2006 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I ART HISTORY CGA 321 Character Animation I 3.00 CGA 322 Character Animation II 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics 4.00 6 7 8 9 10 CGA 342 Character Design and Creation 4.00 CGA 451 Character Rigging I 4.00 MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement 4.00 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I 3D FOUNDATIONS FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II MODEL CREATION SHADING & LIGHTING CGA 453 Character Rigging II 3.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals 4.00 11 12 13 14 15 CGA 356 Compositing and Scene Finishing 4.00 CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation 3.00 CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I 3.00 CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II 3.00 CGA 112 Methods of Design 4.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 128 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS METHODS OF DESIGN CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I 16 17 18 19 20 DIG 1301 Model Creation 4.00 ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 PRODUCTION MODELING 2D ANIMATION COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION CHARACTER RIGGING I CGA 482 Portfolio Assembly 4.00 CGA 471 Portfolio Content Creation I 4.00 CGA 474 Portfolio Content Creation II 4.00 CGA 475 Portfolio Content Creation III 4.00 CGA 351 Portfolio Preproduction 7.00 21 22 23 24 25 CHARACTER RIGGING II CHARACTER ANIMATION I CHARACTER ANIMATION II ANIMATION PRODUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION CGA 352 Production Modeling 4.00 26 27 28 29 30 CAB 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 CAB 302 Project Management and Assessment II 2.00 CAB 403 Project Management and Assessment III 2.00 GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting 4.00 CGA 366 Visual Development 4.00 Totals: 98.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program VISUAL DEVELOPMENT COMPOSITING & SCENE FINISHING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III 31 32 PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION III PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY PORTFOLIO PREPRODUCTION PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION I PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION II This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 23

Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 221 2D Animation The 2D Animation Course develops students appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subject s volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability. Animation Fundamentals Principles of Animation Timing Charts Character Animation Advanced Character Principles Clean Up Character Personality CGA 121 3D Foundations The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the foundations of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics. Students learn the interface and controls of multiple programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for more advanced courses later in the Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program. Introduction to Operating Systems Introduction to Digital Imagery Photoshop Interface and Tools Introduction to the Maya Interface Working in the 3D World Geometry and Surface Types CGA 461 Animation Production The Animation Production Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce an animated sequence. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the production industry, as they produce a portfolio animation piece to showcase their proficiency. Preproduction Applications of Animation Motion Analysis Timing Development CGA 321 Character Animation I The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students will develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students will also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create character animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and advanced mechanics of motion, while using an effective and efficient workflow. Intermediate to Advanced Character Animation Scene Composition and Staging Entertainment Analysis Group Participation and Critique Scene Planning and Workflow CGA 322 Character Animation II The Character Animation II Course continues to strengthen students animation skills by exploring methods for creating movement that is not only entertaining and appealing, but also depicts actions that are driven by the characters emotions and personality. Students will also analyze methods for creating solid acting choices that are unique and interesting. By using discussion and analysis, students will be introduced to the importance of evaluating their own work, as well as the work of their peers. This enables them to critique each other s projects with the intent of implementing what they have learned into their own animation, preparing them for situations encountered in the real world. Advanced Character Animation Techniques Implementing the Director s Notes Scene Analysis and Evaluation Character Dialogue Acting Theory, Development, and Techniques Creating and Using Reference CGA 342 Character Design and Creation The Character Design and Creation Course builds on the concepts introduced in the Model Creation course. In this course, students develop their modeling skills while learning to utilize software tools to build organic character models. Students then learn how to deform those models to follow the motion prescribed by storyboards and character actions. Character Design NURBS Modeling Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Digital Concept Art Working with Objects and Components Sub Division Surface Modeling Character Rendering Surface Flow and Anatomy COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 24

Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 451 Character Rigging I The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of character rigging, which is the process of adding joints and controls to a character that allows an animator to make the it move in a realistic manner. Similar to making a puppet, rigging gives the artist the ability to control a CG character, making it a pivotal step in the animation process. Students will also be introduced to the fundamentals of python programming, which allows artists to modify systems based on a particular job in the animation world. With these programming techniques, students will be able to develop new tools and systems to aid in the development of their character rig. Joint Creation and Layout Control Building and Constraints Custom Attribute Creation Set Driven Keyframes Smooth Binding and Weight Painting Techniques Python Fundamentals Python Tool Development CGA 453 Character Rigging II The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in Character Rigging I. Students will explore the process of binding and weighting the skin on models to deform in an organic manner, based on preproduction research. Students will also explore more advanced rigging techniques, such as detailed facial control systems and muscle systems, as well as how to integrate dynamic character systems such as cloth, hair and fur simulation into a production workflow. Skin Deformation Muscle Systems Dynamic Systems (Cloth, Hair, and Fur) Advance Mathematical Connections CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals The Compositing Fundamentals Course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world, live-action video footage. Students are introduced to compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals in current production pipelines. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer-generated elements to properly match a high definition film or video source, while presenting them the opportunity of working in a node-based compositing environment. Matte Creation Techniques Photoshop Fundamentals 3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping Lighting and Rendering Node-based Compositing CGA 356 Compositing and Scene Finishing The Compositing and Scene Finishing Course broadens the base of students knowledge by offering insight into the process of combining computergenerated imagery (CGI) with video and film elements. By learning what happens when rendered imagery is integrated into the postproduction process, students will come to better understand the core principles of proper compositing and finishing practices. Students will be introduced to the fundamentals of node-based compositing systems and 3D camera tracking tools, accompanied with common rendering methods utilized in current postproduction pipelines. The course also introduces rendering techniques used to properly composite both render layers and render buffers derived from professional 3D software. Node-based Compositing Color Theory and Practice 3D Camera Tracking (Matchmoving) Rendering Methods and Practices Proper Integration Techniques CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them. Keyframe Animation Motion Timing and Analysis Dope Sheet and Action Graphs Hierarchical Animation Camera and Light Positional Animation Animation Rendering CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics. Object Observation Textures and Lighting Color Theory Composition and Space Advanced Deformers Advanced Facial Setups Scripted Controls COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 25

Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics. Life Drawing Animal and Environment Observation Character Development Sculpting CGA 112 Methods of Design The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course. Critical Thinking Elements and Principles of 3D Aspects and Elements of Time Narrative and Non-narrative Architecture and Scenery Character Design and Development DIG 1301 Model Creation The Model Creation Course is the first of three fundamental courses that teach computer modeling, and rendering. The philosophy of the course dictates that good curves make good surfaces, and modeling strategies start with an object s profile curves. Students are introduced to the tools used in each step of creating a computer model. By learning the capabilities of each tool and the interaction between tools, students develop techniques and strategies for efficiently creating virtual models. Surface Creation Methods Building Strategies 3D Modeling Basics Curves and Surfaces Surface Continuity Trimming and Blending Modeling Optimization ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path. An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries CGA 482 Portfolio Assembly The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a student s content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing their talents as a computer animation artist. Content Review and Assembly Audio Assembly Demo Reel Output Demo Reel Review Package Presentation Development CGA 471 Portfolio Content Creation I The Portfolio Content Creation I Course helps students review and continue advancing their overall knowledge of computer animation workflow, timeline, professional behavior, and mind set. This course prepares students to experience a four-week production deadline, and introduces the concept of working under production constraints. Students use their artistic skills and technical knowledge to create a professional quality asset based on reference compiled during Animation Preproduction. All assets are managed and critiqued by an in-lab art director, to help guide projects towards photorealistic expectations under defined deadlines. Motion Data Shoot Data Tracking Skeleton Retargeting Application and Simulation The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 26

Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 474 Portfolio Content Creation II In the Portfolio Content Creation II Course, students will continue developing asset completion to deadline based on preproduction developed in Animation Preproduction. The students will incorporate knowledge developed from Portfolio Content Creation I to improve their artistic sensibilities, workflow, skill sets, technical knowledge, and personal time management. Students will continue working with the in-lab art directors and within the critique process as they work to create photorealistic content. Object Observation Sculpting Colors and Textures Lighting and Shadows Life Drawing CGA 475 Portfolio Content Creation III In the Portfolio Content Creation III Course, students will develop the third and most advanced photoreal asset for their portfolio. Using the knowledge obtained during previous months, students will work toward meeting their final four-week production deadline. In this course, students work at optimal speed and precision, having a strong understanding of artistic appeal, time management, asset creation, and professional behavior preparing them for the methods, environments, and conditions experienced in the production arena. Object Observation Sculpting Lighting and Shadows Life Drawing CGA 351 Portfolio Preproduction The Portfolio Preproduction Course develops students ability to plan, coordinate, and study assets, using traditional methods to demonstrate their learned strengths as a 3D artist. Working from photograph and video reference, students explore and develop characters, environments, vehicles, rigs, and animation ideas. Successful completion of this course arms students with the knowledge of how to use good reference and artistic studies to create production blueprints. Art Direction Set Design Character Design Storyboards Animatics Total credit hours 7.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 352 Production Modeling The Production Modeling Course develops students understanding of model development as it applies to production in the animation industry. The course builds on all the computer animation foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry workflow to develop portfolio models for presentation. Students explore a variety of topics including developing surface flow, anatomical models, and production modeling techniques. Advanced Modeling Techniques Production Modeling Geometry Parameterization Anatomical Modeling Surface Flow CAB 101, 302, 403 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00/2.00 each Course length 4 weeks GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting The Shading and Lighting Course investigates the look, shading, and atmosphere that bring scenes to life. During this second of three 3D fundamental courses, students develop an eye for texturing and lighting modeled objects that parallel the real world. This course builds on the concepts established in the Fundamentals of Art Course, including light and shadow observation techniques. Textures and Shaders Image Manipulation Reflection and Refraction Lighting Strategies Highlights and Shadows Rendering and Raytracing Optimization Colors and Textures Character Development This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 27

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education CGA 366 Visual Development The Visual Development Course provides students with continued knowledge of texture painting, lighting and rendering, and effects. Students will continue to develop texturing skills reviewing real-world visual reference, and study of lighting as it applies to mood and rendering. UV Editor and Painting Techniques Observational surface studies Generating Mood using light Enhancement of digital content ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 28

Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae. Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations. A Brief History of Geometry Circles COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry Trigonometry Polar Coordinates Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 29

Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program Whether it s a film with a plot that keeps you on the edge of your seat, a television show with a cast of characters that have a special place in our hearts, or a video game with such a compelling concept that it s almost impossible to put the controller down, the best entertainment always has a great story at its core. As we continue to experience entertainment in an ever-growing number of ways, those professionals who can marry words and visuals to tell a compelling story across multiple platforms have become increasingly sought after within the entertainment industry. Full Sail s Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program immerses students in the skills they ll need to become those professionals. Following the evolution of a story from the brainstorming process to its implementation across a variety of media platforms, students will not only learn how to write compelling content for film, television, websites, video games, and social media, but also how to market themselves and their work within the industry. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Fine Arts Storytelling Modeling Research Animation Effects Marketing/ Pitching Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 30

Areas of Focus CREATIVE WRITING CREATIVE WRITING STORYTELLING Storytelling RESEARCH While there are many different ways to tell a story, STORYTELLING REATIVE RITING BRAINSTORMING MARKETING/PITCHING storyboards the fundamental concepts behind good storytelling are consistent. Through a series of writing workshops and exercises, you ll refine the way in which you brainstorm ideas and translate your thoughts into effective stories. You ll learn how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through visual props, as well as through the use of storyboarding software, as you examine different authorial choices and literary techniques and devices. RESEARCH TORYTELLING BRAINSTORMING storyboards You ll also learn about the characteristics of a good story and explore how these elements play across formats such as television, film, video games, and more. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 31

TIVE ING Areas of Focus STORYTELLING TELLING RESEARCH RCH MARKETING/PITCHING Research ETING/PITCHING INESS EORY est EAKERS There s no better way to develop the tools you need to craft a story or written concept than by learning from the work of the great storytellers of the past. As a student in the Creative Writing degree program, you ll research the techniques and conventions of writing for a variety of genres and channels, including children s entertainment, comedy, tragedy, horror, mystery, suspense, science fiction, and fantasy. You ll also learn techniques to develop your observational skills and work toward becoming an effective interviewer, and then apply these abilities to your own creative works. SKILL development entertainment INDUSTRYcareers NETWORKING artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 32

Areas CREATIVE of Focus WRITING STORYTELLING RESEARCH Marketing/Pitching Successful MARKETING/PITCHING writers don t find work solely based on the merits of their work; being able to market yourself as a creative entity can be a huge factor in helping you share your talents with the world. In this program, you ll study the various channels of publishing and distribution that exist in the industry today, such as e-books, audio books, digital readers, and other platforms that deliver content to audiences on a global scale. You ll also learn about the process of joining unions, finding a good agent, and obtaining sound legal advice. Throughout the program, you ll also be working to assemble your own creative writing digital portfolio, comprised of your writing, artwork, and media including spec scripts, screenplays, animation concepts, game prospectuses, storyboards, blog links, and more. As you prepare to enter into the industry, you ll be equipped with a self-promotional tool that can help assist you in finding work as a writer. CREATIVE WRITING STORYTELLING RESEARCH MARKETING/PITCHING CREATIVE WRITING STORYTELLING RESEARCH MARKETING/PITCHING CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 33

Overview As new distribution channels for media emerge in the entertainment industry, there is increasing demand for creative writers who can extend a compelling story across multiple platforms. Full Sail University s Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program provides students the opportunity to not only perfect their storywriting abilities, but also allows them to understand and implement the transmedia approach that is necessary in today s entertainment industry. Whether the final delivery channel is a movie theater, television screen, computer monitor, game console, website, or mobile device, you ll learn to develop compelling and well-crafted stories that will captivate consumers on multiple platforms. A growing collection of digital tools is available to today s writers, and the Creative Writing bachelor s degree program teaches the most effective way to utilize those tools. You ll explore a multitude of publishing and distribution methods along with the relevant legal and ethical issues. In addition, you ll further develop leadership, project management, and research skills, sharpen your technical prowess, conduct and utilize industry research, and explore the marketing processes related to your creative works. Most importantly, you ll write and workshop your writing in a variety of formats and genres, building a strong portfolio of original pieces. The degree program helps equip you with the knowledge and tools necessary to be a successful creative writing professional in the fast-paced world of the entertainment industry. To help you move towards your desired career, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The objective of the Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis, criticism, and editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. The program is designed to equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to pursue careers in creative writing. The Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program will also further strengthen students leadership, project management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take full advantage of today s high demand for creative writers and prepare them for professional creative writing career in the field of entertainment. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 34

Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 ECW 3721 Children s Entertainment 4.00 ECW 1223 Creative Skills Development 4.00 ECW 3831 The Creative Writing Industry 4.00 ART 2007 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet 4.00 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I CREATIVE SKILLS DEVELOPMENT ECW 4954 Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly 4.00 ECW 1715 Creative Writing Research 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 6 7 8 9 10 ECW 2841 Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research 4.00 ECW 3520 Introduction to Game Writing 4.00 ECW 2123 Literary Techniques and Story Development 4.00 ECW 2743 Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking 4.00 OVA 1000 Overview of the Visual Arts Industries 3.00 ECW 4655 Portfolio Revisions and Editing 4.00 ECW 3953 Publishing and Distribution 4.00 ENC 1102 English Composition II 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 HIS 2320 Historical Archetypes & Mythology 4.00 ECW 3111 Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy 4.00 ECW 3211 Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery and Suspense 4.00 ECW 3311 Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 VISUAL THINKING & WRITING ENGLISH COMPOSITION II CREATIVE WRITING RESEARCH COMPUTER SCIENCE & INTERNET ART HISTORY 11 12 13 14 15 LITERARY TECHNIQUES & STORY DEVELOPMENT COLLEGE MATHEMATICS SYMBOLIC COMMUNICATIONS & CARTOGRAPHY HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE ECW 3055 Scriptwriting Techniques 4.00 ECW 2351 Symbolic Communications and Cartography 4.00 ECW 3651 Transmedia Writing 4.00 ECW 1410 Visual Thinking and Writing 4.00 ECW 4101 Writing Workshop I: Film 4.00 ECW 4220 Writing Workshop II: Television 4.00 Totals: 46.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 125 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 16 17 18 19 20 LITERATURE CRITICISM & ANALYTICAL THINKING DEVELOPING NEW WORLDS: ENVIRONMENT & HISTORICAL RESEARCH SCRIPTWRITING TECHNIQUES LITERARY GENRE I: COMEDY & TRAGEDY LITERARY GENRE II: HORROR, MYSTERY & SUSPENSE 21 22 23 24 25 ECW 4320 Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics 4.00 LITERARY GENRE III: SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY INTRODUCTION TO GAME WRITING TRANSMEDIA WRITING CHILDREN'S ENTERTAINMENT THE CREATIVE WRITING INDUSTRY ECW 4420 Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats 4.00 26 27 28 29 30 Totals: 79.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION WRITING WORKSHOP I: FILM 31 32 PORTFOLIO REVISIONS & EDITING CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY WRITING WORKSHOP II: TELEVISION WRITING WORKSHOP III: STORYBOARDING, ANIMATION & COMICS WRITING WORKSHOP IV: VIDEO GAME & INTERACTIVE FORMATS This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 35

Course Descriptions Program Core ECW 3721 Children s Entertainment The Children s Entertainment Course introduces students to writing for children s content. The course provides an overview of classic children literature and film and places it within the context of writing for television, film, web, games, and animation. Students also explore different avenues of children s transmedia entertainment. Classic Children s Literature Children s Television & Film Children s Interactive Media Children s Transmedia Entertainment ECW 1223 Creative Skills Development The Creative Skills Development Course introduces students to the tools for developing a creative method. Through building brainstorming techniques, discovering methods for overcoming writer s block, and drawing inspiration from the world around them, students learn how to spark and maintain their creative flow. In this course, students journal, learn organization techniques, and create a library of books and websites to use as a lifetime inspiration source. Brainstorming Self-Motivation Journaling Organization Skills ECW 3831 The Creative Writing Industry The Creative Writing Industry Course provides insight into the business of creative writing. Producing high-quality writing is only the first step in becoming a literary success. In order to capitalize on their artistic efforts, students must become savvy in the process of joining unions, discerning good agents, and obtaining sound legal advice with regard to the myriad of legal aspects involved in selling their work and the rights to it. Legal Issues in Publication Copyrights Unions Networking Marketing ECW 4654 Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly In the Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly Course guides students as they focus on polishing selected works from previous classes to prepare for submission. As part of that process, students will use a digital portfolio to showcase their individual journey through the Creative Writing for Entertainment degree program. Students will be able to use their digital portfolio as a promotional tool when they graduate and launch their creative writing careers, later replacing their student work with professional samples as they gain experience in their field. Culmination of Work Workshop I, II, III, IV Projects Social Networking Persona Self-Promotion Tool Living Digital Document Final Digital Portfolio Project ECW 1715 Creative Writing Research The Creative Writing Research Course introduces students to the fundamentals of research in order to equip them with the skills necessary for creating professional, believable creative writing projects. In this course, students learn techniques for executing comprehensive information searches, developing their observational skills, and conducting effective interviews. Students then begin applying these skills to their own creative works. Research Methods and Techniques Observational Skills Effective Interviewing Application to Creative Works ECW 2841 Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research The Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research Course builds upon the skills students learned in their Creative Writing Research course by exploring research specifically tailored for building the worlds of their stories. Students further hone their critical thinking skills as they apply this research to create the time period and environment of their writing, whether set in the past, present, or future, and whether historically accurate or anachronistic. Historical Accuracy Historical Fictionalization Environmental Immersion World Creation CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 36

Course Descriptions Program Core ECW 3520 Introduction to Game Writing The Introduction to Game Writing Course introduces students to special demands and concerns involved in writing for games and the techniques used to address these needs. Game writing is the foundation for and paragon of interactive writing and usually takes place in a highly collaborative environment. Students in this course practice the techniques of game writing and the collaborative skills needed to succeed in this environment. Game Outline/ Bibling Scripted Cut Scenes Descriptive Flavor Text Branching Dialogue Collaborative Composition ECW 2123 Literary Techniques and Story Development The Literary Techniques and Story Development Course provides a broad spectrum and intensive study of authorial choices and literary techniques that bring meaning and direction to stories. By employing literary devices, authors play upon their readers conscious and unconscious experiences and archetypes, which in turn shapes the interpretation by and impact on the audience. Mobile Media Storytelling Game Storylines Film Scripts Web Series ECW 2743 Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking The Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking Course is designed to deepen students understanding and appreciation of classical and contemporary literature. Through interpretation and discussion of a variety of writings, students sharpen their analytical skills, which enables them to craft their own literary masterpieces. Canonical Literature Contemporary Literature Literary Theory and Practice Transmedia Writing OVA 1000 Overview of the Visual Arts Industries The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers. An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries ECW 4655 Portfolio Revisions and Editing The Portfolio Revisions and Editing Course explores the process of revising and editing selected works to assure that they are ready for submission to the final digital portfolio presentation project. Students will learn to troubleshoot and develop personal strategies for improving their writing. The ability to critique work objectively enables writers to correct structural, thematic, and formatting issues before submitting their final drafts. Digital portfolios are a professional, convenient, portable way to display and organize samples of students writing, artwork, and media and will be used to monitor students professional growth. Objectivity and Analysis Spotting Dialogue and Character Development Issues Global and Local Editing Formatting, Design, and Layout File Sharing Limitations Multimedia Files ECW 3953 Publishing and Distribution The Publishing and Distribution Course provides an overview of the publishing industry from its inception on stone tablets to mobile media storytelling platforms. E-books, audio books, digital readers, and wireless access to content have changed the publishing landscape forever. In this course, students explore the processes used to distribute entertainment narratives on a global scale. History of Publishing Digital Publishing Future of Publishing Distribution Methods CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 37

Course Descriptions Program Core ECW 3055 Scriptwriting Techniques The Scriptwriting Techniques Course introduces students to basic scriptwriting formatting for television and film. Students in this course become proficient in Final Draft, the industry-standard software for screen and film writing, while also exploring the basic elements of plot, character, dialogue, and structure. Final Draft Software Outlining Structure Character Building ECW 2351 Symbolic Communications and Cartography Students in the Symbolic Communications and Cartography Course explore covert societies and the sets of tools through which they communicate. Whereas everyday language and symbols are meant to be clear and precise, communication in some societies is designed to be misleading and/or nearly impossible to understand by the masses in order to keep their rites and practices concealed. In this course, students explore maps and their effective uses in literature and puzzles, and codes in relation to their effective use in storytelling. Ancient Civilizations Puzzles and Codes Religious Symbols Secret Societies ECW 3651 Transmedia Writing The Transmedia Writing Course examines the full range of media landscape and charts the progress of a story across multiple platforms. Television shows are often no longer an isolated experience, and the storyline frequently continues after the credits roll each week. Driven by the audience s appetite for more, this crossplatform approach provides a strategic marketing plan and solid entertainment. Online Tie-Ins Social Networking Streaming Scenes Mobile Devices & Emerging Platforms ECW 1410 Visual Thinking and Writing The Visual Thinking and Writing Course introduces students to the creative structure of the visual medium. Students learn the building blocks of visual storytelling, such as how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through props. In this course, students learn how to translate the fourdimensional world into clear and evocative writing. Visual Building Blocks Storytelling Techniques Visual Translation Communicating Emotions ECW 4101 Writing Workshop I: Film The Writing Workshop I: Film Course is a workshop opportunity for students to apply principles from previous courses to demonstrate proficiency with the creative process used by screenwriters. Students are required to develop a premise, page breakdown, and outline, and to think visually to create a film script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, and character development. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors. Format Structure Dialogue Story Collaboration ECW 4220 Writing Workshop II: Television The Writing Workshop II: Television Course is a workshop opportunity for students to apply principles from previous courses to demonstrate proficiency with the creative process used by television writers. Students are required to think visually and develop a television series. Students develop a premise, write a spec script, and master teasers, tags, and act outs. Thinking visually, they create a film script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, and character development particular to the various television genre needs. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors. Comedy Documentary-Style TV Drama Reality CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 38

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education ECW 4320 Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics In the Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation, and Comics Course, students are introduced to powerful storyboarding and scriptwriting software that will prepare them to think visually and help them understand the creative writing process of animation and comics. Students learn the history of these genres, as well as the history of narrative structure and character development. By completing scripting projects for animation and comics, students gain practice in the premise creation, page breakdown, outlining, and storyboarding steps of the creative writing process. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors. History of Animation and Comics Character Development Narrative Structure & Planning Storyboarding Scriptwriting ECW 4420 Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats The Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats Course explores the storytelling process as it relates to games and other interactive media. The unique challenges associated with development of interactive content are explored in the context of students work. Students engage in the creative writing process and create a prospectus for an original interactive product based on their writing. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors. Games & Interactive Play Demographics ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet The Computer Science and Internet Course introduces students to the basics of computer operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, and multimedia applications as they relate to everyday experiences of the computer user. Students initiate online collaboration as well as utilize the tools to successfully navigate common issues associated with online collaboration. Additionally, students evaluate and demonstrate knowledge of specific software applications and technologies used in today s society. Multimedia Presentations Operating Systems and Technologies Web 2.0 Tools Student Audio/Video Projects DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship Plot / Narrative Outline Descriptive / Flavor Text Marketing This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 39

Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness ENC 1102 English Composition II The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own. Critical Analysis Literacy Research PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas HIS 2320 Historical Archetypes & Mythology The Historical Archetypes and Mythology Course introduces students to the connections between history, mythology, and iconic archetypes, and the influence these relationships have had on classical and contemporary cultures of the world. Color symbolism is also explored in order to better appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters of various cultures. In addition to composing original myths and stories, students complete a personal assessment that identifies characteristics of their individual archetypes and use this knowledge to identify, understand, and relate to mythological characters and characters of their own creation. The course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Introduction to Archetypes, Culture and Myths Archetypes Influence on Culture Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture Argument Information Methods of Documentation of Sources This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 40

Course Descriptions General Education ECW 3111 Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy The Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy Course introduces students to two fundamental traditions in media and literature. Through the study of a variety of works from film, television, texts, and other media, students learn what moves an audience to laughter or tears and how character psychology and narrative structure leads to humorous or tragic stories. In this course, students conduct research, collaborate with other students, and work with instructors to write projects for comedy, drama, and romance. History of Comedy and Tragedy Character Psychology in Comedy and Tragedy Modern Genres Narrative Structure of Comedy and Drama Writing Comedy, Drama, and Romance ECW 3211 Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery, and Suspense The Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery, and Suspense Course introduces students to the conventions and techniques of horror, mystery, and suspense writing and to the relevance of these styles to all forms of writing. Understanding what drives mysteries; the tension that defines suspense; and the fear of death, failure, and the unknown that makes horror piquant is useful knowledge to every genre. This course presents the works of key creators of these stories in media from the short story to the monster movie to survival-themed games. Clues, Red Herrings, and Reveals Building Dramatic Tension Monster and Creative Character Development Classic Short Fiction Suspense On-Screen ECW 3311 Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy The Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy Course introduces students to the specific appeal and techniques of science fiction and fantasy, including hard science fiction, space opera, epic fantasy, speculative fiction, alternative history, and more. Students in this course learn about the appeal of escapist fiction and how these speculative genres draw attention to human nature and the human condition, often in ways that are difficult to do in more realistic genres. The special affinity of games and comics for sci-fi and fantasy is also considered. The Golden Age of Science Fiction and Fantasy From Myth to Tolkien New Worlds and Peoples, Old Problems Speculative Fiction On-Screen Sci-Fi Stories in Sci-Fi Media DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 41

Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program The ability to both tell a story through the use of words and images and to distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in the entertainment industry. In the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online Degree Program, storytelling is not merely taught as it relates to the typical output mediums of print and publishing, but it also teaches you the necessary skills to explore a professional creative writing career within the world of entertainment. By relating the art of storytelling and the language of different mediums, such as film, television, animation, and gaming, you ll learn the screenwriting process from concept to completion and apply the courses techniques to projects. Areas of Focus Classical Writing Fine Arts and Storytelling Modeling Research Animation Business and Marketing Effects Thesis Final Project/ Portfolio Demo Reel Creation CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 42

Areas of Focus RESEARCH BUSINESS & MARKETING THESIS PORTFOLIO CREATIVE WRITING CREATIVE WRITING CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING RESEARCH Classical Writing and Storytelling Techniques Creative writing for film, television, games, and animation relies on a writer s ability to tell a story through the use of words and accompanying images. Throughout Full Sail s Creative Writing MFA program, students will perfect their abilities to create engaging work by exploring the universal historical themes used in traditional storytelling. The visual narrative will be examined in terms of structure, character creation, storyboarding elements, script development and editing. When students emerge from the program, they will have a thorough understanding of what constitutes effective writing for multiple media genres. Research During the Creative Writing MFA program, emphasis is placed on the importance of research and character development in creating authentic compelling story lines. Motivation and backstory are given careful consideration as you interpret archetypes and psychological profiles to populate your newly created worlds. Media production cycles and genre-specific terms are studied, and the language of different media is translated and compared. RITING ING CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING BUSINESS & MARKETING CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 43

Areas of Focus RESEARCH BUSINESS & MARKETING THESIS PORTFOLIO Business and Marketing While channeling and delivering creative content is the foundation of writing, having knowledge of the business side of the entertainment industry is also vital for success. In the Creative Writing MFA program at Full Sail University, you ll learn about the business mechanics of creative writing, as well as similarities and differences among the various entertainment media genres and distribution methods. These studies will complement your writing skills with the marketing, publishing, and legal basics necessary to be a successful creative writer in the entertainment media industry. Additionally, the program addresses current issues, topics, and trends that can impact your professional career, such as the roles of literary agents and unions, new technologies, copyright laws, and new media opportunities. CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 44

WORK Areas of Focus thesis PORTFOLIO OBJECTIVE critique EDITS & rewrites RESEARCH Thesis Portfolio Through edits and continuous rewrites, you ll develop strategies to troubleshoot your stories. By analyzing the content you create, you ll learn to objectively critique projects, and resolve structural problems encountered during the creative writing process. Each student edits and formats a script for final presentation and professional submission, and you ll assemble an e-portfolio consisting a Final Draft of your completed Thesis Script along with all of the assets created throughout the program. CREATIVE WRITING CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING SCREEN WRITING BUSINESS & MARKETING SCRIPT THESIS WRITING PORTFOLIO plot LINES the ART of Story telling RESEARCH RESEARCH storyboards BUSINESS & MARKETING Market YOUR WORK multimedia THESIS PORTFOLIO thesis PORTFOLIO OBJECTIVE critique EDITS & rewrites CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 45

Overview The demand for creative writers in all types of entertainment media genres has never been so high. The ability to tell a story through the use of words and images and distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in production companies in the entertainment media industry. Professional writers are needed to craft compelling stories and writing elements that will captivate today s demanding media clients, consumers, and audiences. There are tremendous opportunities for creative writers, and the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will provide students the opportunity to not only perfect their script, screen, and story writing abilities but also to incorporate visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, and storyboarding elements into their writing projects. In addition, students will further develop leadership, project-management, and research skills; sharpen their technical prowess; conduct and utilize industry research; and ultimately market their final creative writing masterpiece. The degree program equips students with the knowledge and tools necessary to be successful creative writing professionals in the fast-paced world of the entertainment media industry. Full Sail University s Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as students launch their career searches in the field of creative writing. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers. Objective The objective of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis and criticism, and script editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. This knowledge will equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to ultimately market their creative masterpieces. The Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will also further develop and strengthen students leadership, project-management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will enable graduates to meet today s high demand for creative writers and qualify them for professional creative writing careers in the entertainment media industry. CREATIVE WRITING OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 46

Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours CWM 510 The Art of Visual Storytelling 4.00 CWM 690 The Business of Creative Writing 4.00 CWM 540 Character Creation and Development 4.00 CWM 640 Creative Writing Portfolio I 4.00 CWM 650 Creative Writing Portfolio II 4.00 CWM 630 Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts 4.00 CWM 570 Episodic and Serial Writing 4.00 CWM 561 Film Screenwriting 4.00 CWM 530 Multimedia Terms and Genres 4.00 CWM 550 Script Analysis and Criticism 4.00 CWM 620 Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation 4.00 CWM 610 Writing for Games 4.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 THE ART OF VISUAL STORYTELLING MULTIMEDIA TERMS & GENRES SCRIPT ANALYSIS & CRITICISM CHARACTER CREATION & DEVELOPMENT FILM SCREENWRITING 6 7 8 9 10 EPISODIC & SERIAL WRITING WRITING FOR GAMES 11 12 CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO II THE BUSINESS OF CREATIVE WRITING STORYTELLING & STORYBOARDING FOR ANIMATION EDITING FOR FILM, GAME & ANIMATION SCRIPTS CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO I Totals: 48.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 48 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 47

Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 510 The Art of Visual Storytelling In The Art of Visual Storytelling Course, students study the universal themes of traditional storytelling as well as their applications to visual narrative design and new nonlinear and interactive forms of media. Students will analyze historical examples of visual narratives and then convey ideas and emotions through the use of images and traditional storytelling techniques in order to design new narratives in a variety of entertainment media formats. Introduction to Traditional Storytelling Structures and Universal Themes General Survey of Folklore with Emphasis on the Uses of Folk Motifs in Modern Films, Games, and Animation Visual Mediums Defined by Classic Examples in Each Visual Art Form The Impact of Ever-Evolving Technology on the Creation of New Visual Narratives Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 690 The Business of Creative Writing In The Business of Creative Writing Course, students will learn about the business of creative writing as well as similarities and differences among different entertainment media genres and distribution methods. This course will complement students writing skills with the marketing, publishing, and legal basics necessary to be successful creative writers in the entertainment media industry. In addition, current issues, topics, and trends that may impact the careers of graduates will be addressed, such as the roles of literary agents and unions, new technologies, and new opportunities. Business Practices of the Film, Animation, and Gaming Industries Legal Topics and Consideration CWM 540 Character Creation and Development In the Character Creation and Development Course, students are introduced to tools to develop the psychological foundation for characters and will utilize the character need and want to develop solid character motivation. Character backstory and influences are analyzed and used to create character dossiers, dialogue, and short scenes in screenplay format that demonstrate threedimensional, well-rooted characters. Proper Screenplay Formatting of Character Descriptions Antagonist and Protagonist characteristics and Foundations Character Voice in Dialogue Character Psychology and Inner Landscape Influences on Character Character Conflict Using Stage Directions and Details for Character Development CWM 640 Creative Writing Portfolio I The Creative Writing Portfolio I Course requires students to select an entertainment media genre and distribution method and begin the development of a concept script for their final thesis project. The final thesis project will consist of a Creative Writing Portfolio that includes a professional, viable script with evidence of incorporated culminating components of the degree program including visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation, and storyboarding. In addition, the Creative Writing Portfolio will document research students conducted to develop and expand authentic and compelling storylines. Students will pitch their concept scripts to faculty and peers and justify selected writing elements based on the specific entertainment media genre and distribution method of choice. Feedback will be provided within these contexts as well as application of current writing trends, authenticity, compelling qualities, and feasibility. Selection of Entertainment Media Genre and Distribution Method for Final Thesis Script Research of Storyline Script Outline Presentation to Faculty and Peers Script Approval Project Plan Development Storyboard Development Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext Marketing Writing Elements Publishing Writing Elements The Role of Literary Agents Writers Unions Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 48

Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 650 Creative Writing Portfolio II In the Creative Writing Portfolio II Course, students will reevaluate the writing elements, authenticity, compelling qualities, and feasibility of their concept scripts for their chosen entertainment media genres and distribution methods based on the feedback received from faculty and peers in the Creative Writing Portfolio I course. Students will then implement their project plans and begin the writing process. Final scripts will be properly formatted to meet the expectations of the chosen entertainment media genres and distribution methods within the entertainment media industry and will be ready to be pitched to potential employers upon graduation. Project Plan Implementation Script Writing Storyboard and Supporting Portfolio Elements Formatting Final Submittal CWM 630 Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts In the Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts Course, students learn how to edit, rewrite, and correct writing elements as challenges are presented in the production of various projects. Students will develop strategies for correcting these issues through learning how to troubleshoot, analyze content objectively from various viewpoints, and address structural issues that can occur during the creative writing process. Students will also learn how to properly edit and format a script for final presentation and professional submission. Editing and Formatting Practices Troubleshooting Dialogue and Character Development Issues CWM 570 Episodic and Serial Writing The Episodic and Serial Writing Course will teach students the elements of structure, character, and formatting specific to episodic and serial stories for television, comics and the web. Students will gain experience developing original episodic and serial stories, as well as with writing spec episode ideas of existing series. Students will learn the process of breaking episode storylines, planning multi-episode plot and character arcs, and the collaborative process of working as part of a writing team. Hour TV Dramas Half-Hour TV Comedies Episodic and Serial Comics Spec and Original Series CWM 561 Film Screenwriting In the Film Screenwriting Course, students will apply what they have learned in the previous courses by writing the first act of a feature-length script. The class will focus on reinforcing students knowledge of film structure and plot points and will introduce the concept of sequences. The course will allow the students to develop professional habits, including opportunities to rewrite their work based on creative notes. Screenwriting Formats and Software Screenplay Act Structure Visual Thinking for Film Scriptwriting Script and Film Analysis Sequences Rewriting Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 530 Multimedia Terms and Genres In the Multimedia Terms and Genres Course, students master the professional vocabulary of multimedia writing and study production processes required of the degree program. Students will learn basic writing techniques for film, animation, and gaming. They will create sample narratives and then structure their narratives so that they may be used in multiple media formats. Students will learn how various rules and production processes vary in multimedia presentations. An Introduction to Multimedia Terms An Overview of Media Production Cycles Creative Writing Skills for Various Multimedia Applications Multimedia Presentations Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 550 Script Analysis and Criticism In the Script Analysis and Criticism Course, students will learn to recognize elements that create powerful narratives and how they can be best integrated in various multimedia formats. Students will analyze films, TV, animation, and games for structure, style, and content and identify how traditional scripts differ across multimedia formats and are transformed into visual narratives. An objective of the course is for students to learn the correct questions to ask themselves when preparing scripts for production in different visual contexts. Script Formats and Structure Script Analysis Dialogue as it Defines Character Criticism Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks Analysis and Objectivity Clarifying, Redirecting, and Focusing Storyline and Central Theme Techniques to Overcome Writer s Block Presentation and Submission CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 49

Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 620 Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation In the Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation Course, the creative process and writing techniques for several animation genres and formats will be explored. The history of animation and the works of legendary animators will be analyzed for style and perspective. Students will incorporate concepts of visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, scriptwriting, and storyboarding into the creation of a script for an animation short. Animation Genres and Formats History of the Animation Industry and Legendary Animators Overview of the Animation Production Process The Creative Writing Process for Animation Storyboarding for Animation Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Animation Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CWM 610 Writing for Games The Writing for Games Course provides a technical overview of how games are created and presents a variety of video games, gaming genres, and gaming platforms from a storytelling point of view. Areas of exploration will include mythology, strategy, science fiction, fantasy, and socially conscious themes in games, as well as topics related to comic books and graphic novels. Gaming Genres and Platforms Overview of the Gaming Industry and Production Process Game Writing Creative Process: Interactive and Nonlinear Narrative Structures Game Strategy and Plot Development Game Storyboarding Novel and Film Adaptations Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes Total Credit Hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks CREATIVE WRITING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 50

Digital Computer Cinematography Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Innovation in film and video doesn t just come from the big studios and networks anymore. Digital technology has made it possible for almost anyone with the vision, equipment, and education to create the next project that catches the imagination of media consumers. Filmmakers, news organizations, and businesses are taking advantage of the flexibility of digital production, creating a need for artists able to develop a range of narrative content for today s emerging technologies. Full Sail s Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program teaches you how to be a leader in digital storytelling, and helps you develop the skills needed to create compelling projects for different outlets. The cross-platform availability of digital media means you can engage and inspire viewers in many new ways, and through the Digital Cinematography degree program you ll develop the ability to meet the need for creative and innovative content for television, film, the web, mobile devices, and more. Areas of Focus Filmmaking Foundations Fine Arts Digital ModelingVideo Technology Animation Video Output Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 51

Areas of Focus Filmmaking Foundations Filmmaking is more than a century old, and the Digital Cinematography degree program instills in students a deep understanding of traditional film theory and storytelling techniques, and how these elements apply to the production of today s digital content. TRADITIONAL FOUNDATIONS film CAMERA lighting effects film PRODUCTION TRADITIONAL FOUNDATIONS film powerful POST-PRODUCTION TOOLS CAMERA digital STORYTELLING lighting effects audio MIXING visual of effective story structure, which you ll be able to COMMUNICATION POST-PRODUCTION COMMUNICATION adapt TOOLS to everything from television commercials to independent feature films. You ll also learn how to sequence your footage during postproduction, with LIGHTING emphasis on pacing and narrative LIGHTING flow. texturing at shot composition with an artist s eye helping to film add a more cinematic quality to your projects. This includes learning depth-of-field audio management, the art MIXING PRODUCTION of cinematography filemanagement and lighting design, and how to frame a scene to enhance its emotional impact. powerful audio digital Courses like Lighting I & II, and Directing cover standard filmmaking concepts that teach you to look Classes in Storytelling and Creative Writing round out this education by breaking down the elements STORYTELLING visual texturing audio f digital CONTENT CREATION lighting DIRECTING digital CONTENT CREATION PERSONAL finance lighting management DIRECTING PERSONAL finance management DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 52

digital Areas STORYTELLING of Focus lighting DIRECTING texturing PERSONAL finance management digital CONTENT CREATION Digital Video Technology As a producer of digital video, you re going to need to understand the functionality and flexibility of different cameras, audio gear, and editing technologies, and helping you master this equipment in the field is a core function of the Digital Cinematography degree program. Courses like Digital Audio Production and Digital Cinematography I and II show you how to capture high-quality visuals and audio during production while understanding the nuances of the medium. You ll learn how to set up a scene in a way that translates the right look, feel, and texture to different video formats, as well as how to shoot in low-light environments and still maintain TRADITIONAL the integrity of the digital image. FOUNDATIONS film You ll also learn how to edit that footage using powerful post-production tools, giving you a working knowledge of all stages of a professional video production, and allowing CAMERA you to adapt to upcoming trends that will continue to redefine visual entertainment and media communications. lighting effects digital CONTENT CREATION film PRODUCTION powerful POST-PRODUCTION TOOLS digital STORYTELLING lighting DIRECTING audio MIXING visual COMMUNICATION LIGHTING texturing PERSONAL finance management audio filemanagement file MANAGEME TRADITIONAL filmfoundations DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 53

DITIONAL FOUNDATIONS ERA hting Areas of Focus In order to be a successful producer of digital video STORYTELLING effects content, you re going to need to know how to get your media into the hands of clients and consumers. The Digital Cinematography degree program teaches ital students this final stage lighting t life of the production process CONTENTin courses like Mobility and DIRECTING Data Management. REATION You ll learn industry standards DRAWINGfor encoding and compressing data, as well as outputting it for different codecs allowing you to deliver your content to a variety of formats and distribution platforms. ling CS er ON s E TS Video Output film PRODUCTION powerful POST-PRODUCTION TOOLS digital curves The program also features SURFACES a course on Web Design, where you ll learn how to integrate streaming video into a company s website, as well as create and maintain your own site to promote your work or independent business. body By learning to be technically LANGUAGE proficient in managing data workflow and output, you ll be a more TRADITIONAL well-rounded entrepreneur, and a greater film asset FOUNDATIONS to employers and clients. realistic MOVEMENT ACTIONS CAMERA lighting effects audio MIXING visual COMMUNICATION LIGHTING texturing PERSONAL SCULPTING finance management audio anatomical MODELING character RIGGING powerful PROFESSIONAL demo REEL film PRODUCTION POST-PRODUCTION TOOLS digital STORYTELLING filemanagement LIGHTING texturing audio storyboarding MIXING visual character MODELING COMMUNICATION LIGHTING texturing texturing SPECIAL audio filemanagement file MANAGEMENT TRADITIONAL FOUNDATIONS film CAMERA lighting effects digital CONTENT CREATION film PRODUCTION powerful POST-PRODUCTIO TOOL digital STORYTELLING lighting DIRECTING DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 54

Areas of Focus Overview The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program immerses students in the art of digital video and film production for a variety of outlets. By utilizing the latest tools available to today s media developers, you ll learn how to create professional content for broadcast television, online media, mobile applications, and independent films. Throughout the program you ll take courses that help you build a comprehensive understanding of digital content creation and storytelling, with a curriculum that strikes a balance between traditional film foundations and the latest production and postproduction techniques. You ll learn how to master essential visual communication and video production methods for digital photography, HD video production, lighting, audio mixing, and nonlinear editing. Supporting classes also cover complementary career skills in computer business applications, personal finance management, production budgeting, and networking. Class projects will help you apply this knowledge as you craft your own visual and narrative pieces for different media. You ll learn to take a story through the entire creative process, including developing a script, planning the logistics of production, working on location to capture your story on camera, as well as file management, editing, and distribution. To help you make the transition into your career after graduation, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program provides students with the focused knowledge and understanding of digital video and filmmaking production as it relates to current technology and media formats. Courses in the program address digital filmmaking, directing, lighting, audio postproduction, digital editing, scriptwriting, storyboarding, team management, streaming video, and mobile technology. The program is designed to provide students with the tools they need to pursue successful careers in the fields of broadcast television, web video, independent film, and more. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 55

Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 DCN 4365 Advanced Post and Story Development 4.00 DCN 3655 Art Design and Location Shooting 4.00 DCN 1106 Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography 3.00 DCN 3333 Digital Audio Production 4.00 FIL 2772 Digital Cinematography I 4.50 FIL 2782 Digital Cinematography II 3.00 DCN 4815 Digital Cinematography Final Project 4.00 DCN 2441 Digital Cinematography Lighting I 3.50 DCN 2444 Digital Cinematography Lighting II 3.00 FLM 367 Directing 4.00 DCN 3435 Electronic Field Production 4.00 DCN 4110 Film Criticism 4.00 DCN 4915 Final Project Postproduction 4.00 FIL 1035 History of Motion Picture Arts 2.50 ENTB 376 Intellectual Property 4.00 DCN 1001 Introduction to Digital Cinematography 4.00 ART 2007 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 CRW 2000 Creative Writing 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 124.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY 6 7 8 9 10 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS STORYTELLING HISTORY OF MOTION PICTURE ARTS FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE ART HISTORY 11 12 13 14 15 COMPOSITION & VISUAL DESIGN FOR DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY PROJECT PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT CREATIVE WRITING ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING I 16 17 18 19 20 DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I ELECTRONIC FIELD PRODUCTION INTRODUCTION TO EDITING & VISUAL EFFECTS DIRECTING FLM 322 Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects 4.50 DCN 4421 Mobility and Data Management 4.00 OVA 1000 Overview of the Visual Arts Industries 3.00 DCN 4993 Personal Creative Development 4.00 FLM 463 Producing Independent Film 5.00 21 22 23 24 25 DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY I ART DESIGN & LOCATION SHOOTING DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY II ADVANCED POST & STORY DEVELOPMENT MOBILITY & DATA MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II DCB 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 26 27 28 29 30 DCB 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 DCB 203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 DCN 3111 Project Planning and Development 4.00 FLM 224 Storytelling 3.50 WEB 4550 Web Design 4.00 Totals: 94.50 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program FILM CRITICISM INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 31 32 FINAL PROJECT POSTPRODUCTION PERSONAL CREATIVE DEVELOPMENT WEB DESIGN PRODUCING INDEPENDENT FILM PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY FINAL PROJECT This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 56

Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4365 Advanced Post and Story Development The Advanced Post and Story Development Course is the second editing class in the Digital Cinematography program and introduces students to advanced editing techniques such as asset consideration, nesting video, creating unique transitions, compositing, and timeline management. The course also covers story techniques that take into consideration proper audio placement and the mood and pacing of a story. Successful completion of Advanced Post and Story Development will prepare the student for the Final Project Postproduction course. Asset and Timeline Management Nesting Video Tracks and Compositing Applying Transitions Proper Audio Placement Creating the Mood and Pacing DCN 3655 Art Design and Location Shooting The Art Design and Location Shooting Course introduces students to artistic considerations of using location venues as scene backdrops for production. The focus of the course is to align scenic script and/or production requirements with the process of location scouting and art direction decisions. Art Design and Location Shooting challenges students to look at location options through a camera s view to serve as sets or production venues. Design and Story Camera Considerations Scenic Stills Project DCN 1106 Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography Composition and Design for Digital Cinematography introduces students to the art and craft of designing powerful photographic imagery for effective digital storytelling. Students learn the basics of composition and framing, the elements and principles of design, and the impact of designing with light, movement and space for motion media. Additionally, they learn to recognize and engage the visual qualities of the lens through an understanding of depth of field, lens selection and exposure control. Photos are edited using Adobe applications. Emphasis is placed on integrating classical design fundamentals into student work. Students will create thumbnail storyboards, complete an exercise in reportage, and engage in visual journaling through a personal photo blog. A collaborative final project will challenge students to use their individual design strengths in bringing together a picture story by the end of the course. Visual Design Fundamentals Designing Through Thumbnails Designing with Digital Video Learning to See Light and Shadow Reportage and the Visual Journal Color and Design Understanding Movement, Space and Depth Collaborative Visual Design DCN 3333 Digital Audio Production In the Digital Audio Production Course, students analyze and implement audio acquisition in stage and field production. Consideration is given to ambient control as well as creating manufactured ambience for a scene. Students learn how to enhance a story s visual representation with audio support while paying particular attention to realistic and emotive representations of audio. Sound Control and Manipulation Audio Design Project FIL 2772 Digital Cinematography I The Digital Cinematography I Course introduces students to the art and operation of digital video cameras. The course provides in-depth and practical knowledge of the differences that digital cameras offer digital filmmakers by way of control over digital images during acquisition. Digital attributes such as RGB changes, scene profiling, gamma adjustment, and black pedestal control will be explored and evaluated. Common Digital Formats and Terms Digital Compared to Film Scene Profiling and Image Control Total credit hours 4.50 Course length 4 weeks FIL 2782 Digital Cinematography II The Digital Cinematography II Course focuses on the digital video filmmaking techniques necessary for the creation of independent shorts. Students learn important concepts of cinematography, including how to operate cameras, direct, edit, record production sound, light, and fill all positions necessary to digital video production. In addition, students produce a short movie from concept to completion. Portfolio Proposal Shoot 2: Digitally Adjusted Acquisitions Shoot 1: Basic Camera and Lens Movement Portfolio Assembly and Assessment Designing for Realism and Impact Project Edit and Assessment This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 57

Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4815 Digital Cinematography Final Project The Digital Cinematography Final Project Course provides a practical implementation of the learning objectives of the degree program through the creation of a digital video project. The project will reflect students understanding of key principles such as project planning and management, digital video and audio acquisition, storytelling, and editing. Project Shoot Week 1 Project Shoot Week 3 Project Shoot Week 2 Project Shoot Week 4 DCN 2441 Digital Cinematography Lighting I The preliminary lighting and camera introductory course for the Digital Cinematography Program, the Digital Cinematography Lighting I Course emphasizes professional procedures and protocol relevant to lighting for digital production. Students learn the basics of industry lighting, are introduced to various controlling devices, and trained in the safe use of electricity. This course also covers the basics of color correction and camera filtration when using tungsten, fluorescent, and daylight sources. Emphasis is placed on creative lighting design and working within a budget. Basic Electricity and Safety Camera and Lighting Fundamentals Exposure and Light Color Temperature Diversity of Lighting Source Introduction to Three-Point Lighting Interview Lighting Lighting Economics Total credit hours 3.50 Course Length 4 weeks DCN 2444 Digital Cinematography Lighting II The Digital Cinematography Lighting II Course builds upon the topics introduced in Lighting I. It covers the visual and emotional qualities of light, and how to employ different strategies in lighting for character, commercial products, and narrative-style scenarios. Students are challenged to apply their lighting skills and sharpen their critical thinking in producing original images. Students learn to understand client requirements and how to apply them using professional production guidelines. Special emphasis is placed on image analysis, lighting to industry standards and developing practical techniques. Learning to Compose with Light Lighting Strategies and Image Analysis Beauty Lighting and Lighting the Closeup Learning to Light for Emotion Product Lighting Daytime Exterior Lighting Lighting: The Bigger View Total credit hours 3.00 Course Length 4 weeks FLM 367 Directing The Directing Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce basic and advanced directing techniques that will prepare students for future project-oriented classes. Students will learn techniques for directing, acting, casting, and composition, and will work in every area of directing from preproduction, to post-production delivery, to critical evaluation. Introductions and Overview of the Class Social Media Composition Casting Directing the Interview Breaking the 180 Effective Direction Building Stronger Characters Two-Minute Short Comedy/Drama DCN 3435 Electronic Field Production The Electronic Field Production Course serves as an intensive study in the theory and practice of field and location shooting. Students are introduced to the challenges and uniqueness of field production as it relates to filmmaking, news media, documentaries, and commercial production. Using practices learned in Production Planning, students also research the processes required for pulling permits and securing insurance and waivers for field work. Genre Differences Field Production: Technical Challenges Field Production: Environmental Challenges Legal Considerations DCN 4110 Film Criticism Through an introduction to classical and contemporary film and media theory, the Film Criticism Course explores critical approaches to the study of film in order for students to gain an understanding of how filmmakers create meaningful experiences for their audiences. Issues relating to production, audience reaction, aesthetics, and ethics are explored, as well as an analysis of films that have contributed to critical debate and challenged the existing theoretical suppositions of their time. Focus is also given to the ways aesthetics of audiovisual images both draw context from and add context to the cultural, social, and political climate in which they are made. Defining Good Filmmaking Film as Commentary Characteristics of Successful Directors Marketablity vs. Art DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 58

Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4915 Final Project Postproduction The Final Project Postproduction Course provides students with a greater understanding of the imaginative and technical side of editing. In this course, students demonstrate their knowledge of the editing process from Introduction to Editing, Visual Effects, and the Postproduction courses and create a final edit of their feature project. Students examine intermediate nonlinear online editing techniques, including engineering, media management, and digital video effects, and incorporate titles and music into their finished edit. Introduction to Editing your Final Project Advanced Computerized Editing Techniques Alternative Editing Choices Production Project Completion FIL 1035 History of Motion Picture Arts The History of Motion Picture Arts Course explores motion picture as an art form, as a business, and a representation of society. Students examine how film has become a dominant force in American culture through the study of subjects like the birth of film, the golden age of silent film, World War II, non- Hollywood films, the New Cinema of the 1960s era, and the Hollywood Renaissance. The Birth of Movies The Golden Age of Silent Films Foreign Films Close-Up: Master Filmmaker Alfred Hitchcock Integration of Sound The New Cinema of the 1960 s World War II: Decline of the Studio System The Documentary The Hollywood Renaissance Final Exam Total credit hours 2.50 Course length 4 weeks ENTB 376 Intellectual Property The Intellectual Property Course examines how artists, athletes, game/ filmmakers and businesses use trademarks, copyrights, publicity rights, trade secrets, and patents to enhance goodwill and generate revenue from ideas and properties. Students explore ownership, licensing, and transfer of rights; infringement, prevention, and enforcement measures; and the impact of technological and cultural evolution and privacy restraints on the creation, ownership and spread of content in the sports and entertainment industries. Intellectual Property Rights & Contracts Overview Brand Enhancement Rights in Creative Works Managing Intellectual Property in Projects DCN 1001 Introduction to Digital Cinematography The Introduction to Digital Cinematography Course examines the various sectors of the digital cinematography industry, providing students with a view of the industry from the perspective of a business professional. Students will be introduced to the industry s fundamental business terminology, prevalent business models, current trends, and variety of available career paths. Sectors of the Digital Cinematography Industry Digital Cinematography Terminology Business Models Prevalent in the Digital Cinematography Industry Current Trends in Digital Cinematography Careers in Digital Cinematography FLM 322 Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects is the preliminary post-production course of the degree program. In this course, students are introduced to the concepts of aesthetic editing and the role of the editor as a storyteller. Students are also introduced to many post-production concepts, including dialogue editing, scene transitions, time and space perception, tempo, sound effects, visual effects, editing with music, and mood changes. Introduction to Editing Systems The Editor as a Storyteller Tempo, Mood, and Transitions Dialogue, Sound Effects, and Music Visual Effects Total credit hours 4.50 Course length 4 weeks DCN 4421 Mobility and Data Management Mobility and Data Management is a data management course that provides students with a greater understanding of codecs involved in the video process, such as H.264 and Microsoft codecs, as well as the containers for these codecs such as QuickTime and MPEG files. Students learn how to configure their end product and how to transcode video formats for the web and mobile devices and demonstrate a practical knowledge of data management and output. Introduction to Data Management Understanding of Codecs Containing Codec Delivering End Product Transcoding for the Web and Mobile Devices This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 59

Course Descriptions Program Core OVA 1000 Overview of the Visual Arts Industries The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers. An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries DCN 4993 Personal Creative Development The Personal Creative Development Course is a final component of students final project that requires students to work independently on completing a creative project. The course is designed to help students address specific creative challenges they will face in all aspects of their career going forward. Through a series of presentations, students experiment with different types of creative approaches and learn which works best for them in specific business situations. Defining You as a Storyteller Developing a Brand Portfolio Assembly Final Assessment of Personal Goals FLM 463 Producing Independent Film The Producing Independent Film Course explores the world of line producing and the production infrastructure of independent film. Students learn all aspects of prepping for a shoot, scheduling and time management, budgeting, project pitching, script breakdowns, assembling crew positions, creating a professional brand, distribution options, and financing. The Role of the Producer Phases of Production & Pipeline Production Value Alternative Productions Music Video and Production Episodic & Reality Production Branding Commercial & Client Production Film Production Analysis Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks DCB 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks DCN 3111 Project Planning and Development The Project Planning and Development Course provides a guided experience for the development of students final project. In this course, students design, budget, and detail their digital cinematography production. Successful completion of the course requires students to create a preproduction manual that includes a project proposal, storyboards, artistic designs, and a detailed financial plan of their production. Project Proposal: Submission 1 Project Proposal: Submission 2 Designs and Specifications The Preproduction Manual FLM 224 Storytelling The Storytelling Course uncovers the secrets behind the art, craft, and business of writing for film and television production. Students will be encouraged to think and work as film authors, and to enhance their scripts through the use of specific storytelling techniques. Students will utilize examples from past and present movies to examine a multitude of structural and stylistic techniques, which can be applied to a variety of film or television projects. Structure and Outline Character Development Script Formatting: First Draft Rewriting: Second Draft Pitching an Idea: Final Draft Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 60

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education WEB 4550 Web Design In the Web Design Course, students explore interactive website creation as a medium for communications and a form of art. While learning the fundamentals of web design, including a basic understanding of page construction and technical skills, students explore how to use the Internet as a medium for promotion, production, and distribution. Students create outcomes by producing interactive media narrative projects and social media artwork. Web Design Aesthetics Web Functionality Media on the Web Web Design Project ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art CRW 2000 Creative Writing The Creative Writing Course trains students to explore writing in a variety of genre forms. Building on the knowledge gained in English Composition, students in this course incorporate common literary devices and narrative structures into creative endeavors. Brainstorming Form and Function of Genre Narrative Structure and Causality Literary Devices Criticism and the Editing Process Final Revisions MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 61

Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Essay Structure PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas. Force and Motion Transmission of Sound Revising and Editing Audience Awareness Energy and Mechanics Behavior of Light Grammar Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information. Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Final Group Presentations DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Bachelor of Science Degree Program 62

Computer Entertainment Animation Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Artists, filmmakers, musicians they don t work alone. There are teams of talented people operating behind the scenes to help develop, market, and distribute the albums, films, and games people enjoy every day. At Full Sail, we understand that there is a unique group of passionate people who want to take on those management roles in the entertainment world whether it s at a recording studio, on a film set, in a graphic design house, or even on the road with a band. entertainment world. Whether you want to take a position in the marketing division of an entertainment company, become an agent or manager for up-and-coming talent, or any of a multitude of other career paths, this program offers a thorough business curriculum with a focus on how those concepts apply specifically to the entertainment field. Most of our students start as consumers of the media they love, and our goal with the Entertainment Business Bachelor s Degree Program is to help them translate that love into the essential skills needed to begin a career in the business side of the Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Communication Leadership & Fine Management Arts Modeling Marketing & Distribution Animation Finance & Accounting Effects Law & Contracts Final Project/ Demo Networking Reel Creation Final Project ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 63

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS Areas of Focus COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ PROMOTE FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ Communication LAW CONTACTS distribute ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS COMMUNICATIONS/ In the entertainment industry, being LEADERSHIP able to BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT communicate FINAL PROJECTyour ideas effectively PROPOSALS in person is as vital as any business outline you ll put down NEGOTIATING on paper. That s why the Entertainment Business COMMUNICATIONS/ CONTRACTS program features specialized communication MARKETING & classes DISTRIBUTION/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT where you ll learn the nuances FINANCE of communicating & ACCOUNTING/ in LAW CONTACTS a professional environment. This practical training includes such essentials MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ as negotiating contracts and deals, pitching ideas, FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ FINAL PROJECT and working with talent. Other highlights include LAW CONTACTS the use of new communication technologies and learning how to create a professional identity that best reflects the skills you have to offer. BUSINESS BS EMENT UTION/ G/ FINAL PROJECT NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute marketing CAMPAIGNS ENTREPRENEURSHIP deals PROMOTE distribute BUSINESS PROPOSALS ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS these ideas, you ll take the role of leader in various NEGOTIATING COMMUNICATIONS/ projects all while CONTRACTS learning LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT deals the planning and management skills that you ll use throughout your career. MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS professional IDENTITY FINANCIAL deals PROMOTE distribute management EXPLORING target markets LEADERSHIP skills intellectual marketing CAMPAIGNS BUSINESS PROPOSALS CAMPAIGNSENTREPRENEURSHIP Leadership & Management marketing CAMPAIGNS A great business idea is nothing without a strong personality guiding it from concept to completion. With that in mind, you ll constantly be honing your leadership skills throughout the Entertainment Business program. You ll learn effective management approaches team- by examining real-world case studies. And, with management courses teaching the BUILDING fundamental concepts of effective team building, you ll learn firsthand the different traits that inspire the best in fellow employees. Implementing all of team- BUILDING marketing team- BUILDING FINANCIAL PROPERTY team- BUILDING research METHODS NEGOTIATING team- CONTRACTS BUILDING ENTERTAINMENT deals BUSINESS BS ENTREPRENEURSHIP PLANNING management professional IDENTITY professional IDENTITY FINANCIAL FINANCIAL management EXPLORING target markets professional IDENTITY management management EXPLORING target markets professional IDENTITY LEADERSHIP skills LEADERSHIP skills intellectual intellectual PROPERTY research PROPERTY research METHODS METHODS LEADERSHIP skills LEADERSHIP intellectual skills PROPERTY intellectual ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program PLA ma 64

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS NESS BS Areas of Focus COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS FINAL PROJECT NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute BUSINESS PROPOSALS NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute BUSINESS PROPOSALS ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS FINAL PROJECT team- team- BUILDING marketing CAMPAIGNS ENTREPRENEURSHIP BUILDING NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute BUSINESS PROPOSALS marketing CAMPAIGNS ENTREPRENEURSHIP Marketing & LEADERSHIP Distribution IDENTITY skills professional PLANNING management Business isn t just about great products and ideas: it s There are different legal concerns for each area of also about getting those products and ideas into the the entertainment industry, and our curriculum will FINANCIAL hands and minds of consumers. intellectual In our specialized prepare you with a wide breadth of legal topics that management marketing courses you ll learn PROPERTY how to promote cover the variety of real-world scenarios that could and distribute creations throughout the global arise in your career. Through different classroom entertainment marketplace. exercises you ll learn everything from large-scale EXPLORING target research concerns like how to protect your creative and markets You ll be responsible for creating METHODS a marketing business assets to specific topics like the liability campaign for a company based in the industry issues involved with setting up a concert in a live you re interested in entering. You ll choose your venue. Specialized courses also cover the broad uses area of focus, and then follow through with the of recorded music in all aspects of entertainment, entire distribution and promotion plan for a project, how to handle contract negotiations, and the legal following the industry s workflow processes in a way aspects of managing intellectual property. designed to teach you how to identify and connect with your target market. professional Finance team- & Accounting IDENTITY BUILDING marketing Budgeting is a critical component of any company s success, so it s important that you get a wellrounded foundation in the intricacies of sound FINANCIAL financial management. During the CAMPAIGNS management Entertainment Business program, you ll gain the tools you need professional to keep a company profitable. You ll study LEADERSHIP business IDENTITY accounting the essential money-management skills EXPLORING that include how to create and manage target finances for markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP any project or company. In addition to these business basics, you ll also explore the details of residual payments, royalties, and the break-evens on project proposals via dedicated economics, accounting, and statistics courses, as well as a blend of theoretical and applied finance exercises drawn from the entertainment field. FINANCIAL management EXPLORING target markets skills intellectual PROPERTY research METHODS Law & Contracts LEADERSHIP skills intellectual PROPERTY PLANNING management METHODS research PLANNING management ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 65

ute Areas of Focus SS SALS Networking Entertainment Business management will present nine networking ENTREPRENEURSHIP workshops throughout the undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future success. The sessions cover topics like goal setting, professional etiquette, professional communication and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios. EXPLORING target markets research METHODS team- BUILDING Final Project marketing professional IDENTITY Your last months in the Entertainment FINANCIAL Business CAMPAIGNS management program will find you bringing together the many aspects of your education to develop strategic plans for real-world business scenarios. You ll engage EXPLORING in proper research methodologies to target explore markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP your target market, differentiate yourself from competitors, and define a unique niche within your chosen field. The culmination of this research is a detailed activity that will cover the key elements of an entertainment business, giving you a practical representation of your skills to show to potential employers. In addition, if you choose to follow an entrepreneurial route after graduation, your background and training will equip you to develop and pursue a formal business plan. LEADERSHIP skills intellectual PROPERTY research METHODS PLANNING management ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS NEGOTIATING CONTRACTS deals PROMOTE distribute team- BUILDING marketing CAMPAIGNS professional IDENTITY FINANCIAL management FINAL PROJECT BUSINESS EXPLORING PROPOSALSENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS target markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP Bachelor of Science Degree Program 66 r

Areas of Focus Overview In the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program, you ll make your way through a challenging curriculum that combines essential business and management skills like strategic planning, event management, leadership, finance, and entrepreneurship with entertainment-specific courses like Artist Management, Intellectual Property, and Entertainment Business Models. Courses also focus on developing both your personal and professional skills, and the project-based environment recreates the same kinds of professional scenarios you ll encounter in today s business world. At the end of the program, you ll be tasked with leveraging your knowledge and experience to analyze a business scenario related to your career goals and interests and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. This unique marriage of business and entertainment topics is designed to give you the full range of knowledge you ll need to begin a career within an existing entertainment company or to get your own entrepreneurial idea off the ground. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing your ability to succeed in entertainment business in a variety of fields including film, music, digital media, broadcasting and gaming. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life-long learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. In addition to business-specific skills, you ll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, we also have a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 67

Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MUB 481 Artist Management 4.00 ENTB 4211 Audience Metrics 4.00 ACG 3223 Business Accounting 4.00 ENTB 254 Business Ethics and Social Responsibility 3.50 ENTB 251 Business Law 4.00 MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce 3.00 ENTB 4485 Entertainment Business Models 3.00 MMC 4258 Entertainment Media Distribution 4.00 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 ENC 1102 English Composition II 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics 4.00 STA 1026 Introduction to Statistics 4.00 MAN 3152 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 4.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA 6 7 8 9 10 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS ENGLISH COMPOSITION II BUSINESS ETHICS & SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY EXCEL & DATA REPORTING INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS ENTB 410 Event Management 4.00 HUM 1505 Popular Culture in Media 4.00 11 12 13 14 15 ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting 3.00 ENTB 376 Intellectual Property 4.00 ENTB 280 International Business 2.50 MAN 2020 Introduction to Management 4.00 MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing 4.00 BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations 4.00 OBM 1000 Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries 3.00 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 Totals: 42.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120 TOTAL WEEKS: 100 BUSINESS LAW INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL MARKETING BUSINESS ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION 16 17 18 19 20 PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MODELS ARTIST MANAGEMENT MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance 4.00 MAR 3111 Principles of Digital Marketing 4.00 ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship 4.00 ENTB 4525 Professional Selling 4.00 ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management 4.00 21 22 23 24 25 ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA DISTRIBUTION AUDIENCE METRICS EVENT MANAGEMENT PROFESSIONAL SELLING STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE Totals: 78.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 68

Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 481 Artist Management The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artist s career, management contracts, development of an artist s career path, and sustaining an artist s career. Overview of the Artist Manager Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship Launching the Artist s Career The Management Contract Planning the Artist s Career Making the Career Plan Work Career Maintenance and Control ENTB 4211 Audience Metrics The Audience Metrics Course examines how companies in the entertainment industry use key measurements and data sources to make business decisions. Students assess how audience data is used for content development and media buying. Students also learn how companies collect, analyze, summarize, and interpret real-world data related to media. Metrics in the Entertainment Industry Sources of Audience Metrics Audience Measurement Techniques Emerging Technologies in Audience Metrics Entertainment Industry Decision- Making Based on Metrics ACG 3223 Business Accounting The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned. The Accounting Cycle Preparation of Basic Financial Statements Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements Cost Models and Cost Control Decision-Making and Operational Planning ENTB 254 Business Ethics and Social Responsibility The Business Ethics and Social Responsibility Course presents students with complex, real-world ethical problems associated with the management of a business. Through the study of historical and current case studies, students will debate the responsibilities of managers, broaden their awareness of personal, professional, and business ethics, and address the social responsibility of the entertainment industry. Ethics Historical and Current Event Case Studies Examination of Social Responsibility Business Issues Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks ENTB 251 Business Law The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects. Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices An Introduction to Intellectual Property Clearances and Licensing Contracts and Business Law MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry. Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry Innovation and Adoption Models Quantifying Usage and Value This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 69

Course Descriptions Program Core ENTB 4485 Entertainment Business Models The Entertainment Business Models Course is a detailed study of the various ways that entertainment organizations operate and generate profit from operations. Students analyze traditional and emerging business models in various segments of the industry. Students explore career opportunities based on current and evolving models. Traditional Business Models Emerging Business Models The Role of Media Conglomerates Business Development Strategies Career Opportunities Based on Business Models MMC 4258 Entertainment Media Distribution The Entertainment Media Distribution Course explores various avenues of publishing and distributing entertainment media, including the role of publishing and distribution companies and the mechanics of self-distribution. Forms of distribution are evaluated in relation to their effectiveness for various entertainment products. In addition, students are introduced to various royalty structures and methods of collection in the music industry. Publishing and Distribution Principles and Terminology Publishing and Distribution Companies Publishing and Distribution Applications and Strategies Principles of Pricing and Projecting Sales Revenue Residuals, Royalties, and Profit Sharing ENTB 410 Event Management The Event Management Course examines the business of event management, which has developed into a vital marketing tool for a variety of businesses. The many topics of study for event management include researching the product and company brand, identifying the target audience, creating an event concept, and developing a project management plan. This course covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management. Overview of Event Management Event Concept Design Project Plan Management and Development Target Audience Research Location Scouting and Logistics Technical Event Development ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting The Excel and Data Reporting Course teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for common business purposes, including analysis and reporting. Course topics include: working with formulas and functions, formatting spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating charts, selecting appropriate chart types, and analyzing entertainment business data. Students identify trends in data and leverage data to convey various business messages. Formulas and Functions Tables and Charts Data Analysis Data Reporting ENTB 376 Intellectual Property The Intellectual Property Course examines how artists, athletes, game/ filmmakers and businesses use trademarks, copyrights, publicity rights, trade secrets, and patents to enhance goodwill and generate revenue from ideas and properties. Students explore ownership, licensing, and transfer of rights; infringement, prevention, and enforcement measures; and the impact of technological and cultural evolution and privacy restraints on the creation, ownership and spread of content in the sports and entertainment industries. Intellectual Property Rights & Contracts Overview Brand Enhancement Rights in Creative Works Managing Intellectual Property in Projects ENTB 280 International Business The International Business Course addresses the complexity and the diversity of business practices in the international business marketplace. A variety of related topics are addressed, including: consumer differences across key international markets; international marketing strategies; economic policies; political and cultural environments and their effect on international business; the impact of geography on business transactions and distribution; and laws, treaties and international labor issues that affect international business. International Business Consumer Marketing Strategies for International Business International Economics Political and Cultural International Environments Geographical Issues Legal Issues International Labor Issues Total credit hours 2.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 70

Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 2020 Introduction to Management The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs. Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context Human Resource Principles Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes Local and National Labor Laws Risk Management Business Management Case Studies MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined. Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising Public Relations Branding BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations revisits and further expands on business law as it relates to the entertainment industry. Students are introduced to contract writing strategies as they examine strengths and weaknesses of realworld entertainment contracts. Students are then given the opportunity to focus on their chosen creative industry and explore specific contract issues. Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, and agents in the entertainment business industry is addressed. Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Contract Writing and Negotiation Industry Contract Issues Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents OBM 1000 Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industry s various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industry s current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields. An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance The Principles of Business Finance Course provides students with the skills needed to make financial decisions in a business environment. Students examine the process of financial analysis, financing operations and growth, and the concept of risk versus return. In addition, fundamental financial topics are covered, such as the time value of money, capital budgeting, business valuation, risk management, and personal finance. Financial Analysis Time Value of Money Debt vs. Equity Financing Budgeting and Forecasting Capital Budgeting Techniques Business Valuation Risk Management Personal Finance MAR 3111 Principles of Digital Marketing The Principles of Digital Marketing Course examines the role of marketing in the 21st century. Students explore digital and mobile marketing, discussing the most prevalent types of tools, their purposes and their effectiveness in relation to the entertainment industry. Comparison to traditional marketing tactics and examples of current marketing mixes are addressed. In addition, this course builds student understanding of search engine optimization and social media marketing tools. Digital Marketing Trends Role of Mobile Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Optimization This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 71

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path. Role of the Entrepreneur The Entrepreneurial Mindset Case Studies in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as a Career ENTB 4525 Professional Selling The Professional Selling Course teaches students the importance of the business development and client relationship management roles in both large and small companies, which are critical to the success of a business. Students learn best practices in a professional sales environment and develop methods to overcome common hurdles in meeting sales objectives. Course topics include building the customer relationship, distinguishing types of sales, the relationship and differences between sales and marketing, and methods of sales forecasting and reporting. Students also learn how to deliver an effective sales presentation and explore the multitude of related career opportunities within the industry. Role of the Sales Department Customer Buying Process Sales Proposals Leveraging Social Media in Sales Ethics in Selling ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management The Strategic Business Management Course presents students with complex, real-world business scenarios related to the entertainment industry. Students analyze the scenarios, assess potential action steps, and develop strategic plans to address the scenarios. Through this process, students evaluate the management, marketing, financial, legal, and ethical decisions that affect real-world business decisions. Students also assess external entrepreneurial opportunities that these scenarios could generate. Business Problem Analysis Strategic Management Decisions MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Effective Digital Communication Strategies Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Global Digital Citizenship This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 72

Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness ENC 1102 English Composition II The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own. Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry. Supply and Demand Consumer Behavior International Economics Role of Government Monetary Policy STA 1026 Introduction to Statistics The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics MAN 3152 Leadership and Organizational Behavior The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weaknesses through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process. Leadership Building Effective Teams Group Dynamics Decision-making Motivating Conflict Resolution This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 73

Course Descriptions General Education HUM 1505 Popular Culture in Media The Popular Culture in Media Course examines the role and importance of popular culture, providing a rich background for students to understand the historical and social impact of popular culture. Students are introduced to media milestones in popular culture history, and they explore the influence of popular culture on social trends. Course topics include genre studies, the uses of celebrity, the power of the audience, the effects of new technology and new media, and much more. Students develop a critical approach to analyzing broadcasts, advertisements, films, print, audio recordings, games, and web sites that make up and shape our popular culture. Popular Culture As Social Phenomena Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture Popular Culture and Media Technology Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Critical-Thinking Skills Play and the Brain Collaboration and Team Building COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Presentation Strategies Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 74

Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment has a wider reach than ever before just check your pockets for your smartphone, MP3 player, or handheld game system. The delivery options available today have broadened the ways we can enjoy media both at home or on the go. And as technology continues to open new avenues for the way we consume music, movies, games, and the web, the entertainment industry has become one of the most exciting fields for creative professionals. This evolution has also brought the need for a specific kind of talent to lead the next wave, which is why Full Sail s Entertainment Business Master s program is designed to provide a higher level of real-world education to students who want to position themselves for leadership roles in the media landscape. As you cover advanced business courses related to media products and distribution, you ll gain a focused understanding of the tools used by managers, leaders, organizers, and innovators who make the decisions that help drive the success of the industry. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Advanced Business Fine Arts Training Modeling Entertainment Focus Animation Capstone Projects Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 75

Areas of Focus ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING BUSINESS THEORY ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS SKILL development NETWORKING ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING guest SPEAKERS BUSINESS THEORY entertainment SKILL INDUSTRYcareers development artist NETWORKING EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE LEA CAPSTONE PROJECTS SKILL development ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional NETWORKING guest SPEAKERS DEVELOPMENT professional DEVELOPMENT LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills entertainment MULTIMEDIA keynote INDUSTRYcareers presentations MULTIMEDIA keynote artist EXECUTIVE DIGITAL PERSPECTIVE storyboarding Advanced Business Training DIGITAL storyboarding presentations The Entertainment Business Master s program takes your education beyond the classroom by having you interact with the entertainment business and traditional business communities. You might meet with a commercial banker about getting business loans and other bank services, or talk with a private investor and find out what they look for when investing in new companies. In addition to expanding your knowledge of business theory, these meetings allow you to hone the personal skills it takes to be an engaging leader and negotiator in the entertainment world. m D entertainment INDUSTRYcareers artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 76

INESS EORY Areas of Focus SKILL development NETWORKING LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills st EAKERS entertainment INDUSTRYcareers artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE onal OPMENT MULTIMEDIA keynote presentations Entertainment Focus With decades of experience preparing graduates for careers in the entertainment industry, we have a unique perspective on the specific skills you ll need to excel in the entertainment world. That experience has enabled us to craft a curriculum that focuses on the business needs of the media world, bridging its creative, technical, and commercial aspects. DIGITAL storyboarding marketing DISTRIBUTION INESS EORY During your coursework, you ll spend time studying the companies that are relevant to your field of interest both from an artist s and executive s SKILL perspective and the daily work processes that go into making them thrive. More than just a focused curriculum, the program also features guest speakers from successful companies who talk about their experiences and relate them to your career goals. development NETWORKING LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills est EAKERS entertainment INDUSTRYcareers artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 77

T Areas of Focus guest ENTERTAINMENT SPEAKERS FOCUS entertainment INDUSTRYcareers guest SPEAKERS artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE entertainment INDUSTRYcareers JECTS CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional DEVELOPMENT MULTIMEDIA keynote professional presentations DEVELOPMENT DIGITAL storyboarding MULTIMEDIA keynote marketing DISTRIBUTION presentations INESS ORY SKILL development NETWORKING LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills st EAKERS onal Capstone Project OPMENT entertainment Your Master s program is highlighted by a business plan capstone project designed to showcase the skills you ve learned throughout the program. INDUSTRYcareers Adhering to a standard industry format, you ll create a detailed proposal for your own entertainment or media company covering all the financial aspects that an investor would want to see. Your business plan will demonstrate that you know how to and plan think like a professional, including how to budget and control your finances, market and distribute your product, and plan for top organizational performance. MULTIMEDIA keynote presentations artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE DIGITAL storyboarding marketing DISTRIBUTION ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 78

Areas of Focus Overview Objective Our Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program is an advanced exploration of the specific business and management skills you need to excel and lead in the entertainment world. This balanced and in-depth curriculum will take you through courses such as Executive Leadership, Advanced Entertainment Law, Entertainment Business Finance, Business Storytelling and Brand Development, and Negotiation and Deal Making as you expand your knowledge of the way the business world works. Through this specialized education, you ll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those to exercises that develop your own leadership abilities. As a conclusion to the program, you ll be responsible for a business plan which will require you to make practical use of important entertainment business concepts like project management, financial planning, business plan development, contract negotiation, digital marketing, branding, and global business strategy. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in a variety of entertainment business industries such as recording arts, show production and touring, digital media and web, game design and development, computer animation, and film & television. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, entertainment business finance, negotiation techniques, product and artist management, entertainment law, media publishing, media distribution, digital marketing, and business plan development. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the business side of the entertainment field. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the entertainment and media industry. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 79

Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours BUL 5628 Advanced Entertainment Law 3.50 GEB 612 Business Plan Development 3.50 MAR 630 Business Storytelling and Brand Development 3.50 MAR 681 Digital Marketing 3.50 GEB 6508 Entertainment Business Finance 3.50 MMC 6256 Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution 3.50 MAN 630 Executive Leadership 3.50 EBM 692 Final Project: Business Plan 3.50 MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership 3.00 MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-Making 3.50 EBM 591 Product and Artist Management 3.50 MAN 603 Project and Team Management 3.50 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP PROJECT & TEAM MANAGEMENT BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FINANCE 6 7 8 9 10 NEGOTIATION & DEAL-MAKING PRODUCT & ARTIST MANAGEMENT 11 12 BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT FINAL PROJECT: BUSINESS PLAN ADVANCED ENTERTAINMENT LAW ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION DIGITAL MARKETING Totals: 41.50 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 41.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 80

Course Descriptions Program Core BUL 5628 Advanced Entertainment Law This course explores advanced topics related to entertainment law, with an emphasis on entertainment contracts and intellectual property protection. Students explore, through lectures and case studies, how the digital revolution has impacted the entertainment industry and learn strategies for protecting and exploiting rights within the digital domain, with a focus on the role that entertainment law has played in the industry s evolution. Students also have the opportunity to understand the impact of entertainment law on their specific entertainment field and examine how evolving trends are affecting the way contracts are structured within their respective industry sector. Overview of Intellectual Property Principles Evolution of Entertainment Law Protection of Rights In the Digital Domain Role of Changing Technology Trends Affecting Entertainment Contracts Case Studies in Entertainment Law Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks GEB 612 Business Plan Development The Business Plan Development Course requires students to incorporate the business skills students have developed over their course of study into research for their own business plan. In this course, students draw on their business, management, and technical knowledge to create and develop a formal presentation of a business plan. Students then receive feedback from their instructors and peers concerning the viability of their business plan in the entertainment industry. Review of Business Concepts Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Research Report on the Chosen Industry Financial Plan Marketing Plan Management Plan Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAR 630 Business Storytelling and Brand Development This course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market: storytelling and brand development. In this course, students learn how to implement brand development strategies that help companies become icons within their industry. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identity and create tools for realworld business use. MAR 681 Digital Marketing The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online. Overview of Digital Media Digital Revenue Models Mobile Trends and Technologies Measurements and Analytics Search Engine Marketing Digital Advertising and Promotion Social Media and Customer Engagement Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks Brand Development Overview Brand Development Principles and Techniques Brand Development Case Studies Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Personal Brand Identity Construction of a Story Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 81

Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 6508 Entertainment Business Finance The Entertainment Business Finance Course focuses on the financial decisions and issues facing the entertainment industry professional. During this course, students identify and evaluate entertainment business opportunities and projects using financial principles, while also learning how to raise the necessary finances to fund an entertainment company and/or project. Students develop financial projections including startup funds and pro forma income statements for their chosen business. Additional topics in the course include the development of financial decision-making skills, financial planning, capital management, operations expense management and personal finance MMC 6256 Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution The Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution Course focuses on issues currently affecting media publishing and distribution. Students will study traditional as well as new digital publishing and distribution models. The course also addresses issues within the industry such as piracy, social media, digital rights management and legislation. Students will explore strategies for protecting and monetizing their creative content and will utilize traditional as well as new distribution models to develop a publishing and distribution plan for their chosen business. EBM 692 Final Project: Business Plan The Business Plan is a comprehensive academic examination of a topic selected by the student. The project encompasses academic objectives and concepts learned from each course in the degree program. In their final course, students complete the written business plan and present the plan to faculty and peers. The completion of the Final Project Business Plan is a requirement of graduation for the Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program. Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma Completion of Written Business Plan Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies Financial Planning Funding Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects Pro Forma Financial Projections Capital Funding and Management Operations Expense Management Personal Finance Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks Overview of Traditional Publishing and Distribution Methods Exploration of New Digital Publishing and Distribution Models Publishing and Distribution Case Studies Digital Rights Management Social Media and Piracy Issues Development of a Publishing/ Distribution Plan Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 630 Executive Leadership This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in today s entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industry s leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals. Executive Leadership Qualities Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field Mentoring Leading in Change Executive Summary Development Business Plan Presentation Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership At the level of a master s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject. Personal Assessments Executive Leadership Case Studies Mastery Concepts In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Power and Influence Case Studies Academic Research and Methodologies Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks Leadership Principles ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). 82

Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-making Negotiation and deal-making are essential business skills that enable entertainment business professionals to grow companies, establish a strong business presence, and enhance product development. In this course, students explore the skills needed to become a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through instruction in topics like deal-structuring skills, self-awareness and negotiation skill development, tools and concepts for negotiation preparation, negotiation and deal-making role-playing, and critiquing the role-playing scenarios. An Overview of Negotiation Techniques Deal-making Structures and Outlines Self-awareness and Negotiation Skill Development Role-playing Negotiation Deal Memos and Contracts Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks EBM 591 Product and Artist Management The Product and Artist Management Course addresses management issues and scenarios that apply to artist management and gives students tools and strategies to help resolve these issues. Students in this course also address product management and its unique issues, the interconnectivity of artist and product management divisions. Finally, students have the opportunity to apply these advanced management techniques to their specific entertainment field and examine how these principles can be applied to their business projects. Overview of Artist Management Strategic Artist Management Techniques Overview of Product Management Strategic Product Management The Integration of the Artists and the Media Product Current Issues Affecting Artist and Product Management Problem-solving Techniques for Artists Case Studies in Artist and Product Management Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 603 Project and Team Management Students in the Project and Team Management Course are responsible for two main objectives. The first involves learning the principles of project management, including: creating a project management plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding and considering all factors that contribute to a successful project, and staying within budget. The second objective requires students to explore the various factors of team management and creating a productive team, including: matching project objectives to team member skill sets, motivating a team to accomplish project goals, empowering team members to take ownership of a project s success, and providing mentorship to aid the team s success. Section 1: Project Management: Creating a Project Plan Project Plan Development and Execution Project Management Budget Management Section 2: Team Management: Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent Team Management Concepts and Theories Team Management Case Studies Managing Team Morale Managing Team Time Management Confronting Team Conflict Inspiring a Team Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 83

Entertainment Business Sports Management Elective Track Master of Science Degree Program Teams and leagues on the amateur, collegiate, and professional level are supported by the organizations that operate their venues and facilities, the marketing and promotion groups that generate interest in the game and its athletes, the companies that sell the tickets, the broadcast outlets who bring the games to fans, and the executives who coordinate these multiple elements. Full Sail University s Entertainment Business Master s with a Sports Management Elective Track is designed to provide you with an advanced business education that addresses the specific needs of the sports industry, preparing you for a career in one of its many professional branches. The Sports Management Elective Track is specifically tailored to the needs of the sports industry, and you ll explore concepts such as Sports Management and Operations, Legal Issues in Sports, and Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales, in addition to the advanced business concepts like Project and Team Management, Executive Leadership, Entertainment Business Finance, and Negotiation and Deal-Making that are a part of Full Sail s Entertainment Business Master s Degree Program. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Sports Management Fine Arts and Operations Modeling Legal Issues In Sports Animation Negotiation and Deal-Making Effects Sports Final Project/ Marketing Demo Reel Creation and Sponsorship ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 84

INMENT Areas BUSINESS of Focus MS BUSINESS ENT ROJECTS SKILL development entertainment INDUSTRYcareers BUSINESS THEORY guest SPEAKERS professional DEVELOPMENT SKILL MULTIMEDIA keynote ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS presentations MS ENTERTAINMENT NETWORKING NETWORKING artist business presence EXECUTIVE within the industry. PERSPECTIVE storyboarding Beyond the traditional legal aspects of BUSINESS sports ADVANCED management, BUSINESS the digital revolution has also TRAINING THEORY impacted the industry, so you ll learn strategies and Sponsorship development for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital The roles that sponsorships and the media play domain and analyze case studies to understand in the sports management industry are huge. how the sports industry has evolved LEADERSHIP in light of In this course, you ll be placed real-world changing technologies and the law. You ll guest also NEGOTIATING scenarios that will entertainment require you to apply problemsolving techniques to resolve sports marketing SPEAKERS INDUSTRYcareers FOCUS have the opportunity to focus on the impact of the law on sports and examine how evolving skills and sponsorship issues. You ll also examine trends are affecting the way sports agreements sports organizations, advertisers, and the media, CAPSTONE are PROJECTS structured. professional learning how each approaches MULTIMEDIA concepts like marketing, promotions, and sponsorship sales. artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE Sports Management and Operations In this course, you ll explore the management practices of the sports and entertainment industry, with an emphasis on sports development management practices and operational scenarios that frequently occur in the industry. You ll learn about professional and amateur athletics, organizational structures, sports operations and logistics, and sports business models as you entertainment work to formulate a sports management plan for INDUSTRYcareers your Business Plan project. Legal Issues In Sports The legal issues that impact the sports industry are a fundamental aspect of the business. From contracts and licensing to risk management, a strong awareness and understanding of these issues is important to one s success in the field. DEVELOPMENT Negotiation and Deal-Making Deal making is a vital part of the entertainment industry, and strong negotiating skills can help secure the best deals for you and your clients. This course explores the essential and practical skills that will help prepare you to have a strong In this important course, you ll learn how to structure common types of entertainment deals while practicing negotiation techniques during role-playing scenarios. It s your chance to explore deal-making case studies to learn which DIGITAL negotiation concepts actually work best within the industry. Sports Marketing SKILL keynote presentations LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills marketing DISTRIBUTION NETWORKING artist EXECUTIVE PERSPECTIVE DIGITAL storyboarding ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 85

Overview The Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree with a Sports Management Elective Track is an advanced exploration of the specific sports management and business skills you need to excel in the entertainment and sports business industry. This balanced and in-depth curriculum includes courses such as Executive Leadership, Sports Management and Operations, Project and Team Management, Legal Issues in Sports, Negotiation and Deal-making, Sports Marketing and Sponsorships, Entertainment Business Finance, and Business Plan Development. Throughout this specialized education, you ll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those exercises to develop your own leadership abilities. You ll also complete two capstone projects a leadership portfolio and a business plan thesis which will require you to make practical use of important business concepts like project management, contract negotiation, sports marketing, financial planning, and business plan development. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in the entertainment and sports industry. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the sports and entertainment business fields. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, sports management and operations, legal issues in sports, negotiation and deal-making, sports marketing, internet marketing, and business plan development. In addition to business proficiency, your education will help you develop critical-thinking, problem-solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment and sports industry. To help you make that transition, Full Sail University has a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors are available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 86

Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program with a Sports Management Elective Track PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GEB 611 Business Plan Development 3.50 MAR 628 Business Storytelling and Brand Development 3.50 MAR 680 Digital Marketing 3.50 GEB 650 Entertainment Business Finance 3.50 MAN 629 Executive Leadership 3.50 EBM 691 Final Project: Business Plan 3.50 BUL 5581 Legal Issues in Sports 3.50 MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership 3.00 MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-Making 3.50 MAN 602 Project and Team Management 3.50 MAN 6223 Sports Management and Operations 3.50 MAR 6111 Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales 3.50 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP PROJECT & TEAM MANAGEMENT BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FINANCE 6 7 8 9 10 NEGOTIATION & DEAL-MAKING SPORTS MANAGEMENT & OPERATIONS 11 12 BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT FINAL PROJECT: BUSINESS PLAN LEGAL ISSUES IN SPORTS SPORTS MARKETING & SPONSORSHIP SALES DIGITAL MARKETING Totals: 41.50 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 41.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 87

Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 611 Business Plan Development The Business Plan Development Course requires students to incorporate the business skills students have developed over their course of study into research for their own business plan. In this course, students draw on their business, management, and technical knowledge to create and develop a formal presentation of a business plan. Students then receive feedback from their instructors and peers concerning the viability of their business plan in the entertainment industry. Review of Business Concepts Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Relative Entertainment Portfolio Items Research Report on the Entertainment Economy of Chosen Entertainment Industry Financial Plan Marketing Plan: Traditional, Internet and Mobile Management Plan Website Plan Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAR 628 Business Storytelling and Brand Development This course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market: storytelling and brand development. In this course, students learn how to implement brand development strategies that help companies become icons within their industry. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identity and create tools for realworld business use. Brand Development Overview Personal Brand Identity Brand Development Principles and Techniques Creating a Mission Statement Brand Development Case Studies Construction of a Story Creative Writing Overview Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth and Archetype Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAR 680 Digital Marketing The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online. Overview of Digital Media Digital Revenue Models Mobile Trends and Technologies Measurements and Analytics Search Engine Marketing Search Engine Marketing Digital Advertising and Promotion Social Media and Customer Engagement Media Planning, Buying, and Campaign Management Storytelling and Brand Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 88

Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 650 Entertainment Business Finance The Entertainment Business Finance Course focuses on the financial decisions and issues facing the entertainment industry entrepreneur. During this course, students identify and evaluate entertainment business opportunities and projects using financial principles, while also learning how to raise the necessary finances to fund an entertainment company and/or project. Students also explore financial contracts with a focus on how contracts can minimize risk for the entertainment business enterprise. Additional topics in the course include the development of financial decision-making skills, financial planning, leasing, acquisitions, capital management, and operations expense management. Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities Raising Finances to Fund Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects Understanding Financial Contracts Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies Financial Planning Leasing Acquisitions Capital Funding and Management Entertainment Leadership Portfolio Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 629 Executive Leadership This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in today s entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industry s leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals. Executive Leadership Qualities Personal Assessments The Examination of the Various Entertainment Industries Power and Influence Mentoring Leading in Change Executive Leadership Case Studies Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks EBM 691 Final Project: Business Plan In the Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program, the completion of a capstone project is required for graduation. The Business Plan is a comprehensive academic examination of a topic selected by the student. The project encompasses academic objectives and concepts learned from each course in the degree program. In their final course, students complete the written business plan and present the plan to faculty and peers. Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma Completion of Written Business Plan BUL 5581 Legal Issues in Sports This course provides an overview of the legal issues that impact the sports industry, with an emphasis on contracts, licensing, and risk management. Students in this course explore how the digital revolution has impacted the industry and learn strategies for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital domain. Students also analyze case studies to understand how the sports industry has evolved in light of changing technologies and the law. Finally, students in this course have the opportunity to focus on the impact of the law on sports and examine how evolving trends are affecting the way sports agreements are structured. Overview of Intellectual Property and Licensing Risk Management in Sports Overview of Contract Law Role of Changing Technology Case Studies in Sports Law Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks Executive Summary Development Business Plan Presentation Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 89

Course Descriptions Program Core MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership At the level of a master s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject. Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-making Negotiation and deal-making are essential business skills that enable entertainment business professionals to grow companies, establish a strong business presence, and enhance product development. In this course, students explore the skills needed to become a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through instruction in topics like deal-structuring skills, self-awareness and negotiation skill development, tools and concepts for negotiation preparation, negotiation and deal-making role-playing, and critiquing the role-playing scenarios. An Overview of Negotiation Techniques Deal-making Structures and Outlines Self-awareness and Negotiation Skill Development Tools and Concepts to Prepare for Negotiation Role-playing Negotiation Scenarios and Critiquing Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MAN 602 Project and Team Management Students in the Project and Team Management Course are responsible for two main objectives. The first involves learning the principles of project management, including: creating a project management plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding and considering all factors that contribute to a successful project, and staying within budget. The second objective requires students to explore the various factors of team management and creating a productive team, including: matching project objectives to team member skill sets, motivating a team to accomplish project goals, empowering team members to take ownership of a project s success, and providing mentorship to aid the team s success. Section 1: Project Management Creating a Project Plan Understanding Project Planning Software Project Plan Development and Execution Project Management and Budget Management Section 2: Team Management Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent Team Management Concepts and Theories Team Management Case Studies Managing Team Morale Managing Team Time Management Confronting Team Conflict Inspiring a Team Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program 90

Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program Today s video game graphics are more realistic and impactful than ever. If you ve considered taking your artistic talents to the game industry, Full Sail s Game Art bachelor s degree program can help you learn the same production methods used to create 3D art for gaming projects. In this degree program, you ll examine the fundamentals of interactive graphics development including character creation, environment and prop creation, the production pipeline, in-game effects, and animation and learn how these principles function within a game engine. You ll also learn how to take traditional art and animation principles and apply them to models that look and move realistically. The practical application of these combined skills happens in your final portfolio courses, in which you will create content within a chosen discipline of study to showcase your artistic skills. Throughout the program, you ll also develop the personal and professional skills that will help you be an effective member of a game development team. Areas of Focus Art Creation Demo Reel Collaborative Development Modeling GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 91

artistic FUNDAMENTALS Areas of Focus ANIMATION concepts modeling STRATEGIES OPTIMIZATION tic NTALS VISUAL depth Art Creation STORYBOARD SCRIPTING ANIMATION concepts LIGHTING SHADING texturing team After grasping the basics of computer art, it s time to add the visual depth that defines great animation. You ll learn how to use lighting, shading, and texturing to breathe realistic qualities into your characters and how to combine those elements to create industry-ready real-time graphics. Building on the essentials you ve already learned, you ll apply those skills on projects that will see you creating objects, characters, 3Dand landscapes for expansive and imaginative 3D game worlds. BUILDING modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARACTERS landscapes TEXTURING special EFFECTS CONTENT OPTIMIZATION AL pth OARD IPTING LIGHTING SHADING texturing team BUILDING GAME DEV objects TEXTURING CHARACTERS landscapes ANIMATION FOUNDATION ART CREATION special EFFECTS COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL artistic FUNDAMENTALS VISUAL depth STORYBOARD SCRIPTING 3D ANIMATION concepts LIGHTING SHADING texturing team BUILDING modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARACTERS landscapes TEXTURING special EFFECTS CONTENT OPTIMIZATION GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 92

depth Areas of Focus LIGHTING SHADING texturing STORYBOARD SCRIPTING team BUILDING SHADING texturing objects team CHARACTERS landscapes BUILDING TEXTURING special EFFECTS TEXTURING CHARACTERS landscapes Collaborative Development special After EFFECTS mastering the world of game art creation you ll work together with students from Full Sail s Game Development Degree Program to design and produce an original game project from start to finish. This collaborative environment will help you learn to deliver content on a deadline as well as how to work within guidelines set by a real-world production team. GAME DEV You ll storyboard and script with a team of artistic programmers, and work with them to define the ANIMATION FOUNDATION FUNDAMENTALS visual qualities and requirements for the game. Then you ll go to work using the skills and techniques learned throughout the program to develop the graphics and environments for a fully VISUAL playable game. In addition to learning industry ART CREATION workflow and how to operate in a team setting, this integrated project setting will allow you to see your graphics as part of a final product and test how they hold up in a practical application. All of these COLLABORATIVE factors give you DEV/ the advantage of coming out of DEMO school REEL as an artist who has already worked on a fully functional game. depth STORYBOARD SCRIPTING Demo Reel By the end of the Game Art program you will have amassed a wealth of content that shows an employer the comprehensive skills and artistic techniques you ve mastered. During your final months, you ll collect all of these assets and put them together for your personal demo reel. In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your instructors will re-evaluate what you ve created throughout your classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry you re most 3D interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your ANIMATION artistic strengths and technical concepts proficiency in such areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, and special effects, offering a well-rounded demonstration of your talents to help launch your career. LIGHTING SHADING texturing team BUILDING modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARA lands TEXTURING specia EFFECT GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 93

D GAME DEV Areas of Focus ANIMATION FOUNDATION ART CREATION IMATION concepts HTING Modeling ADING exturing COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL eam modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARACTERS landscapes Game content follows fundamental artistic guidelines even when you re working within the expanse of 3D digital graphics. The modeling foundations covered in the Game Art program will help you draw a parallel between TEXTURING traditional art and modeling techniques and today s special leading digital art software the way characters, objects, EFFECTS and environments look and act in real life, and how you can capture that same realism when recreating them in the digital world. BUILDING To further introduce you to the world of game graphics, the program also emphasizes the core 3D animation concepts that are essential to the industry. As you explore the latest game platforms, you ll learn the strategies of professional modelers and discover how to create great-looking content and optimize it to the standards of today s hardware. GAME DEV artistic FUNDAMENTALS ANIMATION FOUNDATION ART CREATION VISUAL CONTENT depth OPTIMIZATION COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL STORYBOARD SCRIPTING GAME DEV ANIMATION FOUNDATION ART CREATION artistic 3D FUNDAMENTALS ANIMATION concepts VISUAL depth LIGHTING SHADING texturing STORYBOARD SCRIPTING team BUILDING artistic FUNDAMENTALS VISUAL depth 3D ANIMATION modeling concepts STRATEGIES LIGHTING SHADING objects texturing team 3D ANIMATION concepts LIGHTING SHADING texturing CHARACTERS landscapes BUILDING TEXTURING special EFFECTS modeling CONTE OPTIMIZAT STRATEGIES objects TEXTURING modeling STRATEGIES objects CHARACTERS landscapes special EFFECTS CHARACTERS landscapes GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 94

Overview Full Sail s Game Art Bachelor s Degree Program is designed to develop artists well-versed in 3D asset creation for game development. With a focus on 3D content for consoles and computers, you ll work your way through project-based classes that follow a clear progression from the basics of digital art creation up through the latest trends and tools. Along the way classes like Character Animation, Game Production, Production Modeling, Level Design, and Shading and Effects will help you gain the skills necessary to move and improve content through the production pipeline. Each of these specialized classes is based around the same workflow processes found at professional gaming studios including such core concepts as animation, character modeling, lighting and shading, and texturing. Supporting these industry-specific foundations are classes focusing on the fine art aspects of game content development as well as courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the gaming industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé, and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer environmental modeling, game textures, and character animation needed to qualify for entry-level positions in the game industry as game artists, scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, and animators. Besides the program s strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related fields. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. GAME ART OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 95

Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 CGA 221 2D Animation 4.00 CGA 121 3D Foundations 4.00 CGG 443 Advanced Game Characters 3.00 ART 2006 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I ART HISTORY CGG 351 Art Creation for Games 4.00 CGA 321 Character Animation I 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics 4.00 6 7 8 9 10 CGA 342 Character Design and Creation 4.00 CGA 451 Character Rigging I 4.00 MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement 4.00 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I 3D FOUNDATIONS FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II MODEL CREATION SHADING & LIGHTING CGA 453 Character Rigging II 3.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals 4.00 11 12 13 14 15 CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation 3.00 CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I 3.00 CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II 3.00 CGG 333 Game Animation 4.00 CGG 391 Game Portfolio I 4.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 123 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS METHODS OF DESIGN CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I 16 17 18 19 20 CGG 401 Game Portfolio II 4.00 CGG 381 Game Production 4.00 PRODUCTION MODELING 2D ANIMATION COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION CHARACTER RIGGING I CGG 452 Level Assembly and Lighting 4.00 CGA 112 Methods of Design 4.00 21 22 23 24 25 DIG 1301 Model Creation 4.00 ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 CGA 482 Portfolio Assembly 4.00 CHARACTER RIGGING II CHARACTER ANIMATION I ART CREATION FOR GAMES PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II GAME ANIMATION TEXTURE PAINTING & SCULPTING CGA 352 Production Modeling 4.00 CAB 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 CAB 302 Project Management and Assessment II 2.00 CAB 403 Project Management and Assessment III 2.00 GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting 4.00 CGG 432 Texture Painting and Sculpting 3.00 Totals: 93.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program 26 27 28 29 30 LEVEL ASSEMBLY & LIGHTING PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III 31 32 GAME PORTFOLIO II PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY ADVANCED GAME CHARACTERS GAME PRODUCTION GAME PORTFOLIO I This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 96

Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 221 2D Animation The 2D Animation Course develops students appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subject s volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability. Animation Fundamentals Principles of Animation Timing Charts Character Animation Advanced Character Principles Clean Up Character Personality CGA 121 3D Foundations The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the fundamentals of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics using Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Students learn the interface and controls of both programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for the more advanced courses later in the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program. Introduction to Operating Systems Introduction to Digital Imagery Photoshop Interface and Tools Digital Concept Art Introduction to the Maya Interface Working in the 3D World Geometry and Surface Types Working with Objects and Components CGG 443 Advanced Game Characters The Advanced Game Characters Course focuses extensively on the elements of accurate high resolution character sculpting. The course material is presented with an emphasis on proper anatomy, proportion, and fine details. Students will create assets implementing advanced techniques while maintaining realistic surface quality and likeness of reference. Students completing this course will possess a deeper understanding of digital sculpting, topology, texturing, and the use of generated maps. Anatomy Sculpting Head Sculpting and Detailing Creating Clothing Building Game Topology Texturing CGG 351 Art Creation for Games The Art Creation for Games Course provides students with a strong knowledge of the way real time 3D content is modeled and textured. Students develop game models of simple and complex props, foliage, and various game environments. In addition to modeling, students paint color, generate normal maps, and specular maps for created geometry. Special attention will be paid to the creation of clean and optimized models for use in games. Modular Modeling Digital Detail Sculpting Texture Creation Level Construction Real Time Lighting CGA 321 Character Animation I The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students will develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students will also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create character animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and advanced mechanics of motion, while using an effective and efficient workflow. Intermediate to Advanced Character Animation Scene Composition and Staging Entertainment Analysis Group Participation and Critique Scene Planning and Workflow CGA 342 Character Design and Creation The Character Design and Creation Course builds upon the skills learned in the Model Creation and Shading and Lighting courses by applying knowledge to 3D characters. Students begin with preproduction of a character, developing concept art and character sheets. Students complete a fully textured organic 3D model for possible use in film or high-resolution game technology. Character Design NURBS Modeling Sub Division Surface Modeling Surface Flow and Anatomy Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Character Rendering GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 97

Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 451 Character Rigging I The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of character rigging, which is the process of adding joints and controls to a character that allows an animator to make the it move in a realistic manner. Similar to making a puppet, rigging gives the artist the ability to control a CG character, making it a pivotal step in the animation process. Students will also be introduced to the fundamentals of python programming, which allows artists to modify systems based on a particular job in the animation world. With these programming techniques, students will be able to develop new tools and systems to aid in the development of their character rig. Joint Creation and Layout Control Building and Constraints Custom Attribute Creation Set Driven Keyframes Smooth Binding and Weight Painting Techniques Python Fundamentals Python Tool Development CGA 453 Character Rigging II The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in Character Rigging I. Students will explore the process of binding and weighting the skin on models to deform in an organic manner, based on preproduction research. Students will also explore more advanced rigging techniques, such as detailed facial control systems and muscle systems, as well as how to integrate dynamic character systems such as cloth, hair and fur simulation into a production workflow. Skin Deformation Muscle Systems Dynamic Systems (Cloth, Hair, and Fur) Advance Mathematical Connections CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals The Compositing Fundamentals Course introduces students to beginning and intermediate compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals. The course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world live-action video footage. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer generated elements to properly match a high-definition film or video source while working in a node-based compositing environment. Matte Creation Techniques Photoshop Fundamentals 3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping Node-based Compositing CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them. Keyframe Animation Motion Timing and Analysis Dope Sheet and Action Graphs Hierarchical Animation Camera and Light Positional Animation Animation Rendering CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics. Object Observation Textures and Lighting Color Theory Composition and Space CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics. Life Drawing Animal and Environment Observation Character Development Sculpting Advanced Deformers Scripted Controls Advanced Facial Setups GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 98

Course Descriptions Program Core CGG 333 Game Animation The Game Animation Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce animated sequences and cycles for game play. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the game industry with a focus on game engine constraints and requirements. Students in this course pay special attention to character anatomy, rigging constraints, and reusability within all aspects of a game. Character Anatomy Rigging Application of Animation Motion Analysis Timing Development Reusability and Blending CGG 391 Game Portfolio I The Game Portfolio I Course, students continue developing portfolio content showcasing their artistic and technical skill in their chosen discipline. Students will build on the skills learned in Game Portfolio I to improve their time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a second high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly. Time Management Portfolio Asset Creation Portfolio Presentation CGG 401 Game Portfolio II The Game Portfolio II Course, students develop their third portfolio piece showcasing their artistic and technical skill in their chosen discipline. Students will build on the skills learned in Game Portfolio I and II to improve their time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a third high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly. Time Management Portfolio Asset Creation Portfolio Presentation CGG 381 Game Production The Game Production Course allows students to use the tools, techniques, workflow and artistic skill developed through the Game Art foundation courses and apply it to the creation of portfolio assets. Students develop skills in time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly. Time Management Portfolio Asset Creation Portfolio Presentation CGG 452 Level Assembly and Lighting The Level Assembly and Lighting Course continues to expand students understanding of game requirements with a focus on constructing a playable level. Students design, build, texture, light, and add effects for a level. Successful completion of this course provides students with the necessary knowledge to develop content for game environments. Game Level Editor Asset Creation Advanced Assembly Advanced Real Time Lighting Particle Effects Game Play Interaction CGA 112 Methods of Design The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course. Critical Thinking Elements and Principles of 3D Aspects and Elements of Time Narrative and Non-narrative Architecture and Scenery Character Design and Development GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 99

Course Descriptions Program Core DIG 1301 Model Creation The Model Creation Course explores the beginning of the computer animation process by creating hard-surface models from concept art to final computergenerated imagery. During an in-depth exploration of the NURBS modeling tool set, comparisons of the relative differences between polygon, NURBS, and subdivision surface definitions are made. Students will develop techniques and strategies for creation of efficient virtual surfaces. Surface Creation Methods Building Strategies 3D Modeling Basics Curves and Surfaces Surface Continuity Trimming and Blending Modeling Optimization ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path. An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries CGA 482 Portfolio Assembly The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a student s content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing his or her talent. Content Review and Assembly Audio Assembly Demo Reel Output Demo Reel Review Package Presentation Development CGA 352 Production Modeling The Production Modeling Course develops students understanding of model development as it applies to the animation production industry. The course builds on all the computer animation foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry production workflow to develop portfolio models for presentation. Students explore a variety of topics including developing surface flow, anatomical models, and production modeling techniques. Advanced Modeling Techniques Production Modeling Geometry Parameterization Anatomical Modeling Surface Flow CAB 101, 302, 403 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00/2.00 each Course length 4 weeks GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting The Shading and Lighting Course investigates the mood and lighting, look and feel, shadows and shading, reflections and atmospheres that bring scenes and models to life. During this second of three 3D fundamental courses, students develop an eye for texturing and lighting modeled objects and scenes that parallel the real world. This course builds on the concepts established in the Object Perspective Course, including surface lighting and shadow observations and techniques. Textures and Shaders Image Manipulation Reflection and Refraction Lighting Strategies Highlights and Shadows Rendering and Raytracing Optimization The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 100

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education CGG 432 Texture Painting and Sculpting The Texture Painting and Sculpting Course teaches students techniques for creating textures for video games by utilizing traditional art skills. Using digital sculpting, painting, and photo sourcing techniques, students create and applying textures and materials for use in current game engines. Advanced Digital Sculpting Map Generation Texture Creation Materials ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 101

Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae. Kinematics Electromagnetic Spectrum COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Motion Survey of Light Energy and Mechanics Physical Theories and Formulae Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Audience Analysis Electricity and Magnetism Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry, and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations. A Brief History of Geometry Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Circles Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry Trigonometry Polar Coordinates Presentation Strategies DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Critical-Thinking Skills Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). Play and the Brain Collaboration and Team Building GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program 102

Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program Video games aren t just great entertainment, they re one of the most dynamic areas of the entertainment world, with successful games generating revenue that rivals some of the biggest film and album releases. It takes the right kind of leaders to help manage the titles that innovate and inspire gamers, and keep the industry growing both creatively and financially. Today s top game development houses thrive on the leadership of a great production staff to oversee their multimillion dollar titles, and Full Sail s Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program will help you become one of these creative decision makers. With curriculum based on the processes used at the most respected studios in the world, this Bachelor s program is designed to prepare you to meet the design, leadership, and management needs of this creative industry. Areas of Focus Team Leadership Fine Arts Project Modeling Management Animation Design Game Effects Capstone Project Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 103

GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS Areas of Focus GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS STERS BS TEAM LEADERSHIP TEAM LEADERSHIP T Team Leadership PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT Game development is an intensely collaborative process with designers, artists, animators, programmers, and audio specialists working together to produce high-quality assets based around a unified vision. As a game producer, being able to understand these different roles and help them DESIGN work together efficiently is the key to developing a creative and successful production environment. DESIGN The Game Design Bachelor s program puts you in a leadership role, as you learn to coordinate a large, diverse team and help them operate as an integrated unit. Dedicated classes help you develop Project Management Video games are one of the most complex art forms in entertainment, bringing audio, visual, and tactile elements together in one interactive package. With so many different assets being created across multiple departments, effective organization and administration is essential to keeping a game on schedule and under budget. strong leadership skills, teaching you to streamline a This Bachelor s program covers the entire scope of GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT development process that supports the needs of a development cycle. After taking core classes in both your team and the studio. The end result GAME is CAPSTONE Asset PROJECT Management, Production Methodologies, and a leadership approach that s both inspirational Quality Assurance, you ll collaborate with artists and and productive. programmers and work with that team throughout production to delegate tasks, problem-solve, and hit milestones. You ll also learn the best practices of industry-standard project management, scheduling, and bug-tracking software that will keep your game on schedule while maintaining the quality of the product. creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS creating for EXPERIENCES PLAYERS creating for EXPERIENCES PLAYERS GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 104

ENT Areas of Focus creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS OJECT Design The classic games you grew up with started as just simple concepts ideas that were later brought to life by a dedicated team of designers, artists, and producers. Supporting innovative new concepts is one of the responsibilities of a producer at a game studio, and to produce successful products, you ll need to understand the precise balance of story and gameplay that makes for a well-designed game. Our specialized Bachelor s curriculum teaches the elements of great design. Courses in Game Design and Design Mechanics stress the importance of developing a unified approach to gameplay in the initial design stage, and maintaining that standard throughout production. There s a real craft to bringing all the components of a game together to develop a finely tuned experience these courses will show you how to implement design standards in a way that best serves the needs of the project. GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 105

ANAGEMENT Areas of Focus DESIGN creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS creating EXPERIENCES for PLAYERS GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT Game Capstone Project The program culminates with the Game Capstone Project. You ll be joining a game production team STONE PROJECT as a leader, coordinating a group of artists and programmers as they design and code the graphics, gameplay, and audio for a fully playable game. This real-world studio scenario will require you to draw on every element of your design and production education as you guide and support the team through every stage of production. You ll develop game documents to guide the project, create a project plan, organize and gather assets, coordinate integration between departments, develop marketing strategies, and finally work to prepare the game for delivery. GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 106

Areas of Focus Overview The curriculum in the Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program is comprised of high-level game design and production courses that take you deep into the game development pipeline. You ll expand and advance your project and design skills through hands-on exercises in leadership, team management, game design, and marketing while you learn the skills you ll need to advance your career in the game production industry. During the course of the program, you will be responsible for completing a design document, an academic capstone project, and a presentation. The Capstone Project is designed to help you develop the project and team management skills you ll need to succeed in the game development field. In this project you will be paired with a group of undergraduate programmers and game artists to plan the genre and scope of a fully playable game. You will be acting as a Producer on this project, helping guide the team through the gameplay design, determining technological issues, as well as managing assets and the production timeline. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership, design, and project management skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the game industry. To help you make that transition, we ve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of game development necessary to be successful in qualifying for entry-level design and production positions. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to work in the fast-paced environment of a game studio in an entrylevel production role. The curriculum in this program develops your executive leadership skills, project and team management abilities, and teaches the production methodologies, as well as the marketing and media relations concepts used by major game studios. In addition to technical proficiency, a Full Sail education is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the game and entertainment industries. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the game and entertainment industries. GAME DESIGN OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 107

Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 GDN 4340 Aesthetics and Immersion 4.00 GDN 3231 Building Functional Groups 3.00 GDN 2130 Design and Development Analysis 3.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 MGF 1040 Finite Math 4.00 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I GAME HISTORY PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I GDN 3140 Design Project 4.00 GDN 1150 Design Tools 3.00 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics 4.00 HIS 2320 Historical Archetypes and Mythology 4.00 6 7 8 9 10 GDN 4630 Game Design Final Project I 3.00 GDN 4730 Game Design Final Project II 3.00 SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communication 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 DESIGN TOOLS FINITE MATH GAME DESIGN I PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS I FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS GDN 4840 Game Design Final Project III 4.00 MGF 1340 Statistics 4.00 GDN 1230 Game Design I 3.00 11 12 13 14 15 GDN 4240 Game Design II 4.00 GDN 4541 Game Design Preproduction 4.00 GDN 3841 Game Development 4.00 GDN 1130 Game History 3.00 GDN 3340 Game Mechanics 4.00 GDN 3631 Level Design 3.00 ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 STATISTICS HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT ANALYSIS INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION TACTICS FOR MOTIVATION & INFLUENCE 16 17 18 19 20 DESIGN PROJECT LEVEL DESIGN USABILITY GAME MECHANICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS II GDN 2001 Programming Foundations I 4.00 GDN 3242 Programming Foundations II 4.00 21 22 23 24 25 GDN 111 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 GDN 112 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 WORLD BUILDING STORYTELLING FOR GAMES BUILDING FUNCTIONAL GROUPS GAME DEVELOPMENT SYSTEMS THINKING GDN 223 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 GDN 4141 Prototyping 4.00 26 27 28 29 30 GDN 1341 Storytelling for Games 4.00 GDN 4001 Systems Thinking 4.00 GDN 3101 Tactics for Motivation and Influence 4.00 GDN 2240 Usability 4.00 GDN 3741 World Building 4.00 Totals: 90.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program AESTHETICS & IMMERSION GAME DESIGN II 31 32 GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT II GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT III PROTOTYPING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III GAME DESIGN PREPRODUCTION GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT I This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 108

Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 4340 Aesthetics and Immersion The Aesthetics and Immersion Course focuses on artistry in games, and how to use visuals, sound, and knowledge of an audience s brain chemistry to design experiences which are more than just functional. Students will examine why people like and connect with games, how to create games that immerse players, and how to communicate with team members about aesthetic elements. Students will also examine how to evoke emotions like fun, excitement, and anticipation, and observe how the first few minutes of any designed experience are crucial to capturing an audience s attention. The Science of Addiction Communicating Visually Emergent vs. Intended Aesthetics Storyboarding Feedback Loops Creating the Critical First 5 minutes Communicating across Teams About Aesthetics GDN 3231 Building Functional Groups Functional teams are the basis of all game development environments. Building these groups require the understanding of the elements necessary for successful construction and the process agility to maintain them. Building Functional Groups investigates the collaborative techniques and communication skills critical to today s game design teams. Students will be instructed on how to survey, develop, and employ unique, team-specific communication, decision-making, problemsolving, and conflict resolution techniques as they collaborate on team assignments including a course-long, competitive team project. These lessons have application far beyond the games industry; the objective of this course is to expose student groups to the foundational basics needed to be an functional group organizer and team member in any environment. Stages of Team Development Team Collaboration Methods Individual and Team Personalities and Interactions Communication, Problem-solving, and Feedback Decision-making and Conflict Resolution GDN 2130 Design and Development Analysis The Design and Development Analysis Course teaches the student techniques used to deconstruct, reproduce, and improve existing games based on a thorough analytical process. The ability to critically analyze other s work is essential to the design phase of any project, and the video game industry is no exception to this. By playing and deconstructing games, students will learn the complicated design systems running behind the scenes in games and will compose documents to support their findings. Game Analysis Techniques Game Mechanics Analysis Reward Systems Analysis Interface/Input Analysis Advanced Game Systems (Combat, etc.) Document Recreation GDN 3140 Design Project The Design Project Course challenges students to apply what they have learned in the first half of this program in design classes such as Game Design I and Storytelling, personal development courses like Team Building and Leadership, and critical and analytical classes such as Economics and Usability. In studentled teams, participants take on various design roles to generate ideas, design playable components around those ideas, and document their decisions through a collaborative analytical process. Focus is placed on the mechanics, flow, and fun factors of their analog game prototype. The goal of the project is for students to appreciate the complexity of collaborative game design, to fine-tune their technical design skills, and to ensure their design is well-suited to an intended market and meets specific milestones. Design Document Review Game Feature Breakdowns Refactoring Designs Design Mechanic Review Design Reviews & Feedback Independent Work GDN 1150 Design Tools In the Design Tools Course, students will gain exposure to the tools used by game designers in the industry, while becoming aware of the perils and shortfalls involved with those tools. Students will learn the structure of game industry teams, and how different tools are used in team environments. Students will also learn how to create game design documentation, simulate using spreadsheets, brainstorm effectively, and present ideas in a group setting. The intention of the course is to provide a solid foundation of basic tools that game designers use. Overview of the Game Industry and Software Projects Written Communication and GDDs Probability, Game Theory, and Monte Carlo Simulation Brainstorming in Teams Presentation of Ideas in a Group Setting GDN 4630 Game Design Final Project I In the Game Design Final Project I Course, students will take the design concepts explored in Research and Marketing and start developing their game. Students will develop a project plan and begin its implementation towards a vertical slice a game prototype showcasing the game s main mechanics and a subset of the experience that is expected of the final product. After the vertical slice, the team will continue to expand content in the game to prepare for the second major milestone: Final Project II: The Alpha Milestone. Production Plan Develop Style Sheet Feature Implementation Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 109

Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 4730 Game Design Final Project II In the Game Design Final Project II Course, the team of students continues developing their product concept. Final Project II introduces the second major milestone for students: the Alpha Milestone. Alpha is typically defined as feature complete in the industry. Early in the course, students will identify what remaining features need to be implemented in their game in order to plan and prepare for this milestone. Once past Alpha, the team will begin adding any remaining content in the game to prepare for the third major milestone: Final Project III: The Beta Milestone. Feature Implementation Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting GDN 4840 Game Design Final Project III The Game Design Final Project III Course serves as the culmination of skills developed during the Game Design program. Teams will continue working on Final Project II prototypes as they test and polish their game designs. Upon completion of this course, teams will have concrete examples of their designs that are polished and professionally formatted ready to be presented and shared with prospective employers or investors. Quality Assurance Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting Final Presentation GDN 1230 Game Design I The Game Design I Course examines the active role of a game designer by breaking down game ideas into discrete, functional, and logical systems. Since designers are responsible for all features of any given game such as player goals, choices, and game rules students will observe and analyze different game designs to understand how these elements interact. They will further hone their design and technical writing skills by creating game prototypes, as well as revising and editing flowcharts, outlines, and research data through multiple iterations of analog games. Flowcharting & Outlining Prototyping & Research Design Vocabulary Documentation Format & Requirements Quick Iteration Method & Evaluative Frameworks GDN 4240 Game Design II The Game Design II Course gives students multiple vectors for further maturing their game design skills. Students will read some of the top writing in game studies, on topics related to both theory and practice. Students will also play games that illustrate various design principles and prepare them for final project tasks. Ultimately, students will be tasked to create their own games, playtest them, and analyze their own work as well as the work of other students. Mechanics, Dynamics, and Aesthetics Flow and Game balance Toys, Puzzles, and Games Playtesting Implementation of Scope GDN 4541 Game Design Preproduction The Game Design Preproduction Course requires students to collaborate as they would in a professional game development environment, working in teams to document and develop a gameplay prototype. Each team will learn how to balance a demanding workload in which multiple deliverables must be managed concurrently. The students work will be taken directly into the three-month Final Project courses to further develop the concept into a comprehensive portfolio piece. Final Project Team Formation High Concept Documentation Game Design Documentation Prototyping GDN 3841 Game Development The Game Development Course provides a practical approach to design and implementation across multiple phases of development. Simplified versions of video games, referred to as prototypes, will be developed as students become experts at game scripting. Upon successful completion of this course, students will possess the abilities, tools, and research methods necessary to deliver a game from concept to completion. Entry-Level Understanding of Game Scripting Goal-Based Research Abilities Developed Ability to Meet Deadlines with Direct Assistance GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 110

Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 1130 Game History The Game History Course examines the history of game development, the changes in game systems, and the evolution of genres and interactivity elements. The course explores why people play games and which games revolutionized the various game genres. Important milestones in the industry s history have resulted in changes to the way people create and play games, and designers need to understand these. Students will learn about influential and innovative titles and what impact they had or continue to have on the games of today. Industry Milestones Influential Games Innovative Games Gaming Systems Genre and Interactivity Development GDN 3340 Game Mechanics The Game Mechanics Course explores the theories and principles employed in game rule-based systems. Students will learn how pacing and thematic structures incorporate conflict resolution and generate a plausible challenge and reward system. Students will understand the use of feedback mechanisms by employing a heuristic testing process to determine which of the design elements may or may not be fun or unbalanced during actual play. Students leaving this course will have a better idea about how to better sync gameplay decisions to a specified target audience. Concept Presentations Game Design Documentation Game Genres and Classifications Game Design Theories Conflict Resolution Conventions Pacing and Thematic Constructs Heuristic Testing Process GDN 3631 Level Design The Level Design Course teaches students how to analyze game levels and break them down into their basic components. Students will learn to ask the right questions when designing a level. What purpose does a particular object in a level serve? Is it functional, or is it there for purely aesthetic reasons? What sort of guidance (if any) should a player receive? Does this level have any ties to previous or future levels? Students will also learn about such concepts as level pacing and flow, setting clear goals for a player, and the importance of visuals. The ever-elusive fun factor will also be covered, as a way of tying the individual components together. Level Purpose and Theme Level Goals and Objectives Pacing and Flow Player Navigation and Rewards Aesthetics and Visuals ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path. An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries GDN 2001 Programming Foundations I The Programming Foundations Course teaches the JavaScript programming language using the Perlenspiel engine as a foundation for creating games through script. Students will learn basic JavaScript coding syntax and grammar, as well as the fundamental skills needed for designing and building programs. These skills will help a designer to breakdown the aspects of a game into their core components, and give a better understanding of how data and interaction mesh together to create a game. Introduction to JavaScript and the Perlenspiel engine Basic Programming Concepts Input and Output Control Flow Functions Data Storage and Processing GDN 3242 Programming Foundations II The Programming Foundations Course takes a further look at programming, focusing on architecture and problem-solving that is useful during the process of crafting a game. Students will learn how to decide which programming components to use, and how to arrange them in useful ways. Along with this, students will learn additional advanced programming techniques in JavaScript, including object prototyping, algorithms, and simple finite-state machines. Organizing Game Features Program Architecture and Planning Debugging Techniques Encapsulation and Code Reuse Object Prototyping Managing Game States using Finite State Machines Update Loops and Real-time Games Basic User Interfaces GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 111

Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 111, 112, 223 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks GDN 4141 Prototyping In the Prototyping Course, students will create their first team-based digital game prototype. Each student will apply what he or she has learned individually in order to create a small prototype of a game mechanic. They will then team up to create a prototype of a much larger scope, using disciplines learned throughout the program to come up with a unique concept design and prototyping this concept over the course of two milestones. Throughout this project, students will refine the skills learned in previous classes while working in a team environment during the development process. Creating a prototype concept Project meeting Project meeting Milestone 2 Milestone 1 GDN 1341 Storytelling for Games The Storytelling for Games Course introduces students to the challenges and opportunities of writing stories for the game industry, from character and world development to industry conventions and documentation. Students will examine storytelling as a practical tool for communicating information and ideas, and explore storyboarding techniques. Particular attention is paid to how video games can use storytelling to build narrative depth, emotional impact, and theme, which all work toward greater player immersion. Narrative Patterns Storytelling Techniques Dramatization & Character Relationships World Building and Development Game Narrative Documentation GDN 4001 Systems Thinking Systems Thinking examines the holistic impact of systems within games. Considering player choice, resource acquisition and allocation, game economies, and more, this course focuses on the integrity of complex ecosystems within games. Additional exploration into internal discrete monetization schemas and their relationship with external economic factors will develop students analytical prowess in designing game systems to achieve desired outcomes. Real-world Economies, Game Economies, and Crossover Complex Ecosystems within Games Monetization Schemas Player Motives System Creation and Maintenance GDN 3101 Tactics for Motivation and Influence The Tactics for Motivation and Influence Course provides the student with the skills to artfully employ any available methods of motivation to lead teams to successful outcomes in game development. Tactics for Motivation and Influence is designed to facilitate students discovery, direction, and development of constructive influence, leading them toward defined goals. Students will construct a personal leadership development plan for professional application and demonstrate the translation of theory into real-world practice. Mission, Vision, Values, and Purpose Team Leadership Team Roles and Responsibilities Leadership Models GDN 2240 Usability The Usability Course explores the theoretical and practical methods used to improve game interfaces. Usability inspection is aimed at finding usability problems and providing design relevant information to designers and engineers in the effort of making products easier to interact with and more efficient to use. In this course, students will understand usability and its considerations, defining the usability trade-offs involved in the game design world. Topics will include an overview of generations of user interfaces, the usability engineering lifecycle, the design process, usability heuristics, usability testing methodologies, the four fun keys, and the design of a game controller. What is Usability? Usability Principles Engineering Lifecycles Design Process Heuristics Usability Testing Methodologies Four Fun Keys Design of a Game Controller GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 112

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education GDN 3741 World Building The World Building Course teaches students how to create a level based on game interactions and features. Designing a level by interaction allows the game designer to map out the perfect game scenarios to give to the player. Since games allow a degree of free will, it is the designer s responsibility to present the player with optimal situations to utilize and master game features. This is achieved by linking well thought out interactive scenarios. Using the tools learned in Level Design, students follow simple steps to creating an interaction-driven level. Advanced concepts such as modularity and combat scenarios are also covered in this class. Defining Game Interactions Facilitating Scenarios Mapping Interactions Creating Modularity Level Creation with Interactions DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness MGF 1040 Finite Math The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students will explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored will provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students will use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments. Algebraic Operations Logic & Probability Theory Linear Programming Matrices & Determinants Combinatorics Sets & Number Theory Digital Geometry Proofs and Ordered Sets PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena. Nomenclature Newtonian Physics Basic Collision Detection Basic Collision Reaction Application of Physics This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 113

Course Descriptions General Education HIS 2320 Historical Archetypes & Mythology The Historical Archetypes and Mythology Course introduces students to the connections between history, mythology, and iconic archetypes, and the influence these relationships have had on classical and contemporary cultures of the world. Color symbolism is also explored in order to better appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters of various cultures. In addition to composing original myths and stories, students complete a personal assessment that identifies characteristics of their individual archetypes and use this knowledge to identify, understand, and relate to mythological characters and characters of their own creation. The course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Introduction to Archetypes, Culture, and Myths Archetypes Influence on Culture Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communication The Interpersonal Communication Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Assessment and Evaluation Research and Planning Writing Résumés and Other Documents Networking and Interviewing DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building MGF 1340 Statistics The Statistics Course provides students with an introduction to both statistics and probability. In the first half of this course, students will learn the basics of statistics including data collection and tabulation, data analysis (such as calculating mean, medium, mode of a data set), and data graphing. In the probability section of the class, students will examine counting rules, sample spaces, and probability distributions (including the normal distribution and the Monty Hall distribution), along with the statistical analyses of these distributions. Students will use Microsoft Excel to organize, graph, and analyze gathered data. Descriptive Statistics & Data Collection Mathematics of Statistics Probability & Distribution Central Limit Theorem Mean & Variance Statistical Analysis & Application This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GAME DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 114

Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graphic design is everywhere. In almost every aspect of our lives, art is used to convey a message, and everything that we buy has some amount of design that goes into it. Whether it s a t-shirt, magazine, billboard, website, or a company logo, we are constantly surrounded by visuals that tell a story or express an idea. The vision driving these images is one that shapes the world and the way that we see it. When you enter Full Sail s Graphic Design program, you join the ranks of those who choose to spread their vision on a wider scale. It s about combining the beauty and wonder of art with the mechanics of design to deliver a client s message in a compelling way. It s about communicating a story through visual means. And regardless of how you choose to tell that story, you ll be immersed in a world of creativity, where the only limitation is your own imagination. Areas of Focus Digital Storytelling Fine Arts Design Modeling Fundamentals Animation Branding/ Identity Effects Personal Final Project/ Identity Demo Reel Project Creation GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 115

DESIGN architecture Areas of Focus IMAGES design erspective ELEMENTS COLOR ITY ITY DESIGN lements typography brand ELEMENTS IMAGES design OLOR Digital Storytelling delivering YOUR MESSAGE DESIGN architecture SUPPORT FOUNDATIONperspective delivering COLOR typography elements YOUR COLOR MESSAGE typography CAREER CORPORATE advancement BRANDING/IDENTITY DESIGN Design Fundamentals BRAND OBJECTIVES elements perspective ELEMENTS brand architecture ELEMENTS COLOR DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS DIGITAL STORYTELLING DIGITAL STORYTELLING typography design THEORY Art is about self-expression and aesthetic satisfaction. Design incorporates those elements, but its purpose is more direct to convey a client s message. To be able to do this effectively, you ll need to have SUPPORT a firm grasp on how a story or message can be conveyed by images and design, a concept that elements has existed since art s beginnings. CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY elements ofdesign By studying art s historical context through selected monuments of design and architecture in the Western CAREER tradition and the effect they had on the civilizations advancement that produced them, you ll develop a better understanding of how to apply similar theories to aid you in delivering your message, whatever it may be. You ll combine this understanding with the software tools that allow you to easily produce personal digital content that communicates a story or theme whether it s your own, a client s, or that of the entire world. typography GN CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY DESIGN DESIGN elements DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS DIGITAL CONTENT design THEORY SUPPORT elements BRAND OBJECTIVES CAREER ofdesign architecture DESIGN IMAGES IMAGES elements design design software Having a healthy design vocabulary helps ensure that there are no barriers to your ability to take on projects and assignments. CREATING That s A PERSONAL why the IDENTITY Graphic Design program starts with key concepts that will inform all of your design work. You ll study the psychological impact and importance of color and learn to use typography as an effective design element. You ll also study the best logos and symbols in the field of graphic design and explore their meaning and technique, elements all in preparation for creating a personalized logo that works. advancement delivering YOUR MESSAGE You ll also work to develop your skills with software applications that are used every day in the design world, such as Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and After Effects. The combination of design theory and knowledge of powerful software will give you the foundation you need to start creating great design. design THEORY ELEMENTS brand SUPPORT elements ELEMENTS CAREER advancement CONTENT software FOUNDATION MESSAGE DESIGN design architecture THEORY architecture DESIGN BRAND DIGITAL elements DESIGN OBJECTIVES elements elements perspective ELEMENTS ofdesign perspective ELEMENTS brand ELEMENTS brand ELEMENTS DIGITAL CONTENT software FOUNDATION delivering delivering software YOUR FOUNDATION YOUR MESSAGE MESSAGE design THEORY design THEORY BRAND OBJECTIVES BRAND elements OBJECTIVES ofdesign elements ofdesign ING IMAGES design SUPPORT DESIGN architecture perspective delivering YOUR MESSAGE DIGITAL CONTENT BRAND GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 116

DING/IDENTITY ORT nts EER NAL IDENTITY ment IMAGES design COLOR typography SUPPORT elements CAREER dvancement Areas of Focus SUPPORT perspective elements ELEMENTS Branding/Identity brand CAREER advancement ELEMENTS elements THEORY BRAND ELEMENTS OBJECTIVES elements A brand is more than just a logo; it s a set of values that the public can believe in and associate with a name or company. From a designer s perspective, it involves sitting down with a client and being able to DESIGN offer up insight for every piece of collateral, package design, sponsorship, and event architecture that you re involved in, explaining how each element supports the company s brand objectives. In the eyes of the client, you re no longer just doing contract DESIGN work you re now a partner in their endeavors. Of course, aside from any design work, there are other important skills you need to learn to be able to relate to and communicate with a client, and we cover those topics, too, as you gain experience with all aspects of the corporate branding process. perspective ELEMENTS brand ELEMENTS perspective brand ofdesign ELEMENTS delivering Personal YOUR Identity Project DIGITAL CONTENT MESSAGE Just as a company s brand is an essential component of its success, your own personal brand is just as crucial to the advancement of your career. The final portion of design the Graphic Design program will task you software THEORY FOUNDATION to complete a Personal Identity Project that will bring together all the disparate elements of design that form your personal brand. BRAND By creating a portfolio, you ll collect your existing pieces of work OBJECTIVES into a professional, impressive cache that can turn an average job interview into a great one. And throughout the portfolio process, you ll be exposed elements to a series of innovative personal brands in the industry, studying everything from the design of successful logos to the type of letterhead used in documents. In the end, you ll use all this knowledge to pull together a powerful and unique expression of your identity. ofdesign BRAND OBJECTIVES CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY elements ofdesign CAREER advancement brand ELEMENTS ele ofd GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 117

Areas of Focus Overview Our Graphic Design curriculum gives you hands-on experience that will prepare you for a career in the field of design. You ll create projects for assignments where no two submissions are alike from print publishing, to package design, to interface design, and more. Along the way, your projects will be documented in a design diary, logging both instructor feedback on various assignments and your own notes indicating what was done to improve the work. This will become a valuable reference tool for the program s final project, when you ll assemble all you ve learned along the way to put together a piece of work that will be the highlight of a diverse and stylized portfolio. In addition to art and design skills, you ll also have courses in real-world topics like corporate branding and identity, client relations, and how to give and receive work critique, as well as courses focusing on communication skills, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the design industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of graphic arts production needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as graphic designers, media designers, web designers, digital image processors, art directors, and various other positions in graphic arts production. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industries. GRAPHIC DESIGN OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 118

Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 DGT 441 Advanced Motion Graphics 4.00 GRD 273 Client Relations 3.00 GRD 124 Color Theory 3.00 ART 2006 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I ART HISTORY GRD 354 Corporate Branding 3.00 ART 1201 Design and Art Theory 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 6 7 8 9 10 DGT 345 Digital Audio Design 4.00 GRD 244 Digital Publishing 4.00 VIC 2003 History of Visual Communication 4.00 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 GRAPHIC PRINCIPLES I COLLEGE MATHEMATICS GRAPHIC PRINCIPLES II FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE DESIGN & ART THEORY DGT 117 Digital Storytelling 3.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 DGT 361 Digital Studio 4.00 11 12 13 14 15 DGT 353 Digital Video 4.00 DGT 362 Editing Digital Video 4.00 DGT 375 Flash Media 4.00 DGT 101 Graphic Principles I 4.00 DGT 201 Graphic Principles II 4.00 DGT 373 Graphic Web Design 4.00 PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law 3.00 DGT 372 Interactive Media Design and Usability 4.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 122 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 COLOR THEORY DIGITAL STORYTELLING HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION TYPOGRAPHY & PAGE LAYOUT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I DIGITAL PUBLISHING 16 17 18 19 20 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION LOGOS & SYMBOLS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW DIGITAL AUDIO DESIGN DIGITAL VIDEO PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III GRD 356 Logos and Symbols 3.00 21 22 23 24 25 DGT 341 Motion Graphics 4.00 ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 EDITING DIGITAL VIDEO MOTION GRAPHICS ADVANCED MOTION GRAPHICS CLIENT RELATIONS CORPORATE BRANDING DGT 491 Personal Identity Project 5.00 DIG 4950 Portfolio Creation 4.00 26 27 28 29 30 DGT 351 Production Management 4.00 GRB 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 GRB 202 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 GRB 303 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 DGT 232 Typography and Page Layout 3.00 Totals: 92.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program INTERACTIVE MEDIA DESIGN & USABILITY GRAPHIC WEB DESIGN 31 32 PORTFOLIO CREATION PERSONAL IDENTITY PROJECT FLASH MEDIA DIGITAL STUDIO PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 119

Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 441 Advanced Motion Graphics The Advanced Motion Graphics Course teaches students advanced techniques of motion graphics creation by building on concepts learned in the Motion Graphics course. This course emphasizes design from a problem-solving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. Students receive a thorough understanding of advanced techniques in continuing exploration of special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics. Advanced Motion Graphics Tools Design and Critique Advanced Movement and Composition Advanced Special Effects GRD 273 Client Relations The Client Relations Course introduces students to normal business practices and how to navigate them, providing an understanding of how the complex client/ designer relationship is critical for success. Students are exposed to many techniques for gaining and keeping the trust of the client. Concepts of negotiation and how to use it effectively in business are explored. Students participate in groups simulating real-world client/designer business scenarios. The Business Process The Client Relationship Gaining the Client s Trust Client Relationship Workshop GRD 124 Color Theory The Color Theory Course exposes students to the theories and application of color, as they relate to both print and screen. Historical and geographical perspectives are discussed as well as methods and techniques of the use of color to create impact, combined with the necessary color correction for many delivery options. In this course, students also explore color calibration, both with software and hardware tools. Color Theory in Principle Applied Color Theory Psychology of Color Color Calibration GRD 354 Corporate Branding The Corporate Branding Course builds upon the concepts learned in prior courses and focuses on what makes an effective brand. Students will explore concepts of branding and how it is used effectively in the corporate market. They will also be exposed to many of the best-known brands and their impact on our world, and will create their own corporate brand portfolio. Understanding Corporate Branding Great Branding Campaigns The Branding Process Corporate Branding Project ART 1201 Design and Art Theory The Design and Art Theory Course provides an understanding of composition, design, art, basic color, and graphics through a study of varied artistic styles and their sociological and psychological effects throughout history. This course is essential in the multimedia world where traditional art forms are often blended with current imagery to create a new and significant artistic genre. Introduction to Visual Thinking Drawing Workshop, Color and Value, Perspective Elements and Composition of Art and Graphics Cartooning, Animation, and Storyboarding DGT 345 Digital Audio Design In the Digital Audio Design Course, students explore the creation of audio elements for multimedia, with an emphasis on the design and production of a quality audio product. Students go through the process of producing audio that is compatible with various forms of delivery, from DVD to the Internet. Students gain the skills required to produce quality audio elements and also learn to master those elements to CD-ROM or another comparable format. Audio Basics Audio Design and Structure Assembly and Testing with Authoring Programs Mastering to CD/DVD Format This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 120

Course Descriptions Program Core GRD 244 Digital Publishing The Digital Publishing Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work in teams with a lead designer, designers, production artists, an illustrator, and a digital pre-press artist, cycling through the responsibilities for each project. For the duration of the course, each student gains team-publishing experience using Adobe Acrobat in a document review cycle with a client. Students have the opportunity to produce a CD/DVD cover and sleeve, a poster, a magazine cover and 16-page signature, a brochure, and an e-book. Digital Publishing Cycle Digital Pre-press Concepts and Techniques Design and Production of Online Documents Interactive Online Documents DGT 117 Digital Storytelling The Digital Storytelling Course leads students through the methods and techniques of creating personal digital content using various applications, including social networking tools. In this course, students are asked to explore a powerful suite of tools to create many pieces of personal expression, including podcasts, movies, and informative blogs. The design concepts reinforced in this course show that they could be used across all types of media. Concepts of Digital Storytelling Learning Social Networking Tools Learning Presentation Techniques Storytelling Project DGT 361 Digital Studio While creating digital content throughout the program, students get an opportunity for a one-on-one portfolio review. The Digital Studio Course introduces students to the process of being art directed as they receive feedback and suggestions for improvement of their work. Students work on their pieces after their critique and have a final review in preparation for the creation of their final portfolio. Individual content review Studio time I Studio time II Final content review DGT 353 Digital Video The Digital Video Course is a preliminary production course for the Graphic Design and Digital Arts & Design programs. In this course, students will be introduced to the primary concepts of storytelling, sound design, imaging, and editing. The course also introduces students to the production model, media types (text, image, and sound), and the technologies of multimedia architectures. Storytelling Media Types Design and Production DGT 362 Editing Digital Video The Editing Digital Video Course covers the art and science of non-linear editing. In this course, students will learn how editing choices impact how a project will be perceived and ultimately affect its success. Students will be introduced to the advanced concepts of imaging and editing, as well as the production model of editing video in the industry. Students will also participate in group discussions about editing choices and audience. Editing Techniques Production Workflow Editing with Final Cut Pro DGT 375 Flash Media The Flash Media Course focuses on the creation of engaging interactive content for the Internet utilizing Adobe Flash, an industry-standard web authoring software package. In addition to learning the key elements of the Flash interface, students will explore how to create and edit rich media for deployment on the web. Optimization and publishing techniques for audio, video, and animation will be addressed to ensure smooth performance within the online environment. Flash Authoring Environment Drawing Tools Flash Animation Techniques Optimizing and Publishing GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 121

Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 101 Graphic Principles I The Graphic Principles I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs that are used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. This course emphasizes vector graphic design from a web-specific point of view, as students receive a thorough understanding of input/output techniques, color theory, and tools for graphic design, and image creation. Vector Graphics Tools Color Models Vector Shading Techniques Designing with Vector Graphics DGT 373 Graphic Web Design The Graphic Web Design Course examines the process of creating exciting, functional content for the web. Students will expand on the design skills that they have learned throughout the degree program, and receive an understanding of HTML and web standards as they learn how to create, edit, manage, and design a professional website within a web authoring tool and complementary software applications. Graphic Optimization HTML Dreamweaver Content Integration DGT 372 Interactive Media Design and Usability The Interactive Media Design and Usability Course introduces students to the tools and concepts of user interface (UI) design, combined with a method of project development utilizing an industry-proven production process. The course explores both behavioral and structural patterns of UI design along with information architecture (IA) for interactive deployment, user navigation techniques, and page layout for the interactive medium. Students will gain an extensive knowledge of usability patterns as well as production methodologies as they implement project documentation for the milestones of a user interface design. Production Process UI Design and Usability Patterns User Patterns Project Documentation Methodologies DGT 201 Graphic Principles II The Graphic Principles II Course course is designed to teach students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs that are used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. This course emphasizes raster graphic design from a web-specific point of view, and expands the knowledge of digital color models and image compositing techniques. Raster Graphics Tools Layout and Composition Digital Imaging and Manipulation Image Optimization PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law The Intellectual Property and Law Course is designed to introduce the student to general business practices including finance, accounting, insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and negotiation. Students are provided a foundation that addresses the complexities of intellectual property, copyright, and basic business and contract law as it pertains to digital content. Case studies will be used to examine the impact of these laws on our industry. Overview of the Industries Business Practices Intellectual Property Contracts Business Law GRD 356 Logos and Symbols The Logos and Symbols Course builds upon the concepts learned in both the Designing and Advanced Computer Graphics courses. Students will be exposed to the work of notable graphic designers and will learn the advanced techniques used in creating these pieces of visual poetry. Students will also explore what makes a logo or symbol effective and instantly recognizable. The design concepts reinforced in this course can be used across all types of media. The Graphic Display of Information Exploration of Symbols and their Meaning Creating a Logo that Works Logos and Symbols Project This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 122

Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 341 Motion Graphics The Motion Graphics Course trains students in basic techniques of motion graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problemsolving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of input/output techniques, special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics. Motion Graphics Tools Design and Color Movement and Composition Special Effects ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path. An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries DGT 491 Personal Identity Project The Personal Identity Project Course gives students the opportunity to create their own personal brand across multiple types of media. This skill is a critical part of personal marketing to a client or employer, and encompasses all of the concepts and techniques learned in prior courses. Students will be exposed to many of the most innovative and effective personal brands and will explore concepts of creating a powerful personal identity that transcends multiple media types. Students will fully integrate 2D, 3D, and motion graphics pieces into a personal brand portfolio that includes examples of personal logos, marketing material, multimedia, and a web presence. Concept of Personal Branding Psychological Implications of the Personal Identity Applied Personal Branding Branding for Multimedia Preproduction Personal Branding Project Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks DGT 4950 Portfolio Creation The Portfolio Creation Course prepares students for presenting their work to the professional graphic arts industry. Students work with existing assets they have created during the Graphic Design program as they develop a professional portfolio. Students will have the opportunity to create signature pieces to help them represent their skill level to the industry. For the duration of the course, students will individually polish both their graphics and the look of their portfolio in order to succeed when being interviewed for a position in the industry. Portfolio Design Fundamentals Asset Creation Portfolio Assembly Portfolio Review DGT 351 Production Management The Production Management Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work to define the scope of their final project, the range of assets needed to complete it, the technology required to assemble the final project into an executable format, and the time required to get all the work done. By the end of the course, students develop an intimate knowledge of standard industry project management practices. Fundamentals of Project Management Learning MS Project Creating a Plan for Success Asset Management GRB 101, 202, 303 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 123

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education DGT 232 Typography and Page Layout The Typography and Page Layout Course introduces students to the world of professional fonts. Students learn how to use typography as a critical part of page layout, as they continue to build upon the concept of design introduced in previous courses. This course also trains students to define how the printed or viewed page looks as an integrated graphic element. Students participate in group discussions and critiques as they work through the projects using the latest publishing software. Fundamentals of Typography Typography and the Page The Page as Design Press Considerations ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric era to post-modernism studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums assist in propagating discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, and artistic contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 124

Course Descriptions General Education PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas VIC 2003 History of Visual Communication The History of Visual Communications Course presents an historic account of humanity s communicating life events through visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, stories and ideas have been presented and told using visual techniques. As time passes and society changes, avant-garde artists and scientists have pushed the envelope of their respective disciplines and brought about the dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist between the artistic and media. In the past 25 years, the intersection of art and human-computer interactivity has emerged as a mass medium, triggering new forms of artistic, entertainment, and educational content. The student will follow the evolution of the various convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for informed discussions about the implications for the future. Art as a Communication Tool Human Interfaces Historical References History of Design Artistic Tools Future Applications and Implications COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). GRAPHIC DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program 125

Innovation& Computer Entrepreneurship Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program If you have a concept for a tech-based business that you think would thrive in the digital realm or a relentless creative drive you want to bring to the business world the online Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program can introduce you to planning tools and forward-thinking strategies to help you build out your dream venture. Since successful ventures are born from creative ideas, this 12-month master s program will show you how to develop a process for recognizing and building upon those breakthrough moments as they happen. The program leads students from the initial conceptual stage of a tech or creative product or service, all the way to a full-fledged business plan that can be pitched to potential investors. The difference between having a great idea and a successful business in today s economy is a comprehensive strategy fueled by the creative process that considers factors such as profitability, sustainability, and the needs of the target market. You ll learn how to identify, research, and evaluate potential opportunities, while referencing case studies of innovative tech businesses in recent history. As collaboration is key to any innovative enterprise, you ll learn what goes into designing a creative work environment, and how to establish workflow processes that are suited for the unique needs of your business. You ll also explore the legal issues involved in innovative entrepreneurship, including those related to product design, intellectual property, patents, trade secrets, copyright law, and more. Areas of Focus Ideation & the Creative Process Research & Development Digital Marketing Strategies Business Planning in an Evolving Market Financing Entrepreneurial Ventures INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 126

Entrepenuership Areas of Focus IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT ideation CREATIVITY understanding CUSTOMER needs generating exploring EVALUATING new ideas INNOVATION product development COMPETITIVE advantage prototyping DEVELOPMENT feasibility STUDIES competitive PRODUCT POSITIONING BUILDING breakthrough ideas DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES BUSINESS PLANNING IN AN EVOLVING MARKET FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES integrated MARKETING strategies adaptable BUSINESS plan profitability VIABILITY LEVERAGING new MEDIA RESEARCH analysis POSITIONING funding ownership STRUCTURES marketing FUNDAMENTALS business ENVIRONMENT design BUSINESS valuation collect Ideation REVIEW & the analyze DATA Creative Process Ideation collaborative the process team of generating, exploring, and SUPPORT evaluating new ideas is key to understanding a business venture s competitive advantage. Throughout the Innovation & Entrepreneurship exit master s degree program, you will explore the STRATEGIES role of ideation and creativity in the development of business ideas, learn how research benefits innovation, and understand how the rapidly evolving technological landscape demands flexibility in successful organizations. ion COMPETITIVE advantage ATIVITY prototyping DEVELOPMENT standing Innovation & Entrepenuership IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS Innovation & generating Entrepenuership STUDIES IDEATION RESEARCH & THE CREATIVE & DEVELOPMENT PROCESS generating BUILDING feasibility ideation breakthrough exploring CREATIVITY EVALUATING new COMPETITIVE ideas ideas feasibility competitive advantage STUDIES ideas INNOVATION PRODUCT understanding generating product ideation CUSTOMER needs exploring COMPETITIVE POSITIONING development CREATIVITY EVALUATING new competitive advantage product prototyping ideas exploring EVALUATING new INNOVATION In courses such as Theories on Innovation and Creativity and Ideation and Feasibility Studies, you ll learn the ideation process, explore case studies of innovative businesses, and develop their own methodologies for finding opportunities and building out their own breakthrough ideas. COMPETITIVE advantage prototyping DEVELOPMENT feasibility STUDIES feasibi BUILDING STUDIE breakthrough ideas INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program competiti PRODUC POSITIONIN 127

advantage STUDIES ideas EVALUATING Innovation & CREATIVITY new IDEATION Areas & THE of CREATIVE Focus Entrepenuership generating ideas BUILDING PROCESS ideation exploring COMPETITIVE feasibility breakthrough CREATIVITY EVALUATING INNOVATION advantage STUDIES competitive new RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT understanding product prototyping ideas PRODUCT ideas CUSTOMER needs generating development DEVELOPMENT IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS POSITIONING ideation COMPETITIVE competitive feasibility INNOVATIONInnovation & exploring Research & Development RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT understanding CREATIVITY EVALUATING product prototyping advantage STUDIES Entrepenuership new PRODUCT CUSTOMER integrated needs development DEVELOPMENT ideas DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES LEVERAGING new marketing collect Understanding customer needs, market conditions, financial MARKETING POSITIONING FUNDAMENTALS REVIEW considerations, and product usability are strategies all elemental to a MEDIA INNOVATION analyze competitive RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT understanding integrated product prototyping new venture. The Innovation & Entrepreneurship master s generating DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES LEVERAGING new marketing collect DATA PRODUCT CUSTOMER needsideation & THE CREATIVE PROCESS MARKETING development DEVELOPMENT COMPETITIVE program emphasizes the value of research and how it relates to ideation FUNDAMENTALS REVIEW exploring POSITIONING strategies MEDIA RESEARCH businesscreativity EVALUATING advantage innovation and product development. analyze new BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable collaborative DATA team analysis ENVIRONMENT ideas AN EVOLVING MARKET As you flesh out your business idea, you ll BUSINESS be taught the planintegrated SUPPORT POSITIONING design DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES LEVERAGING new marketing collect MARKETING importance of user-friendly design, product development, and RESEARCH business FUNDAMENTALSINNOVATION REVIEW BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable strategies RESEARCH & collaborative team analysismedia DEVELOPMENT understanding product prototyping what goes into introducing new products and services within ENVIRONMENT analyze AN EVOLVING MARKET CUSTOMER needs DATA BUSINESS plan SUPPORT POSITIONING profitability funding designbusiness exit development DEVELOPMENT a changing economy. You ll then explore how customer needs and feedback FINANCING are incorporated into design, how to integrate VIABILITY ownership valuation STRATEGIES ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable Digital STRUCTURES Marketing RESEARCHStrategies business manufacturing, marketing, and distribution, as well as what collaborative team AN EVOLVING MARKET profitability BUSINESS funding analysis integratedenvironment DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES LEVERAGING new plan BUSINESS Innovation & exit SUPPORT marketing goes into prototyping and development. Innovative business ventures POSITIONING especially those in the design MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS FINANCING VIABILITY ownership valuation strategies technological and creative industries need adaptable, STRATEGIES MEDIA Any ENTREPRENEURIAL entrepreneur generating needs VENTURES to have a deep understanding of the STRUCTURES Entrepenuership integrated marketing strategies that consider BUILDING the nature market they are breaking into. Your courses exploring COMPETITIVE will instruct you BUILDING on feasibility PETITIVE feasibility today s consumer and fully breakthrough EVALUATING new advantage breakthrough profitability funding leverage the capabilities of methods for assessing consumer needs and estimating market BUSINESS STUDIES RESEARCH exit antage STUDIES FINANCING new media. ideas VIABILITY BUSINESS PLANNING ownership IN ideas business demand, while exploring pricing trends, competitive product adaptable valuation STRATEGIES generating ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES ideas AN EVOLVING STRUCTURES analysis ENVIRONMENT MARKET positioning, and branding. IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship master s BUSINESS degree program, plan POSITIONING ideation designexploring INNOVATION competitive CREATIVITY EVALUATING new g productcompetitive otyping prototyping you ll learn how to effectively brand your product or service, s so that its PRODUCT unique story can resonate with consumers and development PRODUCT LOPMENT DEVELOPMENT potential POSITIONING investors. You ll explore marketing fundamentals profitability funding BUSINESS POSITIONING INNOVATION such as product FINANCING positioning, pricing strategy, advertising VIABILITY and ownership RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT understanding valuationproduct generating ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES STRUCTURES promotion, sales, BUILDING CUSTOMER needs ESS LEVERAGING TING ideation new exploring marketing collect and the importance of digital marketing. arketing collect COMPETITIVE feasibility FUNDAMENTALS REVIEW breakthrough MENTALS CREATIVITY EVALUATING MEDIAREVIEW new advantage You ll also cover principles of market analyze STUDIES research, and be analyze DATA ideas introduced to tools DATA and techniques to collect, review, and ideas integrated analyze data with the end goal of learning how to create DIGITAL plans MARKETING STRATEGIES MARKETING INNOVATION competitive strategies understanding RESEARCH ess business and forecasts that consider trends that relate to your business. product prototyping collaborative team PRODUCT CUSTOMER needs analysis collaborative team ENVIRONMENT ENVIRONMENT development DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT POSITIONING n SUPPORT design POSITIONING INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 128 RESEARCH BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable BUILDING breakthr ide ideas developmen LEVERAGING new MEDIA

tegrated MARKETING tegies ptable NESS plan Areas of Focus LEVERAGING new FINANCING MEDIA ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES ofitability funding ABILITYBusiness Planning ownershipin an STRUCTURES Evolving Market erating ploring COMPETITIVE Today s innovative entrepreneurs need to be UATING new advantage as flexible as they are creative, as the global ideas economy ebbs and flows and consumer habits change at a lightning pace. In this degree program, ATION you ll develop an adaptable plan that serves as a product prototyping foundation for your business. elopment DEVELOPMENT In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship program, you ll lay the groundwork for your idea and consider AGING new factors such as research, analysis, marketing and positioning for competitive advantage. FUNDAMENTALS Since changing conditions DIArequire constant adaptation in the business world, you ll learn how to reevaluate your business model as it evolves into your final business plan. ARCH analysis business ENVIRONMENT Having a work environment that suits the needs of SITIONING your business and encourages design collaboration is vital to the tech and creative industries. You ll learn how to design a business environment that communicates nding the entrepreneurial vision, supports BUSINESS collaborative ership teams, is open to intra-organizational valuationcritique, and sustains a culture of creativity and innovation. CTURES development RESEARCH analysis POSITIONING BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT plan POSITIONING design marketing profitability funding FUNDAMENTALS VIABILITY ownership REVIEW STRUCTURES analyze DATA Financing Innovation business Entrepreneurial & Ventures collaborative team Entrepenuership ENVIRONMENT design To ensure that your concept can evolve SUPPORT into a successful business venture, you need to assess its ability to generate revenue. Throughout the IDEATION Innovation BUSINESS & THE & Entrepreneurship CREATIVE PROCESS master s degree ideation exit program, students are taught to consider profitability valuation CREATIVITY and viability at every stage of the development process. BUILDING feasibility STUDIES breakthrough You will be taught not only what goes into financing RESEARCH and investing & DEVELOPMENT in a start-up, but also how to evolve CUSTOMER needs funding and ownership structures as a company grows competitive and matures. In the Entrepreneurial Finance course, you will learn how to quantify sales and PRODUCT expense estimates, and create financial integrated DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES projections. POSITIONING MARKETING You ll also explore sources of funding such as bank strategies loans, angel investors, and venture capitalists. REVIEW collect Creating a viable financial plan is essential to an innovative business plan, so you ll examine concepts BUSINESS analyze PLANNING such as short-term DATA IN adaptable AN EVOLVING MARKET and long-term financial planning, business valuation, and exit strategies as they relate to your enterprise. collaborative team SUPPORT FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES exit STRATEGIES POSITIONING collect STRATEGIES understanding ideas BUSINESS plan profitability VIABILITY BUSINESS valuation generating exploring EVALUATING new ideas INNOVATION product development LEVERAGING new MEDIA RESEARCH analysis POSITIONING funding ownership STRUCTURES exit STRATEGIES COMPETITIVE advantage prototyping DEVELOPMENT marketing FUNDAMENTALS business ENVIRONMENT design BUSINESS valuation INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program fea STU comp PRO POSIT c REVIE analyz collabo SUPP exit STRA 129

Areas of Focus Overview The Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program will provide students with a solid foundation in the concepts and disciplines essential for the creation of innovative ideas, products, services, and businesses that respond to the needs of a rapidly changing global marketplace. Whether launching a new creative or technologybased venture or using entrepreneurial talent within a successful business, this online master s program is designed for students with a passion for innovation and entrepreneurship who seek to use their creativity and vision to contribute to the success of the organization. Objective The Innovation and Entrepreneurship master of science degree program is designed for students interested in creating technology-based entrepreneurial projects and companies, as well as those who seek leadership roles in established companies with a goal of creating new visionary opportunities within those organizations. The program supports the goals and aspirations of traditional entrepreneurs, as well as intrapreneurs who will promote innovation and change within companies (or even inventrepreneurs who create new products for handoff to others). Whether innovating within companies or creating new business ventures powered by unique ideas, entrepreneurs understand that the only true constant is change and that creativity and innovation are the key to sustainable and successful businesses. INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 130

Innovation and Entrepreneurship Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IEN 640 Business Model Innovation 3.00 IEN 650 Business Model Research and Development 3.00 IEN 610 Designing the Creative Work Environment 3.00 IEN 630 Entrepreneurial Finance 3.00 IEN 520 High Tech Entrepreneurship 3.00 IEN 530 Ideation and Feasibility Studies 3.00 IEN 699 Business Model Presentation and Thesis 3.00 IEN 560 Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship 3.00 IEN 550 Market Research for Entrepreneurs 3.00 IEN 620 Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs 3.00 IEN 540 Product Design and Development 3.00 IEN 510 Theories on Innovation and Creativity 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 THEORIES ON INNOVATION & CREATIVITY HIGH TECH ENTREPRENEURSHIP IDEATION & FEASIBILITY STUDIES PRODUCT DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT MARKET RESEARCH FOR ENTREPRENEURS 6 7 8 9 10 LEGAL ISSUES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP DESIGNING THE CREATIVE WORK ENVIRONMENT 11 12 BUSINESS MODEL RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS MODEL PRESENTATION & THESIS MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR ENTREPRENEURS ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION Totals: 36.0 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 36 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 131

Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 640 Business Model Innovation A business model outlines how a company generates sales and achieves profitability. In the Business Model Innovation Course, students examine how the development of an innovative business model helps entrepreneurs create a sustainable competitive advantage. The course will explore the range and diversity of successful business models for technology and creative companies, with a focus on the key elements that contribute most to the success of the business. This course exposes students to the wide array of skills, perspectives, tools and concepts necessary to identify and create new revenue streams. Since sustainable and profitable businesses require constant adaptation, change and growth, students will learn how to reevaluate the model in the context of the overall business strategy. Topics include the elements of strategic research, analysis and positioning for competitive advantage. Development of a viable and sustainable model will form the basis for the student s final business model presentation and thesis. Overview of Business Models for Technology and Creative Companies Business Model Case Studies IEN 650 Business Model Research and Development In the Business Model Research and Development Course, students learn the value of creating a comprehensive business model for a creative or technologybased company. Students review the structure of a traditional business plan, which includes sections on market research, industry analysis and trends, competitive analysis, strategic positioning, and demonstration of financial viability. Drawing from prior courses in research, marketing and finance, students complete their research and analysis and develop an outline for a detailed business model for a new venture. In addition to creating an optimal organization structure and management team, students create and assemble their business model with consideration for technological change, flexibility to respond to customer and market demands, social responsibility and sustainability, suitability for external funding, potential for future growth and expansion, and consideration of possible exit strategies. Students review the benefits and drawbacks associated with each type of business formation structure, including sole proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations and non-profits. IEN 610 Designing the Creative Work Environment Innovative companies foster an environment where creativity, unconventional thinking, and collaboration are nurtured and rewarded. Successful technologydriven organizations create a workplace that supports continuous innovation through creative teams that challenge the status quo and actively debate and examine future trends. The Designing the Creative Work Environment Course focuses on establishing a creative environment that supports constant innovation by communicating the entrepreneurial vision, developing collaborative teams, supporting active debate and intra-organizational critique, and creating a culture of creativity and innovation. During the course, students learn strategies for managing innovation, design, concept creation, and workflow in a collaborative context. Students will explore how workplace design supports creativity, innovation, and communication and fosters the development of new products, services, and revenue streams. Students will explore the challenges and opportunities created through collaboration in virtual organizations and across diverse groups, especially in technology-based and creative organizations. Key Elements for Developing and Reevaluating the Business Model Development of Business Model for Final Presentation The Purpose and Function of a Business Plan Development of Business Model Outline Establishing a Work Environment that Inspires Creativity and Innovation Creativity in the Virtual Work Environment Business Plan vs. Business Model Conducting Business Plan Research Business Formation Structures Legal and Financial Implications of Various Business Structures Designing Workplaces for Creativity and Effective Workflow Fostering Teamwork and Collaboration in the Creative Environment INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 132

Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 630 Entrepreneurial Finance The Entrepreneurial Finance Course reviews the unique financial issues facing technology based and creative entrepreneurial enterprises. Entrepreneurial finance concerns not only the processes of financing and investing in start-up companies, but also reviews the changes to the initial funding and ownership structure that may be required as start-up companies grow and mature. Topics include debt versus equity financing, how businesses are valued, the decision to go public or remain private, methods for alternative financing, and personal financial issues facing entrepreneurs. During the course, students will learn how to quantify sales and expense estimates and create pro forma financial projections. Related topics include the different types of business organizations, sources of funding such as bank loans, angel investors and venture capitalists. Students will also examine short-term and longterm financial planning, business valuation, exit strategies, and other issues relating to the creation of a viable financial plan as part of a comprehensive business model. Overview of Entrepreneurial Finance Principles Business Formation and Ownership Structures Financing Options for Entrepreneurial Ventures Formulating Revenue and Expense Projections Development of Financial Plan for a Comprehensive Business Model IEN 520 High Tech Entrepreneurship Creating a new technology-based business venture presents several special challenges. The rapid pace of technological change requires innovative entrepreneurs to look well into the future and ensure that the organization can react quickly to the ever-changing market demands. The High Tech Entrepreneurship Course is designed to help students develop their skills to understand the unique aspects of technology-based ventures and provide the tools to research and evaluate the viability of high tech products and services. The course is designed to help students understand how to use their creative energies to facilitate the entrepreneurial process. In the course, students examine a variety of innovation strategies and models, review opportunities for monetizing technological innovation through the introduction of innovative products and technologies, and discuss issues relative to intellectual property and licensing. Students review case studies of high tech companies that successfully managed innovation and shorter product life cycles, as well as those who failed to respond quickly enough and lost market share or discontinued operation as a result. Introduction to High Tech Entrepreneurship The Process of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Research Skills for High Tech Entrepreneurs Case Studies of Innovative High Tech Companies IEN 530 Ideation and Feasibility Studies Ideation is the process of forming and relating ideas. For a business, ideation means conceiving and generating an idea and successfully implementing it with the goal of satisfying an unmet need in the marketplace. The Ideation and Feasibility Studies Course focuses on how to identify, research, and evaluate opportunities for potential new business ventures. Students will learn to assess the viability of these opportunities by understanding key industry factors, market and competitive factors, and customer needs. In the course, students evaluate new technology-based ideas associated with the application of technology to commercial enterprises and explore related case studies. Students develop an understanding of how to assess the feasibility of applying new technologies to address current or future market needs. Overview of Ideation The Role of Research in Ideation Feasibility Studies in Entrepreneurship Identifying and Evaluating New Opportunities INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 133

Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 699 Business Model Presentation and Thesis In the Innovation and Entrepreneurship Master of Science Degree Program, the completion of a capstone course is required for graduation. The Business Model Presentation and Thesis Course requires students to complete the business plan that was researched and developed during the program. Since the ability to clearly communicate an innovative vision is the key to gaining access to capital markets and project funding, the course requires students to tell the story of their proposed plan through a series of concise pitches, written proposals, and formal presentations. In the course, students consider sources and uses of funds, working capital requirements, and the launch timetable. Students also prepare their plan for presentation and execution. During the course, students consider the various audiences to which they will present the details regarding their company and its products and services. The presentation and information for each will differ, and audiences may include potential investors, lenders, current or prospective employees, advisory or other boards, industry groups, the press and other media representatives, and current or prospective clients. Finalizing a Business Plan Creating an Executive Summary Formulating a Company Storyline Developing Presentation Materials Business Model Presentation IEN 560 Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurs face a myriad of legal issues, including those associated with business formation, contract negotiation, intellectual property protection, employment law, and many others. The Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Course provides an overview of the legal aspects of product design, intellectual property including patents, trade secrets, trademarks, and copyright, and issues related to licensing and royalties. The course also examines the numerous legal challenges organizations face as they commercialize technology in a global environment. In addition to studying the basic regulatory requirements for intellectual property and patent protection, students gain an understanding of the process of technology and product licensing, royalties, and methods for protection and valuation of intellectual property. Students develop strategies and plans through which they will prepare to form, staff, launch, manage, and protect the intellectual assets of a technology venture. Overview of Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Intellectual Property Protection Product Licensing and Royalties Contracts and Negotiation Techniques Managing Intellectual Property Assets in the Global Environment IEN 550 Market Research for Entrepreneurs By their very nature, innovative entrepreneurs develop and implement creative solutions in response to the needs of the marketplace. The Market Research for Entrepreneurs Course focuses on the challenges of conducting research in a rapidly changing environment, including analyzing emerging technologies and considering social, economic, market, and consumer trends to forecast the future performance of specific technologies and industries. Topics covered include methods for assessing consumer needs, estimating market demand, trends relative to product and service pricing, competitive positioning, and branding. Students will explore the variety of available research resources, tools, and techniques for the analysis of the research data. Students will also provide methods and processes for interpreting the information for the purposes of creating effective plans and forecasts that consider the identified trends and evolving markets. The course also surveys the ethical problems faced by researchers and business entrepreneurs in dealing with each other, with the organizations for which they may be developing products, and with competitors and other industries. Topics covered include issues involving plagiarism, trade secret protection, and intellectual property infringement. Introduction to Market Research Analyzing Emerging Technologies and Opportunities Estimating Market Demand and Consumer Trends Strategies for Competitive Positioning and Branding Ethical Issues in Market Research INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 134

Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 620 Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs The Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Course addresses the marketing challenges facing today s entrepreneur, including the introduction and marketing of new products and services without the benefit of an established reputation, distribution channel, or customer base. In this course, students explore the development of marketing strategies, product and service positioning, distribution channels, competitive pricing strategies, advertising and promotion, and sales strategies and techniques including the importance of digital marketing. Students learn business development and client management methods for technology and creative ventures, including principles and concepts dealing with client acquisition, client management, and retention. The course stresses the importance of differentiation and brand development in presenting and communicating the story of a company s products and services. Overview of Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Business Development and Client Management Product Differentiation and Brand Development Strategies for Presenting and Communicating the Brand Story IEN 540 Product Design and Development The Product Design and Development Course focuses on the design, development, and introduction of new products and services within a rapidly changing technological and economic environment. The course will address the process of new product and service development, examining the entrepreneur s role in coordinating and managing functional areas such as marketing, research and development, finance, and manufacturing to develop products and services that customers need and want. Topics include how customer needs and feedback are incorporated into product and service design; the integration of manufacturing, marketing, and distribution functions; rapid prototyping and development; and developing methods to capture customer feedback. During the course, students will analyze actual case studies and create plans to launch new products or services for their new or existing business. The Process of New Product Design and Development The Role of Research and Customer Feedback Manufacturing, Marketing, and Distribution Considerations Case Studies in Product Design and Development Development of New Product and Service Plans IEN 510 Theories on Innovation and Creativity Incorporating creativity and innovation in the creation of new business ventures or new products and services in existing companies requires that entrepreneurs consider the challenges that creative and innovative people face in entrepreneurial endeavors. The Theories on Innovation and Creativity Course examines various innovation and creativity theories as they relate to the development of new products, services, and business methodologies. The course provides a framework for understanding principles of theory and research through a variety of historical and contemporary examples. The importance of innovation on economic growth and development among businesses and other organizations is also explored. During the course, students will develop an understanding of the process through which innovation benefits from research. Students will also be encouraged to see how creativity and innovation create opportunities as well as challenges. The course will also address how rapid technological change demands constant innovation, change, and flexibility in order for organizations to survive and prosper over time. Principles of Creativity Methods for Creating Breakthrough Ideas Innovation Theories Technological Change and Disruptive Innovations Case Studies in Creativity and Innovation INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Master of Science Degree Program 135

Instructional Design& Technology Master of Science Degree Program Whether it s in a corporate training facility or high school classroom, the instructor s role is one of the most important in our society. And while many core educational concepts haven t changed over the years, our ability to communicate information to each other is continuously growing and changing. The challenge is to take advantage of those changes in today s learning environments. With more than 30 years of experience incorporating innovative learning methods into our curriculum, Full Sail University is uniquely qualified to help educators and trainers meet the challenges of connecting with today s learners. The Instructional Design & Technology program will show you how to combine the digital world s vast media resources with modern teaching methods to create innovative learning experiences that engage and inspire your audiences. Through projects that involve real-time experiences with media creation software, this program will show you how to implement new media literacy and facilitate bold new ideas with time-tested instructional tools, creating emergent 21st century instruction for 21st century learners. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Understanding and Motivating Your Audience Fine Arts Creating Modeling Media-Rich Animation Interactive Lessons Building Inspirational & Engaging Effects Learning Final Environments Project/ Demo Reel Creation INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 136

CATION MEDIA Areas of Focus IGN & TECHNOLOGY IVATE BY UNDERSTANDING LEARNER/ IRE USING RACTIVE MEDIA TION MEDIA & TECHNOLOGY you ll be able to develop focused, audience-specific E BY UNDERSTANDING lessons that help you achieve your instructional goals by NER/ EDUCATION inspiring MEDIA you and your multimedia audience. USING DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY entertainment TIVE MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING THE LEARNER/ INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA YNAMIC communication organizational STRATEGIES multimedia Understanding and entertainment Motivating Your TECHNOLOGIES Audience There are many different ways to instruct and inspire, and effective instructors are able to impart their ideas to various types of learners. By studying the variety of ways people process information, and integrating appropriate types of interactive media into your lessons, you ll be able to reach a wide range of audiences, whether you re in an academic or professional environment. ONLINE TE DYNAMIC Because keeping your learners NING ENVIRONMENTS LEARNING motivated and involved is fundamental to making sure your information THEORIES is received properly, it s important to understand the needs and learning styles of who you are trying to reach. An animated game may be a great way to teach students geography, but probably isn t going to excite your sales force. Likewise, an idea-driven podcast may be just the trick for a corporate orientation, but might not be the best tool for getting across math concepts... but then again, maybe it is. By studying traditional and innovative instructional systems and learning how to create media-rich content, multimedia ONLINE entertainment TECHNOLOGIES ENGAGING today s LEARNER EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING THE LEARNER/ INSPIRE USING gaming INTERACTIVE MEDIA INTERACTIVE VISUAL media TOOLS gaming models METHODS music THEORY multimedia entertainment TECHNOLOGIES gaming models METHODS CORPORATE Understanding your audience ONLINE is just one part of becoming a CREATE DYNAMIC LEARNING TRAINING LEARNING more effective ENVIRONMENTS and inspirational instructor. By implementing THEORIES multimedia technology into your instructional toolbox, you ll be able to redefine the traditional instructor-focused CORPORATE LEARNING role by getting learners involved in the process. TRAINING management When you incorporate film, music, games, and digital media modules SYSTEMS components into your content delivery, you will engage and involve your learners. gaming models METHODS CORPORATE TRAINING models METHODS Creating Media-Rich Interactive Lessons LEARNING management musical THEORY In the Instructional Design & Technology program, you ll learn how podcasts, videos, online modules, and games can be invaluable additions to your lessons. More importantly, you ll learn how to create and use interactive media and technology to connect with learners. Whether it s making interactive visual media using professional industry tools, shooting and editing your own films with your camera and MacBook Pro, recording and distributing a podcast, or using any of the other hardware music and software you ll be working with during your studies, the tools and techniques presented in this program will THEORY open an innovative and interactive world of instructional possibilities. modules communication organizational STRATEGIES communication organizational STRATEGIES communication music organizational THEORY STRATEGIES LEARNING management SYSTEMS ENGAGING today s LEARNER INTERACTIVE VISUAL ENGAGING today s LEARNER INTERACTIVE VISUAL media TOOLS communication organizational ENGAGING STRATEGIES LEARNER today s INTERACTIVE VISUAL media TOOLS INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN media & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program TOOLS EN to LEA INTER VI me 137

Areas of Focus ONMENTS ONLINE LEARNING THEORIES CORPORATE TRAINING modules LEARNING management SYSTEMS GY DING multimedia entertainment TECHNOLOGIES ONLINE LEARNING THEORIES gaming models METHODS CORPORATE TRAINING modules EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY music MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING THE LEARNER/ INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA THEORY CREATE DYNAMIC LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS management SYSTEMS communication multimedia organizational entertainment TECHNOLOGIES STRATEGIES ONLINE LEARNING THEORIES Building Inspirational & Engaging Learning Environments gaming ENGAGING music today s THEORY In the models final phase of the program, you ll put together the fundamental METHODS LEARNER theories and multimedia tools you ve learned to create your own inspirational and engaging learning environment. Whether you decide to develop an online INTERACTIVE lesson or a corporate training module, the focus will be on creating an VISUAL interactive atmosphere for learners that s as motivating media and experiential for them as it is engaging and TOOLS exciting for you. CORPORATE LEARNING TRAINING management After choosing and developing a system that works best modules SYSTEMS for your specific environment, you ll present your final instructional project, which will be assessed by a group of your peers, faculty members, and instructional technology specialists. This project could be the very thing you use to transform your next class or training workshop into a rewarding learning experience. com or STR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 138

Overview The curriculum for the Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program is based on a simple concept: providing new tools and methods to improve instruction. Many of today s learners have embraced technology s role in their day-to-day lives, but few conventional instructional practices have taken advantage of this reality. The innovative approach of the Instructional Design & Technology program is designed to give you hands-on experience with the type of dynamic media that can transform a traditional instructional setting into an inspirational and interactive atmosphere. It s about crafting an environment where media skills and technology form the language of the learning environment. Throughout the program, you ll discover how to incorporate interactive instructional tools to enrich the learning experience. Some of these methods include the use of tools like Apple s professional media creation applications and other digital media concepts, and even techniques like storytelling methods and game strategies. You ll also explore different theories about how people learn, discover how to take advantage of different motivational techniques, and learn how to create compelling and inspirational content for online curricula. This well-rounded education will help you enhance your content creation skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the career fields of corporate training, instructional design, education, and online learning. To help you make a desired transition or further develop your current career, our experienced team of Career Development professionals will help you strengthen your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with focused knowledge and understanding of learning and instructional design theories, curriculum development, media design elements, and technology applications, allowing you to be successful in the corporate training, instructional design, and education fields. Upon completion of this master s degree program, you will have an enhanced ability to create, develop, design, and produce instructional content using a variety of technology applications for corporate or academic environments. This program will also help develop your writing, time-management, and team building skills to assist you in the development and dissemination of engaging instructional content, innovative media design, and technology projects that captivate and inspire today s learner. INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 139

Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IDT 552 Corporate Training and Motivational Development 3.00 IDT 574 Digital Media and Learning Applications 3.00 EDM 531 Emergent Technologies In A Collaborative Culture 3.00 IDT 610 Filmmaking Principles for Instructional Design 3.00 EME 6226 Game Strategies and Motivation 3.00 IDT 562 Instructional Design and Evaluation 3.00 IDT 690 Instructional Design and Technology Final Project 3.00 EME 6629 Learning Management Systems and Organization 3.00 MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership 3.00 IDT 680 Media Asset Creation 3.00 MUS 6018 Music and Audio for Instructional Design 3.00 IDT 520 Strategies for Learner Engagement 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP STRATEGIES FOR LEARNER ENGAGEMENT EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE CORPORATE TRAINING & MOTIVATIONAL DEVELOPMENT INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & EVALUATION 6 7 8 9 10 DIGITAL MEDIA & LEARNING APPLICATIONS MUSIC & AUDIO FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN 11 12 MEDIA ASSET CREATION INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY FINAL PROJECT FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION LEARNING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS & ORGANIZATION Totals: 36.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 36 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 140

Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 552 Corporate Training and Motivational Development The Corporate Training and Motivational Development Course examines instruction methodologies and media design techniques used in training environments. In this course, students will learn to create and evaluate their presentation style and content in order to motivate learners and staff. Students will also learn how to evaluate return on investment for training and how to develop and use assessments and surveys. The Components of Staff Training The Individual and the Training Environment Design Principles in Training Materials Training Approaches and Evaluation Integrating Filmmaking, Music, and Gaming in Training Research and Project Development IDT 574 Digital Media and Learning Applications The Digital Media and Learning Applications Course examines digital media and how it can be used in learning applications. The curriculum provides learners with a microcosm of the instructional design process and software that explores digital media techniques. Along with understanding the mechanisms of digital art, students will learn how to support their design approaches with established learning theories. They will also explore how to engage today s digitally savvy learner within an online learning community. Learning Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles Digital Media Software Programs Digital Media Design and Learning Principles Digital Media and Learning Applications Integration of Digital Media into Instructional Technology Products Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials Research and Project Development EDM 531 Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture In this course, students will develop skills in accessing, analyzing, evaluating and creating with several types of media technologies. These skills include literacy with media, technology, learning and innovation, plus social technologies to communicate and collaborate. This course also addresses how to use social networks and tools such as virtual worlds to manage information and relationships and examines the role of personal learning networks in enhancing skills and organization. These tools increase interaction, learner control over content, and forming learning networks. Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Utilizing Personal Learning Networks Developing Critical Analysis Skills Examining Pedagogies and Learning Utilizing Social Media Networks Examining Communities of Practice Research and Project Development INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 141

Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 610 Filmmaking Principles for Instructional Design This course explores the components of filmmaking, video creation, and the concept of visual literacy. Students will learn a variety of video techniques that can enhance their instructional modules. Along with understanding how video is developed, students examine the importance of visual literacy, visual learning, and how to create and communicate with visual images. This course also explores visionary filmmakers and how their approaches can be applied to create a compelling learning or training product. Video Techniques and the Visual Learner Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Instructional Product Development Storyboarding Techniques and Instructional Design Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development Videos in Online Curriculum Development Instructional Design with Storytelling Research and Project Development EME 6226 Game Strategies and Motivation The Game Strategies and Motivation Course teaches educators and staff trainers game design techniques and strategies that will motivate learners to engage in an instructional activity. A variety of gaming models and methods are examined, along with academic theories and psychological methods to support the game design applications. Students will then design games to take learners from the beginning of a complex topic and carefully navigate them through to academic mastery. In addition, students will explore how games can be evaluated for assessment goals. Overview of Gaming Strategies Examination of Game Structures Learning Assessment and Game Design Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies The Individual and Game Learning Techniques Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies Assessment in Gaming Approaches Research and Project Development IDT 562 Instructional Design and Evaluation In the Instructional Design and Evaluation Course, students will explore various design strategies to effectively communicate learning objectives within instructional settings. In addition to learning a variety of instructional design approaches, students will learn how to evaluate a design strategy and examine which approach is best for their academic or staff training environments. Along with traditional learning theories, the multiple learning theory and emotional intelligence theory will be examined and evaluated for design and implementation in various learning environments. Students will also learn how to manage an education or a training project utilizing media through the entire process. Examination of Instructional Design Creating Lessons that Engage the Digital Native Learning and Psychology Theories: Established and Revolutionary Assessment Principles and Instructional Design Quantifying Assessment Evaluation of Design Standards Creating a Project Plan Research and Project Development INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 142

Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 690 Instructional Design and Technology Final Project In the final course in the Instructional Design & Technology degree program, students will reflect on their personal and professional evolution throughout their program and create a final instructional project based on their current or future career paths. In addition to the project, students will develop a research component that describes the methodologies that were required to complete the project. Students will draw from previous assignments and projects to create a media-rich final project that will be evaluated by both peers and faculty. Learner Evaluation Report Project Research Component Media Design Approach Technology Support and Evaluation Peer Review of Project Faculty Review of Project Final Project Presentation EME 6629 Learning Management Systems and Organization In the Learning Management Systems and Organization Course, students explore how to present and deliver instructional content through a variety of content delivery methodologies. Students will examine the tools that enable synchronous and asynchronous learning, and explore which curriculum is more suitable for each delivery method. Introduction and Conceptual Overview of Learning Management Systems Understanding the Learning Management Systems (LMS) and Learning Content Management Systems (LCMS) Evaluation of Learning Management Systems for the Learning Environment The Learner and Virtual Learning Environments Assessment and Learning Management Systems Learning Organization Skills and Content Management Development Research and Project Development MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership At the level of a master s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject. Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 143

Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 680 Media Asset Creation The Media Asset Creation Course explores the power of a variety of media assets that are available to instructors and corporate trainers in developing online learning products, in-class presentations, and corporate learning modules. Students will examine specific techniques regarding how to create the best media for a project, while also taking into account the limitations of delivery methods and the learners technical ability. Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Understanding Software Limitations and Computer Bandwidth IDT 520 Strategies for Learner Engagement In this course, students explore cognitive, learning, and motivation theories as a first step toward understanding how to create engaging curriculum for a variety of learning styles and settings. Students explore design strategies that enhance learner engagement, including the use of media, games, interactive technologies, and collaboration. Students are introduced to and begin to explore ideas for their capstone research project. Overview of Cognitive, Learning and Motivation Theories Social Learning and Collaboration Digital Audio Concepts and Techniques Integration of Media Assets into Computer Software Strategies for Creating Innovative and Engaging Learning Environments Research and Project Development Digital Photography Research and Project Development Applying Cognitive and Social Learning Theories to Instructional Design MUS 6018 Music and Audio for Instructional Design The Music and Audio for Instructional Design Course teaches students how to produce media with proper auditory stimulation for various learning environments. Areas of emphasis include music for personal branding, recording professional-quality voiceovers, the connections among music, language, and memory in a learning environment, producing original music for various learning applications, music and audio in video, and reaching aural and kinesthetic learning styles through music. Musical Intelligence Examined Professional Music and Audio for Video Music, Language and Memory The Role of Music in Learning Music and Kinesthetic Learning Styles Research and Project Development Producing Original Music for Learning INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Master of Science Degree Program 144

Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree Program Organizations are increasingly reliant on the Internet and other digital media to connect with and engage potential customers, reflecting the fact that we, as consumers, are living our lives online more and more each day. With the growth of the Internet, the way experiences and products come to our attention has also become more dynamic and complex. Long gone are the days when a marketing campaign was designed around three television stations, a handful of radio spots, and an ad in the local newspaper. media and entertainment, allowing you to design and execute plans that successfully merge marketing fundamentals with the next big trends in consumer behavior. As the world of marketing becomes more integrated, the future leaders in the field are the professionals that will take advantage of every marketing channel at their disposal. This program can start you on the path to becoming that leader. Areas of Focus Full Sail University s Internet Marketing Bachelor s Degree is designed to show you how to take advantage of all the marketing options available in the evolving world of Global Internet Marketing Traditional Fine Arts Marketing Modeling Foundations Animation Multi-Channel Marketing Building Effects an Final Online Project/ Consumer Demo Reel Creation Experience INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 145

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus TRADITIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING public RELATIONS WEBSITE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS ofweb design ERNET MARKETING BS DITIONAL MARKETING INTERNET MARKETING SITE DESIGN TECHNOLOGY TI-CHANNEL KETING MANAGEMENT INTERNET MARKETING BS web TRADITIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING INTERFACES WEBSITE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING AFFILIATE marketing public RELATIONS FUNDAMENTALS of WEB design intellectual PROPERTY STATISTICS public scripting LANGUAGES RELATIONS STATISTICS communications scripting MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING BUILDING AN ONLINE CONSUMER EXPERIENCE business ETHICS web MANAGEM DIGITAL storytelling PAY-PER-CLICK FUNDAMENTALS search search web campaign ofweb AFFILIATE design ENGINE LANGUAGES ENGINE From the fundamentals of web design, to online communications INTERFACE SOCIAL optimization marketing communications and marketing the usability of Web interfaces, media development development that will ensure you know how to utilize search search a range of current and upcoming Internet technologies. PAY PER CLICK search ENGINE ENGINE search campaign & AFFILIA optimization optimization ENGINE + ENGINE development marketing optimization marketing marketing SOCIAL media business ETHICS IT search MANAGEMENT IT search PAY PER CLICK campaign Global Internet Marketing When creating multi-channel marketing campaigns, you ll be working with a team of diverse design and technical professionals. INTERFACES It s important that you re able to speak the same language when implementing Web site concepts, viral marketing campaigns, and the many other creative options made possible by the Internet. this curriculum teaches the technical aspects of web development INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program intellectu PROPER marketin 146

NET MARKETING BS Areas of Focus RADITIONAL MARKETING IONAL MARKETING ND INTERNET MARKETING TERNET MARKETING public RELATIONS public RELATIONS STATISTICS STATISTICS business ETHICS business ETHICS MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT intellectual PROPERTY public LATIONS Traditional Marketing Foundations FUNDAMENTALS STATISTICS E EBSITE DESIGN DESIGN Although social networks and video-sharing sites CHNOLOGY design ND TECHNOLOGY may be recent additions to the marketing landscape, the foundation of branding and messaging remain the same. That s why Full Sail s Internet Marketing UNDAMENTALS HANNELINTERNET MARKETING scripting BS bachelor s program begins by teaching you the basic TING ofweb ULTI-CHANNEL design LANGUAGES components that are the core of campaign any successful ARKETINGmarketing plan. G AN ONLINE MER EXPERIENCE FUNDAMENTALSbusiness scripting of WEB ETHICS LANGUAGES ofweb design scripting LANGUAGES IT communications PAY-PER-CLICK search search PAY PER CLICK communications INTERFACES AFFILIATE ENGINE ENGINE search search SOCIAL development optimization marketing marketing campaign media AFFILIATE ENGINE ENGINE public development business optimization marketing marketing In this phase of the degree program, you ll study TRADITIONAL MARKETING search STATISTICS RELATIONS search ETHICS MANAGEMENT intellec PAY PER CLICK search concepts such as public relations, statistics, search business PROPE campaign AND INTERNET MARKETING AFFILIATE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE SOCIAL ethics, management, and intellectual property development optimization marketing marketing optimization & search optimization + media search efforts that have always driven successful marketing campaigns. But you ll also learn how to integrate marketingengine marketing ENGINE newer Internet marketing concepts into search FUNDAMENTALS scripting optimization & IT optimization + web WEBSITE DESIGN ENGINE your search campaigns to create a plan that takes advantage of WEB ENGINE LANGUAGES marketing AND TECHNOLOGY design communicationsmarketing & INTERFACES of everything today s media has to offer. optimization optimization + marketing marketing DIGITAL social CONSUMER storytelling engrossing media behavior ENVIRONMENTS STUDIES MULTI-CHANNEL PAY-PER-CLICK search outreach search MARKETING DIGITAL campaign AFFILIATE IGITAL social ENGINE CONSUMERENGINE social SOCIA CO storytelling engrossing storytelling engrossing development media optimization behavior marketingmedia marketing behav media ENVIRONMENTS outreach ENVIRONMENTS STUDIES outreach search search ENGINE ENGINE optimization & optimization + marketing marketing UILDING AN ONLINE ONSUMER EXPERIENCE IT MANAGEMENT web intellectual PROPERTY IT web INTERFACES communications web INTERFACES INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 147

TING ETING CE Areas of Focus scripting WEBSITE DESIGN AND AND TECHNOLOGY LANGUAGES DIGITAL storytelling FUNDAMENTALS ofweb ofweb design design IT communications scripting LANGUAGES you re BUILDING reaching AN ONLINE the right audience with the right message. CONSUMER EXPERIENCE engrossing ENVIRONMENTS scripting LANGUAGEScommunications webcommunications INTERFACES social media outreach IT IT web INTERFACES web INTERFACES MULTI-CHANNEL PAY PER CLICK search MULTI-CHANNEL ETING BS PAY PER CLICK search MARKETING search campaign search AFFILIATE MARKETING ENGINE ENGINE SOCIAL campaign AFFILIATE development optimizationengine marketing ENGINE marketing media development optimization marketing marketing INTERNET MARKETING BS search search search search public ENGINE business STATISTICS RELATIONS ETHICS search ENGINE MANAGEMENT intellectual optimization & AFFILIATE optimization + search ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE SOCIAL public marketing marketing business PROPERTY TRADITIONAL MARKETING optimization & STATISTICS optimization marketing marketing RELATIONS optimization + media ETHICS AND INTERNET MARKETING marketing marketing Multi-Channel Marketing BUILDING FUNDAMENTALS AN ONLINE DIGITALscripting ofweb IT social Successful marketing campaigns use outlets such web CONSUMER CONSUMER search EXPERIENCE storytelling design LANGUAGES search engrossing FUNDAMENTALS communications media scripting INTERFACES behavior as websites, applications, and email, but they also Building ENVIRONMENTS STUDIES WEBSITE DESIGNan Online IT of WEB BUILDING AN ONLINE outreach LANGUAGES find ways to make those channels as effective as DIGITAL AND TECHNOLOGY design social communications ENGINE CONSU CONSUMER EXPERIENCE Consumer ENGINE Experience possible. Internet-specific storytelling engrossing optimization marketing models & such as media behavior pay-per-click campaign development, search engine optimization ENVIRONMENTS Marketing has always been + about knowing your outreach optimization (SEO), PAY search PER engine CLICK marketing, affiliate marketing audience. MULTI-CHANNEL The Internet Marketing program s curriculum search search PAY-PER-CLICK search search marketing, and social media are constantly coming MARKETING campaign expands on that core idea and focuses on enhancing AFFILIATE ENGINE campaign ENGINE SOCIAL development optimization development marketing marketing ENGINE ENGINE into play in this new media landscape, and you ll need the consumer s online experience. By devoting time and optimization media marketing to understand how to recognize these opportunities attention to digital storytelling, you ll be able to create and use them to your advantage. a captivating environment that supports your message search search search search while keeping your audience engaged. By understanding the fundamentals of a multi-channel ENGINE ENGINE marketing strategy, you ll be able to utilize the outlets social ENGINE ENGINE optimization & optimization + In this part of the degree optimization program, & you ll learn how optimization to + CONSUMER marketing marketing at your disposal engrossing as you strive to reach your audience improve the way you communicate your brand s story, marketing marketing in the most effective way. ENVIRONMENTS media outreach explore ways of reaching your audience through social media, and study consumer behavior so that you know DIGITAL storytelling behavior STUDIES social media engrossing ENVIRONMENTS CONSUMER outreach behaviorstudies INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program MA 148

Areas of Focus Overview The Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree addresses the complex worlds of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, web design, and consumer psychology, giving you the skills you need to meet the challenges of an industry affected by rapid advances and changes in technology. In this program, you ll learn how to create a viable marketing and strategic plan for selling products, develop and cultivate a brand, and protect that entity within the Internet community. During the course of this program, you ll study a full range of Internet marketing subjects, including search engine optimization, interactive advertising design, Internet law, web design, web metrics, and public relations. The program s curriculum culminates in the final capstone project, where you ll be tasked with developing and implementing a complete Internet marketing campaign. In addition to courses developing your marketingspecific skills, you ll also have courses focused on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the industry. To help you make that transition, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The goal of the Internet Marketing bachelor s degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding needed to pursue entry-level positions in contemporary marketing organizations. This program is designed to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet, and who understand how the fluid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. Upon completion of the Internet Marketing bachelor of science degree, students will have the ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy. In addition to technical proficiency and theoretical knowledge, the program helps students to develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to a lifetime of learning, providing them with tools needed to sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing. INTERNET MARKETING OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE INTERNET MARKETING OVERVIEW Bachelor & of Science OBJECTIVE Degree Program 149

Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IMK 444 Affiliate Marketing 4.00 IMK 321 Content Strategy, Development and Marketing 4.00 IMK 127 Digital Storytelling & Branding 4.00 IMK 464 Display Advertising 4.00 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours ART 2007 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 IMK 302 Cultural Studies and the Web 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET MARKETING IMK 452 Email Marketing Principles 4.00 IMK 341 Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship 4.00 IMK 241 Fundamentals of Web Design 4.00 IMK 411 Global Internet Marketing Strategies 4.00 IMK 214 Internet Business Models 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 STA 1026 Introduction to Statistics 4.00 MAN 3152 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 4.00 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 6 7 8 9 10 INTERNET BUSINESS MODELS DIGITAL STORYTELLING & BRANDING FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE COLLEGE MATHEMATICS FUNDAMENTALS OF WEB DESIGN INTRODUCTION TO WEB INTERFACE & USABILITY IMK 334 Internet Law and Legal Issues 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 IMK 497 Internet Marketing Final Project 4.00 11 12 13 14 15 IMK 323 Internet Marketing Research Strategies 4.00 IMK 112 Introduction to Internet Marketing 4.00 IMK 272 Introduction to Mobile Advertising 4.00 IMK 254 Introduction to Web Interface and Usability 4.00 IMK 222 New Media Distribution Channels 4.00 IMK 132 Online Communications 4.00 OBM 1000 Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries 3.00 IMK 263 Principles of Interactive Media 4.00 Totals: 38.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 133 TOTAL WEEKS: 112 ONLINE COMMUNICATIONS ART HISTORY PRINCIPLES OF INTERACTIVE MEDIA NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE ADVERTISING INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS INTERNET MARKETING RESEARCH STRATEGIES 16 17 18 19 20 CONTENT STRATEGY, DEVELOPMENT & MARKETING PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AFFILIATE MARKETING SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION PRINCIPLES OF ONLINE CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT IMK 484 Principles of Online Campaign Development 4.00 IMK 372 Public Relations 4.00 21 22 23 24 25 IMK 481 Search Engine Optimization 4.00 IMK 432 Social Media Optimization 4.00 IMK 473 Web Analytics and Reporting 4.00 DISPLAY ADVERTISING EMAIL MARKETING PRINCIPLES WEB ANALYTICS & REPORTING PUBLIC RELATIONS SOCIAL MEDIA OPTIMIZATION Totals: 95.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program 26 27 28 INTERNET LAW & LEGAL ISSUES CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB GLOBAL INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES INTERNET MARKETING FINAL PROJECT Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 150

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 444 Affiliate Marketing Affiliate marketing is a powerful and longstanding marketing method for the Internet. This type of marketing promotes Internet businesses in which affiliates are rewarded for every visitor, subscriber, customer, and/or sale provided by their efforts. Methodologies that assist the affiliate marketing structure are: search engine optimization, paid search engine marketing, email marketing, and displayed advertising. The goal of the Affiliate Marketing Course is to teach students to evaluate whether affiliate marketing is the appropriate type of marketing for their product/service. Students will also evaluate and create financial overviews for an affiliate marketing campaign. The History of Affiliate Marketing Compensation Methods Affiliate Management Strategic Analysis Current Issues with Affiliate Marketing Case Studies Final Project Development IMK 321 Content Strategy, Development and Marketing The Content Strategy, Development and Marketing Course examines the complete lifecycle of content creation and delivery, from developing strategies and processes to evaluating results. Students learn how to create and distribute relevant and valuable content to defined targeted audiences in order to achieve specific marketing goals. Students examine a variety of content marketing techniques, learn how to create editorial calendars, assess which distribution channels can best help them to reach their audiences and evaluate the success of their content marketing strategy. Defining Marketing Goals and Creating a Strategic Content Plan Identifying Target Audiences Assessing Current Content for Effectiveness and Re-Purposing Understanding the Various Types of Content and the Importance of Content Mix Producing Content in a Variety of Formats Creating a Publishing Schedule and Editorial Calendar Determining Which Channels to use to Distribute the Content Analyzing and Evaluating Results IMK 464 Display Advertising The Display Advertising Course explores the influence of the Internet and websearch optimization on the entertainment business industry, and how understanding and exploiting these strategies can help an entertainment business become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on his or her entertainment business, while also learning the best strategic methods for positioning a product for success on the Internet. Introduction to Internet Marketing Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Internet Marketing Assessment Internet Marketing Strategy Web Search Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Entertainment Leadership Portfolio IMK 127 Digital Storytelling and Branding The Digital Storytelling and Branding Course introduces the concept of branding and examines the keys to creating a sustainable and effective brand utilizing digital storytelling concepts. Students analyze well-known brands to evaluate what makes them successful. Storytelling that enhances and reinforces the brand image is then examined with an emphasis on creating consistent messaging. The Importance of Branding Developing and Maintaining Archetypes and Story Structure Keys to a Successful Brand Brand Stories Bringing Storytelling to the Internet Storytelling in Digital Media INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 151

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 452 Email Marketing Principles Email marketing is a form of direct marketing that uses electronic mail as a means to communicate a message. The goal of the Email Marketing Principles Course is to teach students how to determine if an email marketing campaign is correct for their audience and products/services, and how to produce and create an effective email campaign. Additional topics that will be covered include developing emails with a creative purpose that facilitate sales and develop customer loyalty; creating emails that attract new customers and encourage timely sales; and developing email campaigns that perpetuate and strengthen a company s brand. Overview of Email Marketing Advantages of Email Marketing Disadvantages of Email Marketing Proper Email Writing Etiquette (Writing Composition) CAN-spam Compliance Opt-in Email Advertising Legal and Ethical Issues Final Project Development IMK 341 Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship The Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship Course examines the behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs. Students learn the steps required to start a business, including types of business entities, tax implications and business licenses. The course also considers key characteristics of successful entrepreneurs and the importance of entrepreneurialism in the economy. Role of the Entrepreneur Case Studies in Entrepreneurship The Entrepreneurial Mindset Building Effective Teams IMK 241 Fundamentals of Web Design The Fundamentals of Web Design Course examines the process of website creation and its importance within Internet marketing. Information architecture, HTML and CSS are introduced. The course explains the process used to create a website that embodies best practices in design principles to enhance the marketing message and promote consumer sales. The course covers advertising principles, website design and functionality, consumer experience, and branding. Information Architecture HTML, CSS and How the Web Works Web Standards and the Future of Web Design Advertising and Website Design Principles Consumer Experience IMK 411 Global Internet Marketing Strategies One of the most powerful components of the Internet is its ability to connect products and services to the global consumer. In the Global Internet Marketing Strategies Course, students learn how to evaluate the global Internet market through a variety of methodologies and incorporate them into a cohesive Internet marketing plan that will reach the global consumer. Course topics include: global Internet marketing concepts, campaign development, cultural assessments, global consumer behavior, marketing research methodologies, and ethical and legal issues. Global Internet Marketing Concepts Campaign Development Cultural Assessments Global Consumer Behavior Marketing Research Methodologies Ethical Issues Legal Issues Final Project Development IMK 214 Internet Business Models When examining the Internet, a prospective entrepreneur must understand a variety of business models that apply to the Internet and e-commerce. The Internet Business Models Course covers both traditional and unique Internet business models that can facilitate the growth of a company s product and/or services. This knowledge assists students in evaluating the model that works best for their product/ services, and will encourage consumers to buy and become loyal customers. Historical Perspective of Business Models Business Models Specific to the Internet Evaluation of Internet Business Models Product/Services Pricing and Strategies Integration of Internet Business Models and the Internet Marketing Campaign Development Final Project Development IMK 334 Internet Law and Legal Issues The Internet is a complicated world when it comes to law and legal issues. In the Internet Law and Legal Issues Course, students examine a variety of course topics covering all of the subject areas related to this complex digital medium. It is vital that students understand how to protect their company and how to respect their consumer. A large portion of this course consists of examining case studies and analyzing controversial legal decisions regarding the Internet. Overview of Internet Law Current Internet Legal Issues Jurisdiction and Sovereignty Issues Freedom of Speech Issues Intellectual Property Issues Governance Global Internet Issues Case Studies Final Project Development INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 152

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 497 Internet Marketing Final Project The Internet Marketing Final Project Course teaches students how to assimilate skills, knowledge and expertise gained throughout the program to conceptualize, build a business prototype, and launch and evaluate the performance of a micro-business. Students work in groups to develop a visual business strategy, to develop a product or service to be offered, to generate and convert leads and to deliver real-world value to clients/customers. The final project entails a comprehensive review of students entire academic experience, including the application of previously learned concepts and demonstration of technical skills. Visualizing Your Micro-Business Strategy Building Your Micro-Business Prototype Launching Your Micro-Business Measuring & Communicating Your Micro-Business Performance Final Project Development IMK 323 Internet Marketing Research Strategies In the Internet marketing field, it s vital to know how to extract from business resources data that will provide information about your product/service, as well as your consumer s behavior. The Internet Marketing Research Strategies Course focuses on accomplishing these goals through research and understanding research methodologies that are specific to the Internet. Internet marketers must be able to conduct research that constructs a marketing vision substantiated by data and facts, ultimately validating the financial investment of the company. Topics that will be covered in this course include: researching competitors, consumer behaviors, proper messaging, correct pricing, market behavior, and exit strategies. Internet Research Strategies Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies Validation of Financial Investment Understanding Primary Online Marketing Objectives Through Proper Market Research Identifying Primary and Secondary Target Markets Through Research Final Project Development IMK 112 Introduction to Internet Marketing The Introduction to Internet Marketing Course presents an overview of the exciting and effective world of marketing of products/services over the Internet. This course addresses all of the creative and technical aspects of maintaining a marketing website, including the importance of web design, web development, advertising, public relations, and sales. This course also defines key terms, such as: search engine marketing, display advertising, email marketing, affiliate marketing, interactive advertising, new media distribution, blog and viral marketing, and search engine optimization. Traditional Marketing Components Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Terminology Elements of Internet Marketing Final Project Development IMK 272 Introduction to Mobile Advertising The Introduction to Mobile Advertising Course covers creating mobile advertisements, as well as evaluating this type of advertising for an Internet product/service. In addition to understanding this business model, students must learn how to integrate and strategically develop their products/services for the mobile market. The main goal of this course is to address the specific topics related to advertising for mobile phones and other mobile products. Other topics covered include privacy issues and legal issues. Evaluation of the Types of Mobile Advertising Advertising and Mobile Games Mobile Phone Rings and Advertising Click-to-Call Functionality Sending Marketing Information via Test (SMS), Picture, Audio or Video Message (MMS) Introduction to Mobile TV Advertising Mobile Advertising Metrics Final Project Development IMK 254 Introduction to Web Interface and Usability The Introduction to Web Interface and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create successful web interfaces. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear web interfaces used by companies worldwide. This course examines design principles relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs. Interface Usability Concepts Interface Visualization Elements Interface Functionality Interface Accessibility IMK 222 New Media Distribution Channels The New Media Distribution Channels Course teaches students how to analyze new media distribution channels to determine how to market and deploy their products/services over a multitude of platforms. Students examine a variety of advanced media components; assess which distribution channels can best help them to accomplish their marketing goals, and then integrate their product/service into those channels, making alterations as needed. The course will take students over the following new media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, Web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, social media, interactive TV, and podcasting. New Media Distribution Channels Defined New Media Distribution Strategic Development New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 153

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 132 Online Communications In the Online Communications Course, students learn how to properly communicate with the information technology (IT) team. Students in this course gain foundational knowledge that will assist them in considering the technological limitations of their company. This course also addresses technical topics that must be considered when creating a marketing website and user interface. IT Structural Overviews IT Terminology and Concepts IT and Website Design Limitations Internet Security Issues Final Project Development OBM 1000 Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industry s various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industry s current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields. An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries IMK 263 Principles of Interactive Media The Principles of Interactive Media Course explores various interactive technologies used in online, mobile, and digital television environments and how to best leverage interactive media for marketing campaigns. Students will learn how to determine the appropriate technologies and channels to use when creating interactive media campaigns, and will practice using tools to create interactive media. Explore Online Interactive Media Campaign Environments Tools for Interactive Media Campaigns Marketing Channels Multimedia Marketing Deployments IMK 484 Principles of Online Campaign Development Pay per click is an online advertising model in which advertisers bid against one another for ad space and positioning, and only pay when their ad is clicked. Google AdWords is the dominant platform in the pay per click space, and students work towards becoming an AdWords Certified Partner throughout the course. Significant focus is placed on crucial elements of pay per click advertising including; Quality Score, ad copy writing, keyword relevance, and bid amounts across both the search and content networks. Students will also be exposed to relevant industry software to build expertise that will help in their career. Pay Per Click Advertising Model Overview Keyword Research and Development Search vs. Content Networks Quality Score Pay Per Click Metrics Pay Per Click Campaign Training IMK 372 Public Relations The Public Relations Course examines the topic of public relations (PR) and how this marketing component is valuable within the Internet community. Students develop a listening process to understand how the public perceives brands in the online community. Students also evaluate PR challenges and strategize how to enhance PR opportunities for an Internet marketing campaign. In this course, students are responsible for creating a variety of PR tools such as media releases, while developing a strategy for distribution and measurement. Overview of Public Relations Public Relations and Internet Marketing Public Relations Writing and SEO Ethics and Objectivity Press Releases and Social Media Tactics Online Communication Tactics INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 154

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 481 Search Engine Optimization The Search Engine Optimization Course introduces students to the complex topic of search engine optimization (SEO), the process of improving the volume and quality of consumer traffic to a website from search engines through search results. This course addresses topics such as link building, site structure improvements, conversion tracking, strategic keyword development and understanding barriers to SEO. The main goal of the course is to examine Search Engine Optimization strategies and to develop methodologies to increase quality website traffic. Introduction to Search Engines and Search Engine Optimization Keyword Research and Selection On-Site and Off-Site Optimization Factors Link Building SEO s Interrelationships With Other Internet Marketing Tactics IMK 432 Social Media Optimization Social Media Optimization (SMO) is a set of methods for generating publicity through social media, online communities, and community websites. The course topics for Social Media Optimization include adding RSS feeds, adding blogging opportunities, and incorporating third-party community functionalities such as photo slides, galleries, and video sharing. Social media optimization is an integral part of a successful Internet marketing campaign. A progressive aim of any social media effort is to add value to the web community experience and to strengthen the brand s presence within these communities. Evaluating the consumer s mindset and altering the Internet marketing efforts to match these demands completes this complicated task. The goal in this course is to teach students how to incorporate these methodologies into their Internet marketing campaign to create a strong presence in online communities. Social Media Optimization Overview Social Media Optimization Techniques RSS Feeds, Blogging, Third- Party Communities, Social Media Optimization, and Viral Marketing Strategic Implementation Legal Issues Linkability - Increasing Inbound Links Final Project Development IMK 473 Web Analytics and Reporting The Web Analytics and Reporting Course shows students how to evaluate whether a website is accomplishing its marketing objectives, and how to report the productivity of the website to the company/client. This data is critical to financial investment in a website, and to forecasting where future monetary investments should go towards strengthening the website s marketing presence online. This course shows students to correct problems that will in turn strengthen the website s Internet marketing presence and productivity. Web Analytics Overview and Technologies Web Server Logfile Analysis Advantages Page Tagging Advantages Website Traffic Reporting and Data Analysis Email Response Rates Data Analysis Direct Mail Campaign Data Analysis Sales and Lead Information Analysis User Performance Data Web Analytics and Financial Reporting Final Project Development This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 155

Course Descriptions General Education ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models IMK 302 Cultural Studies and the Web The Cultural Studies and the Web Course emphasizes the relationship between cultural context and promotional content on the web. This analysis will examine the significance of cross-cultural variation to web content, web access, and consumer behavior. Case studies and empirical research will be evaluated to explore the costs and benefits of cultural relevance as a component of strategic planning and Internet marketing practice. Cultural Variation Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice Technology and Consumerism DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 156

Course Descriptions General Education STA 1026 Introduction to Statistics The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics MAN 3152 Leadership and Organizational Behavior The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weaknesses through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process. Leadership Building Effective Teams Group Dynamics Decision-making Motivating Conflict Resolution COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Critical-Thinking Skills Play and the Brain Collaboration and Team Building This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). INTERNET MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree Program 157

Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree Program The Internet s role in the new world of marketing means that online strategy has become more than just an optional enhancement to existing plans. Internet marketing has become its own entity, rebuilding traditional marketing concepts to fit an interactive context. As successful companies and businesses look to thrive in this constantly evolving landscape, the ability to think strategically about the Internet has become an essential skill for professional marketers. Full Sail s Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree program is specifically designed to provide you with skills to help you take advantage of the multi-channel opportunities of the Internet. Our curriculum delves into the details of Internet marketing with in-depth research and advanced academic studies that will provide you with the ability to develop and implement your own effective and cohesive Internet marketing campaign. Areas of Focus Advanced Fine Arts SEO Strategic Modeling Analysis Animation Advanced Effects Internet Final Project/ Marketing Demo Reel Creation Strategies INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 158

Areas of Focus INTERNET MARKETING MS ADVANCED SEO Advanced SEO INTERNET MARKETING MS One of the most important aspects of marketing is making sure that your product, service, or brand WEB METRICS message is easy for the public to find. The best way to achieve that on the web is through effective search engine optimization (SEO), a tool that can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. It s not only about maximizing the power of organic search methods, directory listings, and ADVANCED SEO paid placement tactics, but also having a website that s both user-friendly and search-engine friendly. INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT Through the study of advanced strategic methods, beneficial web design fundamentals, new trends in search engine marketing, and case studies, you ll be able to strategically position your company for maximum exposure. WEB METRICS INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 159

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus INTERNET MARKETING MS ADVANCED SEO WEB METRICS Strategic Analysis INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT The data-driven nature of the Internet can instantly link a company with millions of potential consumers, and it can also provide you with an invaluable amount of information about the strength and success of your websites and marketing campaigns. But in order to be able to draw such conclusions, you need to have a firm understanding of how to interpret and respond to the results. By utilizing web metrics, you will be able to measure trends and behaviors within a company s Internet marketing structure. The Internet Marketing master s program delves deeply into this facet of the industry, teaching you the skills needed to translate your findings into a plan of action to increase the effectiveness of your organization s web, advertising, and marketing strategies. INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 160

S Areas of Focus INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Today s marketing professionals have boundless opportunities to spread a company s message. Whether it s email campaigns, pay-per-click advertising, or social media, today s businesses can utilize a wide array of outlets in their marketing campaigns. What sets successful marketers apart is the ability to create a cohesive and complementary strategy that utilizes this variety of elements effectively. In this segment of the degree program, you ll study mobile technology, interactive television, social media networks, and more, addressing the concepts of developing a campaign through numerous case studies. You ll use this research, as well as your experience throughout the degree program, to select a subject and construct a complete marketing campaign that makes use of the variety and scope of marketing possibilities. INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 161

Areas of Focus Overview The Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree addresses the concepts of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, new media distribution channels, branding, technology, and psychology. The demands on the Internet marketing professional are more intense than ever due to rapid advances in technology, the complexities of web design, Internet marketing campaign development, social media networks, Internet public relations, advertising, and sales. This program addresses advanced marketing topics that will help give you the tools to create powerful marketing and strategic plans for selling products, developing and cultivating a brand, and protecting a company s reputation within the Internet community. The program s curriculum focuses on a variety of advanced principles, including Internet marketing theories, search engine optimization, interactive advertising design principles, Internet law, web design, web metrics, public relations, and global and cultural Internet issues. Your education culminates in the final capstone project, where you ll be tasked with creating and producing a complete integrated Internet marketing campaign. This well-rounded education will help you advance your marketing and strategic skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the Internet marketing industry. To help you make that transition, we ve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The goal of the Internet Marketing master of science degree program is to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet and who understand how the fluid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. The program s advanced academic phases provide students with a focused knowledge and understanding of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, e-commerce, and the psychology of the online consumer. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy and campaign. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the field of Internet marketing. The instruction received in this program provides students with the tools to help sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing. INTERNET MARKETING OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 162

Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IMK 511 Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies 3.00 IMK 621 Advanced Search Engine Optimization 3.00 MAR 629 Business Storytelling and Brand Development 3.50 IMK 671 Internet and the Law 3.00 IMK 591 Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis 3.00 IMK 691 Internet Marketing Campaign Development 3.00 MAR 510 Internet Marketing Fundamentals 3.50 MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Leadership and Development 3.00 IMK 521 New Media Marketing 3.00 IMK 641 Strategic Internet Public Relations 3.00 IMK 661 Web Analytics and Optimization 3.00 IMK 541 Web Design and Usability 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 MASTERY: PERSONAL LEADERSHIP & DEVELOPMENT INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT INTERNET CONSUMER BEHAVIOR & ANALYSIS WEB DESIGN & USABILITY 6 7 8 9 10 NEW MEDIA MARKETING ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES 11 12 INTERNET & THE LAW INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT ADVANCED SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION STRATEGIC INTERNET PUBLIC RELATIONS WEB ANALYTICS & OPTIMIZATION Totals: 37.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 37 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 163

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 511 Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies The Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Course addresses all of the marketing strategies that are particular to this extremely competitive digital arena. The goal of this course is to identify the many components of Internet marketing and to examine each one of these component s unique marketing approach. This course explores the following: affiliate marketing, email marketing, global Internet marketing, social media marketing, and search engine marketing. A thorough understanding of each one of these aspects is necessary to cultivate a successful Internet marketing campaign. Advanced topics are discussed within each type of marketing strategy, and companion case studies align with the course content. Internet Marketing Strategies Overview Affiliate Marketing Email Marketing Global Internet Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Marketing Case Studies Final Project Application IMK 621 Advanced Search Engine Optimization The Advanced Search Engine Optimization Course builds on previous course content and expands into strategic approaches for search engine optimization (SEO). Organic search methods, directory listings, and paid placement tactics are analyzed for their effectiveness in attaining search-marketing goals. New trends in search engine marketing and search engine optimization are explored through course curriculum and case studies. Additional inherent complexities of the Internet are examined that impact the development of effective search engine optimization practices, for example, websites with abundant content, advanced technology, and more personalization capabilities. Advanced SEO Techniques Organic Search Methods Directory Listings Paid Placements New Trends Case Studies Final Project Development MAR 629 Business Storytelling and Brand Development The Business Storytelling and Brand Development Course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market. In this course, students learn how to implement brand-development strategies that help companies emerge as icons within their industries. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identities and create tools for real-world business use. Brand Development Overview Personal Brand Identity Brand Development Principles and Techniques Creating a Mission Statement Creative Writing Overview Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth, and Archetype Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Brand Development Case Studies Final Project Application Construction of a Story Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 164

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 671 Internet and the Law The Internet and the Law Course addresses emerging topics relating to the legal aspects of the Internet. Topics covered include intellectual property, copyright, domain names, trademark issues, and the First Amendment. From a marketing approach, legal considerations are presented that can potentially affect the development of an Internet marketing campaign. Students explore, through the course content and case studies, the Internet s impact on the legal arena. The course traces regulatory issues concerning the Federal Trade Commission and the Federal Communications Commission, among others. Overview of Internet Law Issues Domain Names Intellectual Property Website Linking Legal Issues Online Communication Copyrights The Role of the First Amendment Federal Trade Commission, Federal Communications Commission, and Other Regulatory Agencies Privacy Issues Case Studies Final Project Application and Development IMK 591 Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis The Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis Course explores consumer behavior that is specific to the Internet and analyzes methods that motivate consumers to purchase products and/or services. The emphasis of this course is to identify specific Internet marketing campaigns and gauge their success and/or failure in inspiring the consumer to purchase the product or service. One approach studied is personalized marketing a valuable tactic which allows an Internet marketer to track specific consumer interests and make suggestions on future purchases. This course examines how to develop Internet marketing plans that incorporate a consumer behavioral analysis. Examination of the Internet Consumer Consumer Behavior and Design Principles Personalized Marketing and its Interactive Components Analysis Methodologies Internet Consumer Behavior Case Studies Final Project Application IMK 691 Internet Marketing Campaign Development The Internet Marketing Campaign Development Course addresses how to analyze the best campaign strategies and how to create these campaigns. The goals of this course are to understand the strategic value of all types of Internet marketing campaigns and to be able to create a successful campaign. Along with understanding the various campaign models, the psychology of the consumer is analyzed to determine if a campaign will be effective with its target market. A variety of Internet marketing campaign case studies also correspond to reinforce the concepts of the course. Internet Campaign Overview An Examination of the Various Campaign Strategies Viral Marketing Pay-Per-Click Marketing Social Media Marketing Email Marketing Banner Marketing Affiliate Marketing Final Project Application INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 165

Course Descriptions Program Core MAR 510 Internet Marketing Fundamentals The Internet Marketing Fundamentals Course introduces students to the growing influence of Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) and illustrates how harnessing the power of the Internet can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on business while also learning the best strategic methods for success in the ever-changing Internet industry. Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Assessment Search Engine Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership At the level of a master s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject. Mastery Concepts In-Depth Immersion and Reflection IMK 521 New Media Marketing The New Media Marketing Course addresses how a company establishes which new media approach will accomplish its marketing goals and further the company s success. The types of new media examined include mobile technology, social media networks, interactive television, viral marketing, online video, and location-based technologies. Other topics addressed include how to identify and engage influencers to reach a company s target market. Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing Identifying a Company s New Media Marketing Goals New Media Marketing Project Planning Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels Final Project Application Case Studies Academic Research and Methodologies Leadership Principles INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 166

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 641 Strategic Internet Public Relations When a bad product review arises on a blogger s website, how can a company reach out to this consumer and correct the problem? How do you combat this potentially harmful issue in a proactive way that will strengthen your brand and protect your company? Internet public relations requires an individual who understands the open community of the Internet and how to initiate positive public relations strategies. The Strategic Internet Public Relations Course examines proactive public relations methods that are unique to the Internet. In addition, the course addresses how a publicist can become an integral part of protecting the image of a company and how relationship management must be aggressive in this highly accessible medium. Interactive Public Relations Defined Online Media Relations Proactive Internet Public Relations Strategies Internet Public Relations Writing Case Studies Final Project Application IMK 661 Web Analytics and Optimization The goal of analyzing web metrics is to create and provide a measuring system that defines a trend or a characteristic within a company s Internet marketing structure. As presented in the Web Analytics and Optimization Course, web metrics can be used to explain an outcome, correct a problem, chart a future trend, and/or gauge the success of a marketing endeavor. Understanding web metrics and being able to craft reporting structures that meaningfully analyze this data will assist a marketing team to make productive decisions that facilitate growth and strengthen the company s marketing goals. Web Metrics Overview Web Metrics and Analysis Principles Search Analytics Strategic Analysis Reporting Techniques Case Studies Final Project Application and Development IMK 541 Web Design and Usability The goals of any website are to provide a user-friendly experience for the consumer and a search engine-friendly experience for the site. The way a company designs its website and how the text is developed within a website directly impact the website s search engine optimization (SEO) capabilities. It is important for an Internet marketing specialist to understand the web design principles used to enhance search engines to find a website and to accomplish marketing goals. The following topics are addressed in the Web Design and Usability Course: an overview of web standards, web design fundamentals, web interface and usability, search engines overviews, understanding a company s SEO marketing plans, and web design issues. Lastly, case studies are analyzed for web design and search engine optimization effectiveness. Overview of Web Design Principles Web Design and SEO An Overview of Web Standards Examination of Search Engines Proactive SEO Web Design Principles Case Studies SEO Ethics Final Project Development INTERNET MARKETING Master of Science Degree Program 167

Media Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Communications Bachelor of Science Degree Program Skilled communicators are needed within every industry and especially within the world of entertainment and media. Communications professionals can wear many hats from reporting the news, to writing marketing plans, to managing creative projects but their common thread is a deep understanding of how to interpret, craft, and relay messages for different audiences. In the online Media Communications bachelor s degree program, you ll build your skills in written and verbal communication, while also understanding the principles of graphic design, web design, digital video, and sound. You ll also explore the theories and psychology behind communication and its impact on society, and familiarize yourself with new media technology. At the heart of good media communications is good storytelling, and this program will introduce you to the narratives found throughout many forms of entertainment media, including animation and games. Using digital media creation tools, you ll develop projects throughout the program that will reside in your online portfolio. You ll also maintain a blog and build your own personal brand so that you can market yourself to prospective employers. Written & Visual Communications Fine Arts Digital Modeling Audio & Video Production Animation Areas of Focus New Media Tools Transmedia Effects Storytelling Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 168

ons AL NS Communications Areas of Focus WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS editingtechniques traditional WEB-BASED DIGITAL AUDIO & mediachannels VIDEO PRODUCTION NEW MEDIA TOOLS adaptable COMMUNICATION STYLES message crafting MESSAGE distribution supporting a narrative Media Communications MEDIA psychology, anthropology, LAW recording, producing, EDITING GENERATED media TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING media CHANNELS WRITTEN & VISUAL adaptable by video and audio. COMMUNICATIONS DIGITAL AUDIO & supporting a NARRATIVE VIDEO PRODUCTION adaptable COMMUNICATION STYLES MEDIA psychology, anthropology, LAW DIGITAL AUDIO & VIDEO PRODUCTION Media Communications Written & Visual Communications Being able to effectively communicate is a skill that is valued throughout the business world. Throughout all of your coursework in the Media Communications degree program, you ll build an understanding of what goes into being a concise, clear communicator. You ll refine your writing skills and learn how to adapt your communication style for different audiences. editingtechniques Most communication-oriented paths in today s market use media beyond the written word, and that s why the Media Communications program includes courses in graphic design, web design, video editing, and the theories behind aesthetics as they relate to communication. traditional WEB-BASED mediachannels You ll also learn the impact of media and communications on society through courses that focus on media psychology, media anthropology, and media law. Digital Audio & Video Production WRITTEN & VISUAL adaptable COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATIONS In the Media Communications STYLES bachelor s program, you ll learn how to craft messages across many media types, and use creative tools to develop multimedia projects that are enhanced COMMUNICATION message Your digital audio STYLES course will introduce crafting you to the technology and techniques involved in recording, producing, and editing digital sound, which can be used in a variety of projects from enhancing audio on a digital video, to producing news stories. MESSAGE message crafting NEW MEDIA TOOLS There s an art and science behind distribution turning source video into a cohesive communication piece, and through your digital video class, you ll learn how editing techniques can help your video projects tell an effective story. supporting a narrative MEDIA psychology, anthropology, LAW MEDIA psychology, recording, anthropology, producing, LAW EDITING consumer- recording, consumer- GENERATED producing, EDITING MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING media MESSAGE media CHANNELS 169

W Areas of Focus VIDEO PRODUCTION EDITING ording, cing, DITING editingtechniques NEW MEDIA TOOLS MESSAGE distribution consumer- GENERATED media nsumer- RATED media traditional WEB-BASED mediachannels Media Communications supporting a narrative TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING media CHANNELS edia New Media Tools NNELS With the emergence of the Internet and social media, communication professionals can distribute messages and reach audiences on a faster and more personal level. Understanding and embracing these innovations is central to your curriculum in the Media Communications bachelor s program. You ll receive an introduction to online-based and consumer-generated media such as social networks, blogs, consumer review sites, microblogging services, and mobile applications and learn how to navigate the rapidly changing nature of today s media environment. Through courses such as new media journalism and public relations, you ll learn how journalists and PR pros use new media to connect with audiences, and the differences in messaging between traditional and web-based media channels. WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS DIGITAL AUDIO & VIDEO PRODUCTION NEW MEDIA TOOLS adaptable COMMUNICATION STYLES message crafting MESSAGE distribution supporting a narrative supporting a NARRATIVE MEDIA psychology, anthropology, LAW recording, producing, EDITING consumer- GENERATED media TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING media CHANNELS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program editin trad WEB me 170

ia munications L AUDIO & PRODUCTION Areas of Focus supporting a narrative ELLING MEDIA media EN & VISUAL adaptable psychology, COMMUNICATION UNICATIONS Transmedia Storytelling STYLES anthropology, LAW Thanks to the new ways entertainment media is integrated, a brand, organization, or product s story can live and develop across multiple channels. In the Media Communications program, you ll be introduced to the concept of transmedia storytelling and how different types of media have unique ways of supporting a narrative. supporting a NARRATIVE message crafting recording, producing, EDITING CHANNELS editingtechniques Through courses on the gaming industry and animation, you will explore the creative MESSAGE process behind these types of visually captivating entertainment media and how they tell their stories. You ll learn how a single project idea can thrive across many different media channels, such as movies, music, video games, and the web. EDIA TOOLS distribution supporting a narrative consumer- GENERATED media SMEDIA STORYTELLING media CHANNELS traditional WEB-BASED mediachannels supporting a NARRATIVE MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 171

Areas of Focus Overview The Media Communications bachelor of science degree program at Full Sail University prepares graduates with the knowledge to understand the field of media communications and to use new media communication technologies. Students of the program survey critical approaches to contemporary media-related issues and communication theory, while working within a project-based learning curriculum. They will be immersed in a supportive environment that fosters development of the strategies and skills necessary to succeed in today s dynamic media industries. The courses in the Media Communications bachelor of science degree program are designed to prepare students for a wide variety of careers in media and associated fields where media knowledge and skills are an integral part of their operations. Objective Dramatic changes in communication and technology have influenced every aspect of human culture, including family life, politics, business, international relations, religion, education, entertainment, and recreation. The Media Communications bachelor of science degree program prepares students to recognize, embrace, and manage the inevitable changes in the media. Students acquire the skills they need to best use today s media and share knowledge and information. Along the way, students practice proper research methods and articulate abstract concepts, expressing their media communication skills via progressive projects in a variety of courses. Changes in the media industry are contemplated and reflected throughout the degree s curriculum. MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 172

Media Communications Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MCM 1401 Aesthetics and Theory of Communications 4.00 MCM 4911 Career Development Skills: Media Communications 4.00 MCM 3231 Digital Audio Applications 4.00 MCM 3011 Digital Video and Editing Principles 4.00 MCM 3333 Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling 4.00 MCM 2855 Graphic Design and Communications 4.00 MCM 1001 Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies 4.00 MCM 4821 Media Anthropology 4.00 MCM 4231 Media Communications and Public Relations 4.00 MCM 2099 Media Communications Portfolio Project I 2.00 MCM 3089 Media Communications Portfolio Project II 2.00 MCM 3099 Media Communications Portfolio Project III 2.00 MCM 4099 Media Communications Portfolio Project IV 2.00 MCM 4199 Media Communications Portfolio Project V 3.00 MCM 2313 Media Communications Project Management 4.00 MCM 4441 Media Entrepreneurship 4.00 MCM 4353 Media Law and Telecommunications Policy 4.00 MCM 4111 Media Psychology 4.00 MCM 4613 Media Publishing and Distribution 4.00 MCM 3823 New Media Journalism and Communications 4.00 MCM 1203 New Media Tools 4.00 OVA 1000 Overview of the Visual Arts Industries 3.00 MCM 2651 Research in Media Communications 4.00 MCM 3415 Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles 4.00 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours ART 2007 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 ENC 1102 English Composition II 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 COM 3109 Professional Communications and Presentation 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 ENC 2110 Technical Writing 4.00 Totals: 34.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120 TOTAL WEEKS: 112 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGIES 6 7 8 9 10 NEW MEDIA TOOLS AESTHETICS & THEORY OF COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT I ENGLISH COMPOSITION II TECHNICAL WRITING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 11 12 13 14 15 MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE RESEARCH IN MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT II DIGITAL VIDEO & EDITING PRINCIPLES DIGITAL AUDIO APPLICATIONS 16 17 18 19 20 GRAPHIC DESIGN & COMMUNICATIONS ART HISTORY WEB DESIGN & COMMUNICATION THEORY AND PRINCIPLES MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT III GAMING & TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATIONS & PRESENTATION 21 22 23 24 25 NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM & COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA PSYCHOLOGY MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS & PUBLIC RELATIONS 26 27 28 MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION MEDIA ANTHROPOLOGY CAREER DEVELOPMENT SKILLS: MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT V MEDIA LAW & TELECOMMUNICATIONS POLICY MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT IV MEDIA ENTREPRENEURSHIP Totals: 86.00 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 173

Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 1401 Aesthetics and Theory of Communications In the Aesthetics and Theory of Communications Course, students will consider the important role aesthetics play in engaging and appealing to an audience. The course will examine the theories of sight, sound, and motion as applied to the design of communication products for different media formats. Students will learn strategies for creative composition and consider the psychological and physiological implications of images. Lastly, the course will examine differences in aesthetics across cultures and how these differences impact their professional media projects. Communication Theories and Aesthetics Media Aesthetic Strategies An Overview of Human Interaction Design Media Aesthetics Across Cultures Effective Media Design Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Organizational Aesthetics MCM 4911 Career Development Skills: Media Communications The Career Development Skills: Media Communications Course will assist the student in understanding all of the various career fields available to today s media communications professional. The course will review career sources and various types of employment information that students can use to research their desired career field. Along with this course, the student will begin to work with Full Sail s Career Development Department. The Career Development Department specializes in providing specific career support skills and assists the student with the job-seeking process. An Overview of Media Communications Professions Media Professional Communities and Organizations Introduction to Media Communications Career Internet Sources and Job Data Sources Independent Contract Employment vs. Full-Time Employment Career Trends in Media Communications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 3011 Digital Video and Editing Principles The Digital Video and Editing Principles Course covers the fundamental techniques and concepts of digital video, editing principles, and visual storytelling. The concept of visual storytelling will be explored and analyzed within various media applications to demonstrate the importance of constructing a fully developed idea using images. The course will review the process of video editing throughout the entire development of a media project. There is an emphasis on image sequencing and story continuity, the use of visual effects, color correction, media management, narration, and industry terminology. Students will apply these concepts to a digital video project that showcases effective storytelling through the use of technology. Traditional Editing Concepts and Theories The Discipline of the Frame Video Aesthetics as a Communication Tool Visual Storytelling Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 3231 Digital Audio Applications In the Digital Audio Applications Course, students will explore technologies and techniques for producing and manipulating digital audio for a variety of media communications applications. Topics include digital representation of sound, audio recording and production, real-time performance issues, and the application of digital audio to multimedia, streaming media, video games, and other forms of interactive content. Basics of Sound Digital Editing Digital Audio Introduction to Digital Audio Production Digital Audio Application Principles The Power of Sound Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 174

Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 3333 Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling The Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling Course explores transmedia s impact on audience behavior, media culture, and its relevance as a media communication tool as well as the influence of the gaming industry on transmedia. Students will survey the history of transmedia, theories set forth by industry pioneers, and the trends created by current leaders in field. Students will also examine how gaming influences transmedia marketing and audience engagement, and will learn how to measure transmedia s impact with a variety of media metrics. Additionally, students will analyze the difference between transmedia and crossmedia, as well as passive narrative and collaborative storytelling. History of Transmedia Transmedia Pioneers to Current Industry Leaders Audience Behavior and Media Culture Role of Gaming in Transmedia Marketing and Audience Engagement Measuring the Transmedia Impact Crossmedia vs Transmedia Passive Narrative vs. Collaborative Storytelling MCM 2855 Graphic Design and Communications In the Graphic Design and Communications Course, students examine principles, concepts, and applications that will strengthen communication efforts with graphic design projects. The course instructs students through the process of creating, producing, and distributing graphic material. Students explore the historical development of graphic design, from the advent of printing to the emergence of web design. Students review how words and images are coupled to convey data, concepts, and emotions. In addition, students explore the development phases of the graphic communications process from the origination of the idea to the reproduction, finishing, and distribution of multimedia products. An Introduction to Graphic Design Graphic Design and Communication Principles History of Design Communications Basic Graphic Design Tools The Design Process Critical Observation of Graphics Within a Variety of Media Communications MCM 1001 Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies The Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies Course provides students with a brief history and an overview of contemporary forms of media communication. It surveys the main topics in the field and enables students to examine a variety of analytical and strategic perspectives, while being introduced to industry production tools and techniques. Areas of study highlight the many roles of media professionals, the media campaign creation process, and the impact of new media technologies. Students will learn how to make sense of the dynamic field of media communications through a critical analysis of real-world media campaigns, serving as a foundation to build their own media strategies. History of Media Communication Roles of Media Professionals Media Analysis and Strategy Introduction Production Tools and Techniques Media Campaign Creation Process MCM 4821 Media Anthropology The Media Anthropology Course uses an anthropological approach to examine the role of media technologies in contemporary cultural and global transformations. Students will focus on how social worlds are formed and inhabited through the production, circulation, and consumption of media technologies. Drawing on case studies from around the world, students will explore the politics of media representation, how visual media reconfigures modern experiences of social interaction, and the social and virtual worlds created through diverse kinds of contemporary media. An Exploration of Anthropology and Media Modern Anthropology and Cultural Viewpoints Brief History of Cultures through a Media Viewpoint Cultural Sensitivities and Media Representations Media Anthropology Case Studies Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 175

Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 4231 Media Communications and Public Relations The Media Communications and Public Relations Course field of public relations and its connection to media communications. Students will explore the arranging, handling, and evaluating of public relations and media communications programs. The course will convey to students how the effective use of media can strengthen a public relations strategy. Students will work with relevant case histories and deal with contemporary topics using media in public relations. Ethics and Responsibility Public Relations and Propaganda Press Releases and Public Relations Campaigns Media Case Studies in Public Relations Global Media and Communications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 2099, MCM 3089, MCM 3099, MCM 4099, MCM 4199 Media Communications Portfolio Project I, II, III, IV, & V Students in the Media Communications Bachelor of Science degree program will complete a five-part Media Communications Portfolio Project Course as part of their degree requirements. Portfolio projects will apply the knowledge learned in the program. The portfolio process enables faculty to assist the student in areas of weakness, support areas of strength, and provide additional support throughout the student s academic and creative development. Faculty members will be able to talk with students about their progress and provide mentoring regarding their program, career, and life goals. A portfolio project will be judged on both the quality and presentation of the material. Students will display accuracy, creativity, and technical expertise in the work presented, along with enthusiasm and professionalism of delivery. New vs. Traditional Media Impact and Application of New Media Designing a Portfolio Portfolio Analysis and Comparisons Completion of Portfolio Design Refining and Uploading Portfolio Samples Establishing a Portfolio Design and Concept Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Total credit hours 2.00/3.00 each Course length 4 weeks MCM 2313 Media Communications Project Management A project is an independent mission that has many developmental components beyond just a beginning and an end. It is imperative that today s media professional understands the processes involved in executing comprehensive media projects. In the Media Communications Project Management Course, students learn to create and manage project plans from the concept, to the script, and through production. Project-management specifics that will be examined include team leadership, creating templates, budgets, invoicing, treatments, presentations, and considerations related to specific delivery platforms. Students will also learn how to evaluate their project design through reflective research methods. Overview of Media Project Management Spreadsheet Basics Online Collaboration Techniques Media Project Management Case Studies Roles in Project Management Project Team Leadership Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4441 Media Entrepreneurship The Media Entrepreneurship Course introduces students to the basics of entrepreneurship and the evolving business models for media. The course investigates general concepts of entrepreneurship and how digital technologies and the Internet are transforming media economics. Students will use recent news and communication start-ups as case studies for applying entrepreneurial principles. Changing Media Economics Media Business Ideas and Case Studies Overview of Media Business Models Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 176

Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 4353 Media Law and Telecommunications Policies The Media Law and Telecommunications Policies Course explores legal topics that communication professionals need to understand in order to do their job effectively. Students will learn how to evaluate slander, libel, and defamation issues. Copyright, trademark, and privacy laws will be addressed, including the fair use doctrine that may allow the use of excerpt materials on and off the Internet under certain circumstances. First Amendment issues will also be covered, including the government regulation of advertising and speech in the media. Introduction to Media Law Overview of Telecommunication Policies First Amendment Issues Slander, Libel, and Defamation Issues Copyright, Trademark, and Privacy Laws Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4111 Media Psychology The Media Psychology Course teaches the students how to evaluate the psychological aspects of media. A fundamental understanding of media psychology is necessary to comprehend the psychological impacts of media technologies on the individual viewer and on society. This field of psychology encompasses the full range of human experiences of media, including affect, cognition, and behavior. Students will study multiple forms of mediated communication, such as pictures, sound, graphics, content, and emerging technologies. Students will also use their research skills to investigate examples of contemporary media communication from a variety of media. Overview of Media Psychology Media and Perception Media and Thinking Media and Emotion Applications of Media Psychology Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 4613 Media Publishing and Distribution The goal of the Media Publishing and Distribution Course is to introduce students to the complex world of media publishing and new media distribution methodologies. With the advent of digital information systems and the Internet, the scope of publishing has expanded to include a variety of electronic resources, such as the electronic versions of books and periodicals, micropublishing, websites, blogs, and video games. This course focuses on contemporary issues affecting media publishing and distribution. Students will study new digital publishing and distribution models, as well as traditional models. History of Publishing and Distribution Exploration of New Media Publishing and Distribution Models Digital Rights Management Legal Issues and Distribution Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 3823 New Media Journalism and Communications The New Media Journalism and Communications Course explores new media journalism and the role of journalism in today s digital landscape. Students will examine the latest media content creation technologies and techniques, as well as review how today s journalist uses these tools to effectively communicate to different media communities. Journalism will be studied in terms of its influence and cultural significance among communities. A variety of writing, reporting, and editing techniques used in new media communications will be reviewed. An Overview of New Media Journalism Traditional Journalism vs. New Media Journalism Ethics and New Journalism Journalism as a Cultural Influence Styles of Great Journalists, Past and Present Voice Legal Issues in Journalism Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 1203 New Media Tools In the New Media Tools Course, students will examine and evaluate new media tools along with past methods and reflect upon the various ways each has been effectively used. Students will explore a variety of media that are used in digital and online environments to accomplish course projects and further their understanding of new media tools, including images, text, and streaming video and audio. Students will gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and challenges of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. Through studying examples of existing interactive programs, students will develop strategies to solve real-world problems, which will assist them in their future media careers. An Examination of Traditional Media Tools vs. New Media Tools An Overview of Digital Video Digital Audio Applications Multimedia Storytelling and New Media Tools Applications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development OVA 1000 Overview of the Visual Arts Industries The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers. An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 177

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education MCM 2651 Research in Media Communications The Research in Media Communications Course covers how to conduct academic and professional research that will assist students with their academic coursework. Students will design basic data-gathering instruments, collect data, and assimilate information from various sources to substantiate and support their media communications projects. Students will be introduced to the major research methodologies, communication theories, and topics of study within media research. These theories, models, and methods will then be applied toward the development of students research projects in order to stress the importance of research. Students will discuss and examine qualitative and quantitative methods of media research employed within the industry. Along with specific media communication research, students will also review and utilize academic research strategies to support their findings. Sources of Media and Communication Research Qualitative Research Methods Quantitative Research Methods Descriptive Statistics Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development MCM 3415 Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles The Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles Course serves as a general introduction to web design for the communications student. Students explore various web design theories through multiple activities, which require the students to evaluate form versus function as the concept relates to website design and communications strategies. Topics include embedded media; page, site, and content design; usability; and emerging technologies. Students investigate how to develop a content strategy and learn the importance of adhering to web standards. Introduction to Web Design Principles Web Design and Communications Case Studies Web Design and Communications Strategies Evolution of Web Design and Future Trends Multimedia Asset Production and Content Management Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Principles of Effective Web Design ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Art History Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-Modern Art Audience Awareness MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra and applied mathematics that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses mathematics in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Graphing Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models Linear Equations & Inequalities This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 178

Course Descriptions General Education DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness ENC 1102 English Composition II The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own. Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources PHY 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Personal Image Presence and Image of Written Communication Presentation Strategies DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Critical-Thinking Skills Play and the Brain Collaboration and Team Building This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 179

Course Descriptions General Education ENC 2110 Technical Writing The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each. Document Copywriting Document Publishing Development Life Cycle Collaboration Internet Support Sites MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 180

Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program As more and more companies depend on design and branding strategies for success, those plans require more integrated and sophisticated solutions. Utilizing multiple forms of visual media print, web, television means that ideas must be conceived and implemented by creative professionals who understand the big picture and can meet the demands of both the boardroom and the design studio. Before a designer ever picks up a pencil (or mouse), an entire strategic process takes place, as creative directors bridge the gap between inspiration and effective messaging, looking for ways to maximize the impact that a single picture or just a few well-placed words can have on an audience. Bridging that gap means taking your design skills and creative intuition and channeling them into a plan that is strategically effective. The Media Design Master of Fine Arts program at Full Sail is designed to equip you with the branding and strategy tools creative professionals need to handle those key projects. Areas of Focus Theory of Design Fine Arts Production Modeling Workflow Animation Design Document/ Effects Thesis Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 181

brand STRATEGIC Areas of Focus DEVELOPMENT development and design ethics, will better enable you to create outstanding the PROCESS communications and experiences. ATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES SOLUTIONS CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE Theory of Design In the Media Design MFA program, you ll dive into the strategic solutions needed for the complex challenges that companies encounter throughout the creative process. A fundamental understanding of the theories behind effective visual messaging is an integral part of finding those solutions. Connecting with an audience is the goal of any communications, and your design campaigns will need to be rooted in the fundamental concepts storytelling, defining client needs, consumer psychology, and more that allow you to understand and reach out to your audience. Those elements, along with design theory concepts such as brand understanding design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging design SOLUTIONS brand DEVELOPMENT SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS CONCEPTS pitch ideas CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging design SOLUTIONS brand DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS STYLE GUIDES SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES CAMPAIGNS CONCEPTS pitch ideas CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS understanding the PROCESS understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging design SOLUTIONS STYLE GUI CAMPAIGN SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 182

Areas of Focus brand DEVELOPMENT SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE Production Workflow To understand the strategy behind any design solution, you also need to understand the process that branding studios and design houses go through in creating media projects. During the program, you ll learn how to move a project from the conceptual stage, through production, and into a finished state that satisfies its design objectives. You ll study the production workflow for a variety of different media types and platforms as you explore the inner workings of producing professional quality deliverables. It s an approach to production that is designed to give you a wide array of skills that can be utilized in the creative direction of any project you may encounter. brand DEVELOPMENT understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging design SOLUTIONS understanding the PROCESS STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS CONCEPTS pitch ideas CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS brand DEVELOPMENT SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES STRATEGIC STYLE GUIDES SOLUTIONS CAMPAIGNS STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program des E T H I C EFFECTIVE visual design SOLUT 183

Areas of Focus brand DEVELOPMENT rstanding SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES he PROCESS STRATEGIC design SOLUTIONS E T H I C S aging CONNECTING with the AUDIENCE FFECTIVE visual messaging STYLE GUIDES brand CAMPAIGNS understanding DEVELOPMENT SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES CONCEPTS the PROCESS STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS design STYLE GUIDES CONNECTING CAMPAIGNS with the AUDIENCE pitch E T H I C S EFFECTIVE CONCEPTS visual messaging design ideas CAMPAIGNS pitch ideas COMMUNICATIONS SOLUTIONS understanding the PROCESS design E T H I C S EFFECTIVE visual messaging CONCEPTS design STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS SOLUTIONS pitch ideas CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS CONCEPTS Design Document/Thesis pitch As you work your way throughout the Media Design MFA Degree Program, you ll be required to choose ideas a complex media design challenge that you ll work towards solving over the course of the program. CAMPAIGNS Everything you learn and work on will be entered into your own Design Document, a reference guide COMMUNICATIONS and log of the skills and knowledge that you ll accumulate during the program. That document will be an integral part of your Thesis/Final Project, where you ll formally present a Design Solution Project to a panel of professionals and peers. Your presentation will include the Design Document, a style guide, and a campaign that will make a case for your idea. Your Design Document will also serve as a working template that you can use to pitch ideas and concepts to future employers. MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 184

Overview Full Sail s Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program (MDMFA) provides you with an in-depth look at design and the role that it plays in bridging the gap between the design studio and the boardroom. As today s successful companies rely heavily on strong visual representation to deliver their message to the public, the ability to direct those visuals is an increasingly vital asset to employers everywhere. The program begins with focusing on the theory behind effective media design. You ll study concepts that drive successful design campaigns, including research, client communications, and team dynamics. You ll also get hands-on experience with design production while learning the steps of the production process used by companies worldwide. Along the way, you ll gather your work into a Design Document that represents everything you ve learned. you ll be prepared to handle whatever key projects you encounter in the fast-paced world of media design. To help you make the transition into the design industry or further develop your current career, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective Our goal is to provide you with a focused knowledge and understanding of design research, psychological and motivational theories, ethics of design, media design elements, and technology applications to enhance your ability to solve complex design problems in academic, entertainment, and corporate environments. Upon completion of this master s degree program, you ll also have writing, time management, and team-building skills that you can use in the development and execution of compelling design solutions. This combination of skills and knowledge can be used to propel your career in the multiple fields of the media design industry. Finally, you ll be responsible for creating a Design Solution Project that makes use of your knowledge of branding, strategy, and workflow, then presenting that project to a panel of professionals and peers. By channeling your artistic skills into a vision that s both creative and professional, MEDIA DESIGN OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 185

Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MDM 530 Brand Development 5.00 MDM 525 Defining Client Needs 5.00 MDM 620 Design Integration 5.00 MDM 565 Design Research 5.00 MDM 615 Design Strategies and Motivation 5.00 MDM 555 Effective Copywriting 5.00 MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership 3.00 MDM 640 Measuring Design Effectiveness 5.00 MDM 650 Multi-Platform Delivery 5.00 MDM 570 Organizational Structures 5.00 MDM 691 Professional Practice 5.00 MDM 690 Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution 5.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP DEFINING CLIENT NEEDS BRAND DEVELOPMENT EFFECTIVE COPYWRITING DESIGN RESEARCH 6 7 8 9 10 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES DESIGN STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION 11 12 THESIS: PRESENTATION OF DESIGN SOLUTION PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE DESIGN INTEGRATION MULTI-PLATFORM DELIVERY MEASURING DESIGN EFFECTIVENESS Totals: 58.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 58 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 186

Course Descriptions Program Core MDM 530 Brand Development Understanding a company or institution s brand and knowing how to research, analyze, and promote its core values is essential in developing effective marketing communications. In the Brand Development Course, students will explore the history and processes of brand development in media design through case studies and learn how to utilize some of the basic tools used in the marketing profession. In applying this knowledge to creative projects, students will gain additional insight into their research that they can then utilize in future projects. Introduction to Brand Development Analysis of the Marketplace Identifying Brand Essence and Core Values Communicating to Target Audiences Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MDM 525 Defining Client Needs Successful media designers understand their clients industries and can implement design strategies that can elevate their brand in a competitive marketplace. In the Defining Client Needs Course, students explore the designer-client relationship and investigate research strategies and methods for developing effective multimedia campaigns. Assignments address target markets and methods for testing prototypical design solutions. Research Methodology Understanding Industry Trends Defining Goals and Objectives Prototyping and Testing Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MDM 620 Design Integration In the Design Integration Course, research, critical thinking, discussion, and critique help to provide students with a solid foundation from which to proceed in exploring new directions in their design projects. Techniques of incorporating innovation and methods of developing creativity are explored as students further expand their capabilities and refine their work. Through the integration of new ideas and methods of utilizing media, students prepare for the ever-changing landscape of the media design profession. Convergence and Design Researching New Directions in Media Design Exploring New Media Through Prototypes Documentation of Processes Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MDM 565 Design Research Translating concepts into visual communications requires the ability to research information, explore options, and apply critical thinking skills to find the most appropriate solutions. In the Design Research Course, students learn the process of exploring and evaluating design options as they investigate many of the research methods and tools used in the profession. Application of these strategies leads to more informed design decisions. Introduction to Design Research Developing Research Strategies Visual Exploration and Iteration Methods of Evaluation Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MDM 615 Design Strategies and Motivation In the Design Strategies and Motivation Course, students refine the concepts developed in previous courses with the objective of maximizing the impact and effect of their communications. By combining research and online creative resources with 21st century skills, students create a range of professional visualizations of their concepts and ideas. The exploration of various design options and strategies along with an understanding of how best to implement and apply them, teaches the critical skills necessary for success in the design industry. Strategies for Developing Visual Concepts Application of Visual Concepts Refining Through Critical Analysis Extending Concepts to Multiple Media Applications Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MDM 555 Effective Copywriting Successful media designers are visual and verbal communicators. The Effective Copywriting Course prepares students for the profession by teaching the nuances of writing for advertising, corporate communications, and presentations. Students complete a series of projects that help to develop their skills in writing persuasively while explaining and defending the rationale behind their decisions based on research. Throughout the course, students are required to polish their writing skills in order to extend the power of their design and to craft effective communications. Introduction to Copywriting Fundamentals Utilizing Resources Organizing Research Information Writing a Research Paper Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 187

Course Descriptions Program Core MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership At the level of a master s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject. Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies MDM 640 Measuring Design Effectiveness By exploring the various ways to measure the success of design solutions, students gain a better understanding of how design work is perceived and interpreted by target audiences. To capture a holistic perspective of the media design experience, students in the Measuring Design Effectiveness Course examine multiple points of view, further their research, and apply higher-level critical thinking skills through a variety of assignments and discussions. Basic concepts regarding metrics and marketing strategies and how they are implemented in the industry are also discussed as students refine their presentation skills Marketing Research Tactics Metrics of Design Effectiveness MDM 650 Multi-Platform Delivery Today s professional media designer is knowledgeable in the various types of media available for communicating information. In the Multi-Platform Delivery Course, students develop a plan for creating professional-quality deliverables from the research and exploration completed in the previous courses. Emphasis is placed on designing for a variety of possible platforms with the goal of developing a unified multi-media campaign. The work is evaluated through critique and refined through iteration in preparation for its presentation. Planning a Multi-Media Campaign Developing Criteria for Critique Implementing Change Through Iteration Making a Persuasive Presentation Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MDM 570 Organizational Structures In the Organizational Structures Course, students learn to organize, process, and evaluate information obtained from their research. By creating media applications derived from earlier investigations, students utilize processes and workflow consistent with professional practice in many of today s top design firms. Emphasis is placed on creativity, innovation, and bringing work to a professional level of execution. Students receive feedback on their work in a way that promotes teamwork and collaboration with peers. Methods of Organizing Research Applying Research to Media Types Understanding Professional Workflow Developing Strategies for Teamwork Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MDM 691 Professional Practice Today s Media Designer works in a highly competitive field. To achieve success, designers must articulate and manage processes, understand legal and ethical issues on a global scale, and be able to present themselves and their capabilities at the highest level of professionalism. The Professional Practice course provides the platform and the tools to achieve these goals, and helps the designer find and navigate the pathways to success in the media design profession. Understanding Today s Job Market and Opportunities Ethics in Today s Global Economy Working with Intellectual Property Refining Presentation Skills Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MDM 690 Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution This course simulates the conditions of a professional working environment in which each student is required to make an online presentation of their thesis project to a panel of professionals. Using established criteria and guidelines, students in the Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution Course will present their projects and explain how their research, preliminary investigations, and applications contributed to the process used to arrive at their final design solutions. Organizing Content for Presentation Final Preparation of Presentation Presentation of Multi-Media Campaign Processing and Analyzing Viewer Response Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks Prototypes and User Testing Refining Presentation Skills Total credit hours 5.00 Course length 4 weeks MEDIA DESIGN Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 188

Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program Mobile devices have become an integral part of our lives, perhaps more than we often realize. To put it in perspective, just think about how disconnected you felt the last time you forgot your cell phone or tablet computer at home. This technology keeps us connected to massive amounts of information wherever we go, with customizable applications that provide real-time data, productivity, and global communication at the touch of a button. Developers have only scratched the surface of what mobile devices are capable of, and companies are looking for talented programmers and designers to fill the demand for innovative software. Through Full Sail s Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program, you ll learn the programming and interactive design skills needed to create applications and games for the industry s most popular formats. This growing market offers a wide range of creative possibilities, and this program is designed to prepare you for a career shaping the future of these platforms. Areas of Focus Fine Arts Design Modeling Usability Animation Effects Programming Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 189

Areas of Focus Design The versatility of modern mobile devices offers unlimited potential for engaging consumers with original content. It s more than just having a great idea for an application or game, though; the challenge comes from being able to maximize the design and user experience, while also playing to the functionality of the device it will run on. In the Mobile Development degree program, you ll learn how to strike that balance in dedicated design courses that teach creative theories in art direction, user experience, and playability as they relate to different platforms. These concepts include the importance of giving your application or game a strong visual identity and appropriate sense of pacing, as well as supporting that aesthetic with layout, color palettes, and audio design. You ll put those design theories to work by developing simple applications that are conceptually strong, and can engage the imagination of users with their presentation and interactivity. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT DESIGN MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 190

Areas of Focus DESIGN DESIGN USABILITY USABILITY PROGRAMMING Usability PROGRAMMING How many times have you downloaded an application, only to find out that the interface is confusing and unresponsive? Whether you re using productivity software or playing a game, there s nothing more frustrating than a poor sense of control. The Mobile Development degree program addresses these concerns as they relate to different components of application design, such as menu navigation, user input, and access to saved information and media. Classes like Mobile User Experience and Immersive Application Development teach students to fine tune a program s input response to each kind of hardware configuration, including touchscreens and keypads. The Mobile Player Experience class addresses the importance of usability as it relates to different types of mobile games where intuitive controls are as important to the gameplay as the story and level design. By mastering the subtleties of the mobile user experience, you ll be able to create engaging software that plays to the unique strengths of different interactive formats. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 191

Areas of Focus USABILITY PROGRAMMING Programming Despite their size, mobile devices are powerful pieces of hardware capable of handling increasingly complicated functions. Being able to master their architecture is key to becoming an effective software developer, and core MOBILE DEVELOPMENT classes in the Mobile Development program teach the same programming tools that are used to create professional applications and games. You ll be introduced to languages like Java, Objective C, DESIGN PHP, MySQL, and XHTML, which are the basic tools of mobile developers. As you progress through the degree, you ll learn increasingly powerful functions of these languages, which will be applied to small applications that you design and code from scratch. Since portable technology depends heavily on online USABILITY interaction, the program also provides an in-depth study of how to integrate that connectivity into your software. This is taught in courses that cover proprietary development tools for popular consumer products like the iphone, ipad, and Android-based devices. PROGRAMMING MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 192

Overview The Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program addresses the need for professional software developers who can create innovative mobile and web-based applications for today s cell phones, tablet computers, and other portable devices. As a student in the program you ll be presented with a thorough, evolving curriculum that provides a complete study of the processes used in professional application production. You ll be taught how to locate potential industry needs, research your user base, design the visual aesthetics and interactivity of your application, and use that research to create a comprehensive software plan. Technical courses cover the actual production of that concept, and you ll learn standard programming languages like Java, Objective C, MySQL, and XHTML to develop the engine your application will run on. You ll expand on that architecture by learning how to implement audio and visual assets, and balance the usability of your interface whether it s a business application or a game to create the perfect user experience. Students also benefit from business and management courses that cover topics in marketing, professional communication and presentation, software copywriting, publishing, and technical writing. The combination of this material will help you build a foundation as a well-rounded software developer capable of working on a variety of mobile content. To help you make that transition into your career after graduation, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The objective of the Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding of software design and development, mobile and web-based applications, and the usability concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as software application designers and developers, ios and Android mobile application designers and developers, entertainment, education, and banking application programmers, and a variety of other positions in the mobile and web-based software field. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 193

Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MDV 3330 Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.00 MDV 2210 Advanced Visual Frameworks 4.00 MDV 2550 Apple Programming Language: Objective C 4.00 MDV 4210 Application Deployment I: iphone and ipad 4.00 MDV 4330 Application Deployment II: Android 4.00 MDV 4510 Cross-Platform Mobile Development 4.00 MDV 4710 Immersive Application Deployment 4.00 MDV 4920 Integrated Product Deployment 4.00 MDV 4910 Integrated Product Development 4.00 MDV 2830 Java I 4.00 MDV 3830 Java II 4.00 MDV 3910 Mobile Business and Marketing 4.00 MDV 3630 Mobile Development Frameworks I 4.00 MDV 3730 Mobile Development Frameworks II 4.00 MDV 3850 Mobile Development Frameworks III 4.00 MDV 4630 Mobile Game Design 4.00 MDV 1630 Mobile Interfaces and Usability 4.00 MDV 1310 Mobile Media Design I 4.00 MDV 1410 Mobile Media Design II 4.00 MDV 4110 Mobile Player Experience 4.00 MDV 3110 Mobile User Experience 4.00 ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 PMA 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 PMA 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 PMA 203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 PMA 204 Project Management and Assessment IV 1.00 MDV 2330 Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.00 MDV 1830 Visual Frameworks 4.00 Totals: 99.00 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours ART 2006 Art History 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 MGF 1040 Finite Math 4.00 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 MGF 1340 Statistics 4.00 ENC 2110 Technical Writing 4.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 129 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I 6 7 8 9 10 SCALABLE DATA INFRASTRUCTURES MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN I VISUAL FRAMEWORKS MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II FINITE MATH MOBILE INTERFACES & USABILITY 11 12 13 14 15 ADVANCED SCALABLE DATA INFRASTRUCTURES ADVANCED VISUAL FRAMEWORKS TECHNICAL WRITING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II APPLE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE: OBJECTIVE C MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS I 16 17 18 19 20 MOBILE USER EXPERIENCE ART HISTORY MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS II FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT I: IPHONE AND IPAD 21 22 23 24 25 JAVA I JAVA II MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS III APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT II: ANDROID CROSS-PLATFORM MOBILE DEVELOPMENT 26 27 28 29 30 MOBILE PLAYER EXPERIENCE MOBILE GAME DESIGN 31 32 INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT IMMERSIVE APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT STATISTICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT IV MOBILE BUSINESS & MARKETING This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 194

Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 3330 Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures The Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures Course builds on the Scalable Data Infrastructures course by introducing database concepts and expanding the programming base of students. Students build larger web applications using standard design patterns and group development strategies. Students enable team participation utilizing source control and industry standard revision control software. Web Application Development Architecture Databases and Query Languages Source Control Application Design Refactoring MDV 2210 Advanced Visual Frameworks The Advanced Visual Frameworks Course teaches students advanced concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. This course emphasizes document optimization for advanced mobile devices and search engine optimization. Students balance nascent technological advances in document structure and markup with established standards. Current and Future Markup Standards Advanced Style Sheet Selectors Absolute Positioning and Layout Optimizing for Automated Content Transfer MDV 2550 Apple Programming Language: Objective C The Apple Development Language: Objective C Course focuses on application development utilizing the Objective C language while building on prior knowledge that students gained in Scalable Data Structures courses, and also in building small applications and widgets. Core object oriented programming concepts such as encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism will be discussed, as well as the core C constructs that Objective C employs. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to create basic applications using Objective C and will be armed with a foundational understanding of the Objective C language. Objective C Language Overview Pointers and References Control Structures Web Service Integration Event Handling MDV 4210 Application Deployment I: iphone and ipad The Application Deployment I: iphone and ipad Course requires students to create and deploy an application to an ios device by building upon concepts introduced in the Mobile Frameworks and Objective C courses. Upon successful completion of the ios Application course, students produce an interactive application that can be deployed on Apple s ios devices. Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery Application Packaging MDV 4330 Application Deployment II: Android The Application Deployment II: Android Course requires students to create and deploy an application to an Android powered device. Students build upon concepts introduced in the previous programming courses and work through the processes involved by researching and implementing project management techniques. Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery Application Packaging MDV 4510 Cross-Platform Mobile Development The Cross-Platform Mobile Development Course explores techniques and concepts involved in developing applications for multiple devices on different platforms. In this course, students create basic applications that can be deployed to different devices and experience the possibilities and challenges of developing applications for multiple platforms while gaining an understanding of the complications and opportunities that a fragmented mobile market provides. Cross-Platform Options Device Considerations Device Testing Multiple Device Deployment MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 195

Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 4710 Immersive Application Deployment The Immersive Application Deployment Course reinforces and builds upon previous courses by challenging students with designing and developing their own mobile game. Students apply project management principles as they build their game and complete the course with an understanding of the processes involved in creating a game in mobile space. Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery MDV 4920 Integrated Product Deployment The Integrated Product Deployment Course simulates the conditions of a professional environment in which students will be required to deploy their mobile applications for multiple handheld and web-based devices. In addition, students deliver all of their design work and process pieces, academic research, and code for review. The Mobile Development team then critiques students work for product functionality and design. The results represents students final grade and evaluation. Final Preparation of Deliverables Delivery of All Mobile-Based Applications Delivery of Supporting Materials Final Review and Revision of Campaign MDV 4910 Integrated Product Development The Integrated Product Development Course helps students polish their professional quality mobile-based deliverables on multiple platforms as required in today s mobile design world. This course provides an opportunity for students to create the most effective and professional quality products as possible. Students work on creating an integrated approach for presenting their mobile-based work and show their abilities by creating multiple products across various mobile application platforms. Critical Analysis of Mobile Applications Integration/Migration Techniques Creation of Project Plan Finalize Mobile Applications MDV 2830 Java I Java has been a steady hand in the mobile world for some time. The Java I Course is designed to help students transfer existing programming knowledge to the Java language. Students in this course explore the fundamentals of the language and existing Java API as it applies to the mobile world. The Java I course prepares students for development on a myriad of mobile devices. Java Constructs Language Fundamentals Language APIs Creating User Interfaces MDV 3830 Java II The Java II Course expands upon topics covered in Java I while incorporating best practices for the Java language. Students become reacquainted with Object Oriented concepts previously explored as they apply these concepts to the Java language. Students also examine the processes involved in consuming a myriad of data sources. Exceptions Applying OOP Concepts Data Handling Web Service Integration MDV 3910 Mobile Business and Marketing The Mobile Business and Marketing Course teaches students that the success of mobile media design can be measured and marketed in several ways. To capture a holistic perspective of the mobile media design experience, multiple points of view, outside research, and critical thinking are encouraged within assignments and discussions. Basic concepts regarding metrics such as R.O.I. and mobile application marketing strategies are also introduced. Students learn to effectively use words, audio, and visuals in conjunction with sound reasoning to create persuasive and compelling presentations of their work. In addition, the course challenges students to aggregate information from previous courses into making a professional presentation and furthering the completion of their mobile applications. Marketing Strategies Effective Presentation Techniques Metrics of Design Effectiveness Understanding the Mobile Marketplace MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 196

Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 3630 Mobile Development Frameworks I The Mobile Development Frameworks I Course focuses on the development of frameworks which can often speed up development time but also introduce an initial learning curve. In this course, students explore the basic techniques and concepts involved in developing mobile applications using the CocoaTouch Framework. By using these techniques, students begin to develop mobile applications that incorporate accepted usability standards. Frameworks Overview User Interface Controls Notifications Gestures MDV 3730 Mobile Development Frameworks II In the Mobile Development Frameworks II Course, students continue to explore the benefits of using the CocoaTouch framework while relying on the concepts of the Mobile Development Frameworks I course. Students research and use advanced techniques to further integrate their applications into the ios operating system. Upon completion of the Mobile Development Frameworks II course, students are prepared to develop applications for the ios operating system. Architecture Sandboxes Multitasking Advanced Device Integration MDV 3850 Mobile Development Frameworks III The Mobile Development Frameworks III Course presents techniques and concepts involved in developing mobile applications using the Android SDK. By using these techniques, students begin to develop usable mobile applications for the Android operating system. In addition, students research advanced techniques to further integrate their applications into the Android operating system. Frame Overview User Interface Controls Architecture Advanced Device Integration MDV 4630 Mobile Game Design The Mobile Game Design Course focuses on what it takes to make an application immersive as they research how to design games for mobile space. In this course, students gain the skills required to add the element of fun into their applications. Game Animation Device Interactivity Features Performance Techniques Connectivity MDV 1630 Mobile Interfaces and Usability The Mobile Interfaces and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create usable interfaces optimized for handheld devices. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces. The course examines interaction principles, experiential, and gestural design patterns relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs associated with human factors that drive touch screen interfaces. Usability Theories Interaction Principles Visualization Concepts Ergonomic Design Principles MDV 1310 Mobile Media Design I The Mobile Media Design I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes vector graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and provides students with a thorough understanding of the basic techniques and tools used for designing compelling interfaces for mobile applications. Working with Vector Graphics Compression Techniques Understanding Color Theory Interface Design Concepts MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 197

Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 1410 Mobile Media Design II The Mobile Media Design II Course teaches students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes raster graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and expands the knowledge of digital color models and interface composition to create a more visual compelling aesthetic optimized for handheld delivery. Advanced Vector Graphics Handheld Aesthetics Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications MDV 4110 Mobile Player Experience The Mobile Player Experience Course focuses on the fun factor incorporated into casual game play on mobile devices. Unlike user experience in that it focuses on increasing efficiency and ease-of-use of task-oriented, productivity applications, player experience focuses on increasing player engagement and enjoyment with immersive applications. In this course students gain a fundamental understanding of game mechanics to help set the pace for players on mobile devices. Students examine and utilize the four fun keys to develop short rewarding mobile games that create immersive and emotionally engaging player experiences. Understanding of Gaming Theory Analysis of Game Play Development of Player Experience Profiles Emotional Strategy for Mobile Games MDV 3110 Mobile User Experience The Mobile User Experience Course focuses on the overall experience and satisfaction rating users have while interacting with a product or computer based system. As users interact with these systems via a collection of combined interfaces, the process for accomplishing a task or achieving a goal is created. In this course, students learn to approach each problem by identifying its parts and then break up those parts into a collection of smaller tasks. Through closer examination of each task, students leverage their understanding of usability and interaction design. The results improve users experiences by increasing the efficiency and productivity of handheld devices. Understanding of Project Analysis Task Analysis Fundamental Interaction Design Development of Usability/ Interaction Strategy ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path. An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries PMA 101, 102, 203, 204 Project Management and Assessment I to IV The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks each MDV 2330 Scalable Data Infrastructures The Scalable Data Infrastructures Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create web services which function as data sources for mobile applications. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating functional, service-oriented application programming interfaces. Students learn standard data typing and flow control methodologies as well as basic networking concepts. Networking and Internet Protocols Programming Variables and Data Types Program Flow and Control Program Logic Structures MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 198

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education MDV 1830 Visual Frameworks The Visual Frameworks Course teaches students basic concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. The course enables students to deconstruct raster and vector designs into documents that are styled for visual effect, but also machine-readable for optimum content extraction on mobile devices, search engines, and assistive software. History of Hypertext Markup Standards Cascading Style Sheet Selector Basics Relative Positioning and Layout Web Asset Creation ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship MGF 1040 Finite Math The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments. Algebraic Operations Logic & Probability Theory Linear Programming Matrices & Determinants Combinatorics Sets & Number Theory Digital Geometry Proofs and Ordered Sets This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 199

Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena. Nomenclature Newtonian Physics Basic Collision Detection Basic Collision Reaction Application of Physics MGF 1340 Statistics The Statistics Course provides students with an introduction to both statistics and probability. In the first half of this course, students will learn the basics of statistics including data collection and tabulation, data analysis (such as calculating mean, medium, mode of a data set), and data graphing. In the probability section of the class, students will examine counting rules, sample spaces, and probability distributions (including the normal distribution and the Monty Hall distribution), along with the statistical analyses of these distributions. Students will use Microsoft Excel to organize, graph, and analyze gathered data. Descriptive Statistics and Data Collection Mathematics of Statistics Central Limit Theorem Mean and Variance Probability and Distribution Statistical Analysis and Application DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building ENC 2110 Technical Writing The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each. Document Copywriting Development Life Cycle Internet Support Sites Document Publishing Collaboration This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 200

Mobile Gaming Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program Thanks to the widespread use of mobile devices, consumers of all ages are drawn to games more than ever before. This industry brings its own unique challenges and opportunities, and needs professionals who understand the technological, psychological, and financial aspects of mobile game development to fulfill key industry roles. In the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program, your courses directly relate to the roles and workflow found in a game studio from concept development to advanced programming, QA testing, and deployment. You ll expand on your programming skills and learn how to maximize the game experience by utilizing mobile technologies such as GPS to enhance multiplayer elements. You ll also explore how game theory research can be applied to improve the player experience, with special attention given to motivation and learning processes. All of this will prepare you to build your own game from start to finish. You ll work on the production of your mobile game through directed engineering and programming exercises, and then go through the testing process. Once complete, you ll present your finished product and learn how to market and monetize it. Areas of Focus Foundations of Mobile Fine ArtsGaming Mobile ModelingGame Design & Development Animation Professional Development Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MOBILE GAMING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 201

AMING Areas of Focus key COMPONENTS mobile S OF MOBILE GAMING GAME engines development APIs development life life E DESIGN ENT PERFORMANCE reverse cycles ENGINEERINGcyclesconsiderations publishing, AL DEVELOPMENT publishing, PRICING structures key COMPONENTS marketing, distribution, MONETIZATION MONETIZATION PLATFORM deployment mobile GAME mobile engines play GAME engines patterns reverse reverse ENGINEERING comprehensive ENGINEERING TESTING strategies PRICING structures awareness PRICING ENGAGEMENT structures system DESIGN APIs play patterns system DESIGN Foundations of comprehensivemobile comprehensive Gaming PERFORMANCE considerations PERFORMANCE TESTING strategies TESTING marketing, distribution, cross- cross- PLATFORM deployment APIs considerations cross- PLATFORM deployment awareness ENGAGEMENT play patterns strategies system DESIGN Your experience in the Mobile Gaming master s program begins with an examination of the key components, benefits, and limitations of mobile games. You ll examine different technologies available for the development and delivery of mobile games, and connect these technologies to various platforms, operating systems, mobile game engines, and awareness APIs learning how they influence the design, functionality, and delivery of a mobile game. ENGAGEMENT You ll also study the psychological component of a game-playing experience, considering factors such as play patterns and game play mechanics. The principles of game design will also be addressed, with a focus on narrative game design, world design, and system design. MOBILE GAMING MOBILE GAMING FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING key key COMPONENTS COMPONENTS development mobile mobile GAME engines GAME engines APIs APIs play patterns play patterns comprehensive system DESIGN system DESIGN MOBILE GAMING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 202

life cycles Areas of Focus cycles publishing, marketing, PRICING distribution, structures deployment MONETIZATION publishing, ELOPMENT Mobile Game Design & Development key key COMPONENTS mobile GAME engines role of quality assurance, repairing any errors, bugs, COMPONENTS or overall playability issues. You ll work collaboratively with your fellow game testers to provide game play crosscross- PLATFORM PRICING PLATFORM structures deployment awareness deployment cross- PLATFORM distribution, After building a foundation in programming and theory, you ll begin work on the production of your own mobile game all while learning key topics such as development life cycles, reverse engineering, performance considerations, and more. Once you ve completed development, you ll learn the marketing, MONETIZATION MOBILE GAME DESIGN ENGAGEMENT & DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT APIs strategies ENGINEERING awareness play FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING patterns life development cycles publishing, PRICING marketing, structures distribution, MOBILE GAMING MONETIZATION system DESIGN reverse ENGINEERING key COMPONENTS development life engines cycles mobile mobile publishing, systemgame GAME marketing, engines engines DESIGN distribution, structures MONETIZATION PERFORMANCE considerations feedback development on each other s games, and learn to write MOBILE GAMING analytical reports based on MOBILE GAME comprehensive MOBILE the comprehensive GAMING testing PERFORMANCE DESIGN strategies and tools utilized in the program. reverse & DEVELOPMENT TESTING life ENGINEERING considerations cycles key strategieskey Professional Development publishing, COMPONENTS mobile FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT play cross- GAMING COMPONENTS marketing, To succeed FOUNDATIONS in a fast-paced OF MOBILE industry GAMING such as PLATFORM mobile GAME APIs awareness PRICING patterns distribution, game development, structures engines you ll need a professional deployment skill ENGAGEMENT MONETIZATION set that mirrors your technical aptitude. Through the development Mobile Gaming master s program, your coursework development life development MOBILE GAME DESIGN comprehensive reverse life life prepares you for the business world through an emphasis MOBILE on GAME writing, DESIGN presentation & DEVELOPMENT skills, research, PERFORMANCE & DEVELOPMENT reverse considerations TESTING cycles ENGINEERING and theory. ENGINEERING cycles cycles strategies You ll also learn how to develop marketing strategies publishing, PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT publishing, for game products, with an emphasis on publishing, marketing, publishing, PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT marketing, marketing, distribution, and monetization. You ll crossmarketing, distribution, PRICING examine factors such as pricing structures and PLATFORM cross-distributionplatform deployment, awareness PRICING MONETIZATION distribution, structures and learn how different deployment media MONETIZATION ENGAGEMENT MONETIZATION channels can help build awareness and engagement with your game s audience. cross- PLATFORM PRICING deployment structures deployment mobile GAME engines reverse ENGINEERING APIs play PRICING structures PERFORMANCE comprehensive comprehensive TESTING strategies awareness ENGAGEMENT APIs PERFORM consideratio play system patternscross PLATFOR deployment comprehensive reverse PERFORMANCE considerations TESTING considerations TESTING strategies strategies ENGINEERING cross- PLATFORM APIs patterns ENGAGEMENT strategies awarenes ENGAGEMENT DESIG awareness ENGAGEMENT MOBILE GAMING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 203

Areas of Focus Overview The Mobile Gaming master of science degree program enables students to develop advanced project management, development, and production skills related to games that are featured on mobile devices such as smartphones, PDAs, tablet computers, and portable media players. During this 12-month program, students will expand upon previous programming knowledge by developing their own mobile game through a project-based curriculum that is structured around the real-world mobile game development life cycle. Students will conduct graduate-level mobile gaming research, apply theoretical concepts to game design, explore emerging technologies, and develop their own mobile game. Through realworld learning and a culminating thesis, students will have a firm understanding of mobile game development, including the communication and professional skills required for successful game delivery and monetization. Each course will also develop the student s academic research skills, tools, and methodologies as students will learn how to utilize academic research for a variety of contexts and learning activities. Objective Mobile gaming represents a rapidly growing industry with as many challenges as there are opportunities. The goal of the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program is to prepare students to address and overcome these challenges through a project-based curriculum that will enable students to be successful mobile game developers. This goal will be accomplished by providing students with the knowledge and skills necessary for effective and creative mobile game design, production, and delivery. Through project-based learning and guided academic research, the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program curriculum will enable students to master the discipline and apply appropriate knowledge, skills, and abilities to all phases of mobile game development. MOBILE GAMING OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MOBILE GAMING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 204

Mobile Gaming Master of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MBG 520 Advanced Programming for Mobile Games 3.00 MBG 530 Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games 3.00 MBG 550 Game Theory & Innovative Game Design 3.00 MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership 3.00 MBG 630 Mobile Game Development I 3.00 MBG 650 Mobile Game Development II 3.00 MBG 540 Mobile Game Discovery & Industry Analysis 3.00 MBG 660 Mobile Game Testing 3.00 MBG 610 Mobile Gaming Business 3.00 MBG 680 Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing & Professional Presentation 3.00 MBG 620 Storyboard & Game Design 3.00 MBG 580 User Interface Design & Visual Development 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP ADVANCED PROGRAMMING FOR MOBILE GAMES EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES FOR MOBILE GAMES MOBILE GAME DISCOVERY & INDUSTRY ANALYSIS GAME THEORY & INNOVATIVE GAME DESIGN 6 7 8 9 10 USER INTERFACE DESIGN & VISUAL DEVELOPMENT MOBILE GAMING BUSINESS 11 12 MOBILE GAME TESTING MOBILE GAMING THESIS: TECHNICAL WRITING & PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATION STORYBOARD & GAME DESIGN MOBILE GAME DEVELOPMENT I MOBILE GAME DEVELOPMENT II Totals: 36.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 36 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MOBILE GAMING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 205

Course Descriptions Program Core MBG 520 Advanced Programming for Mobile Games The Advanced Programming for Mobile Games Course addresses various programming languages that will provide students with the knowledge and skills that pertain specifically to programming for mobile games. Students admitted to the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program are required to be proficient in programming. Students will explore a wide variety of programming languages and the different mobile platforms for which they are used. Languages include Objective-C, C#, Java, JavaScript, and C++. Programming Overview Programming for Mobile Games Objective-C C# and C++ Java and JavaScript Academic Research and Methodologies MBG 530 Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games The Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games Course looks specifically at technologies available for the development and delivery of mobile games. Students will explore the different mobile technologies, including smartphones, PDAs, tablet computers, and portable media players. Students will connect these technologies to various platforms, operating systems, mobile game engines, and APIs and learn how they influence the design, functionality, and delivery of a mobile game. Students will also learn how to utilize GPS technologies for locationbased games as well as connectivity technologies for multiplayer mobile games. Lastly, students will explore the limits mobile technologies place on mobile game design, with special attention given to processing power, resolutions, formats, compatibility issues, and graphics limitations. Mobile Technologies Platforms, Operating Systems, Engines, and (3D) APIs Technologies (Bluetooth/GPRS/WAP) Limits to Mobile Games MBG 550 Game Theory & Innovative Game Design In the Game Theory and Innovative Game Design Course, students will begin to form their ideas for a mobile game. Through theoretical foundations and creative processes, this course will allow students to develop their mobile games, focusing on interactivity, engagement, and applied game theory. Students will engage with the latest neuroscience research on the psychology of gaming and will use this research to inform their game design. Students will also learn play patterns and game place mechanics through a player-centered perspective, with special attention given to motivation and learning processes. Throughout the course, the principles of game design will be addressed, focusing on narrative game design, world design, and system design. Other topics will include decision making, flow theory, and game art. Game Theory Foundations Psychology of Gaming Principles of Game Design Play Patterns and Game Play Mechanics Academic Research and Methodologies MDL 501 Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership At the level of a master s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject. Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies Localization (GPS) and Connectivity Academic Research and Methodologies MOBILE GAMING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 206

Course Descriptions Program Core MBG 630 Mobile Game Development I The Mobile Game Development I Course is the first of two courses in the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program that focus exclusively on the development of the students own mobile game. In this course, students will work on the production of their mobile game through directed engineering and programming exercises. Topics will include development life cycles, issues of reverse engineering, and utilizing the appropriate programming language. Mobile Game Engineering Mobile Game Programming Mobile Game Development Academic Research and Methodologies MBG 650 Mobile Game Development II The Mobile Game Development II Course is the second of two courses in the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program that focus exclusively on the development of the students own mobile game. In this course, students will further the development of their mobile game by completing directed engineering and programming exercises. Topics will include object-oriented programming, merging classes, memory limitations, screen limitations, obtaining resources, solo testing, and improved performance. Object-Oriented Programming Development Limitations Solo Testing Improved Performance Academic Research and Methodologies MBG 540 Mobile Game Discovery & Industry Analysis In the Mobile Game Discovery and Industry Analysis Course, students will conduct significant industry research and analysis to help inform the design of their own mobile game. Students will investigate different global mobile gaming markets as well as the trends and patterns of mobile game design. Students will apply this research to the development of their own game design, focusing specifically on game industry statistics and game design options for revenue generation. Upon completion of this course, students will have written their own market research report focused on the genre of their own mobile game. Industry Structure Industry and Market Research Analysis and Mobile Game Application Market Research Report Academic Research and Methodologies MBG 660 Mobile Game Testing The Mobile Game Testing Course focuses on the testing of students mobile game. Students will address issues of quality assurance and attend to detected program errors, bug fixes, and overall game improvement. Students will work collaboratively as game testers to provide game play feedback on each other s games. Students will also learn to write analytical reports based on the comprehensive testing strategies and tools utilized during this course. Testing types and tools include functionality testing, environmental testing, performance testing, OTA testing, simulators, and mobile emulators. Mobile Game Testing Quality Assurance Performance Estimation Game Tester Feedback Game Play Quality Analysis Technical Writing Analytical Skill Development Academic Research and Methodologies MBG 610 Mobile Gaming Business The Mobile Gaming Business Course introduces students to the business of mobile gaming, with an emphasis on publishing, marketing, distribution, and monetization. Students will learn how mobile games are distributed and priced, looking at how these various modes of distribution and pricing structures affect downloads and purchases. Students will also look at options for cross-platform deployment and how to utilize social media to draw attention to their mobile games. Issues of game cloning, copyright, and patents will also be explored. Modes of Distribution and Pricing Structures Cross-Platform Deployment Social Media and Mobile Gaming Copyright and Patents Academic Research and Methodologies MBG 680 Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing & Professional Presentation In the Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing and Professional Presentation Course, students will complete their mobile game projects by developing the element of formal presentation. Students will expand upon the creative and technical assets they created in previous courses as they write and present the specifications of their mobile game. In doing so, students will develop their game-writing skills and clearly demonstrate their technical proficiency through written and oral communication. Students will also learn how to present to various professional audiences of the mobile gaming industry through multiple modalities. Mobile Game Project Organization Game Writing Technical Specification Compilation and Presentation Academic Research and Methodologies MOBILE GAMING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 207

Course Descriptions Program Core MBG 620 Storyboard & Game Design The Storyboard and Game Design Course focuses exclusively on the development of the students own mobile game design. Building upon the knowledge and research conducted in the previous courses, students will be able to effectively design and develop their mobile game. Students will begin this process by creating game storyboards and scripts that clearly illustrate their visions and ideas. Wireframes and mock-ups will also be created to demonstrate the game s design and architecture. Students will collaborate with one another to provide constructive criticism on each game s design and will learn how to apply this feedback to make improvements to their own mobile games. Topics include game level design, game environments, and character development. Storyboard Principles and Methods Collaborative Critique and Revision Storyboard Creation Wireframes and Mock-Ups Methodologies Academic Research and Methodologies MBG 580 User Interface Design & Visual Development The User Interface Design and Visual Development Course enables students to design and begin to create their mobile game user interface and graphic elements. First, this course covers user-interface design principles and topics such as clarity, interaction, attention, control, manipulation, consistency, and visual hierarchy. Second, the course prompts students to conduct their own user analysis, attending to which styles and looks will appeal to the potential gamer as well as how the gamer will interact with the mobile game. Lastly, students will apply this information for the visual development of their mobile game. UI/UX Design Principles Mobile Game Asset Design Mobile Game User Analysis Academic Research and Methodologies UI Design This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MOBILE GAMING Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 208

Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program The music business has undergone some seismic shifts in the past few years, but one thing hasn t changed: it takes an army of talented and well-prepared people working behind the scenes to get artists the attention they deserve. That army needs to be equipped to provide their clients with the logistical assistance, financial arrangements, and promotional prowess they need to maximize the impact of their artistic creations. Of course, the music business world goes far beyond just number crunching. The Music Business curriculum at Full Sail dives into the jobs, skills, and talents needed to be part of the team that gets music heard the tour managers, label employees, promoters, producers, merchandisers, lawyers, publishers, and, yes, accountants that help to keep the wheels of commerce turning so artists and their fans can connect on stage, online, on TV, on mobile phones, on the radio, and all over the world. Areas of Focus Law Fine Management Arts Modeling Marketing Animation Distribution Networking Effects Critical Final Listening Project/ Demo Final Project Reel Creation MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 209

Areas of Focus Law Contracts in the music business can range from a letter of agreement to an inches-thick document, but regardless of their size, you ll need to have an understanding of how to protect your (or your client s) interests. You ll learn how best to do this in courses that examine subjects like music business law and contract negotiations, copyright protection, and more. You ll also explore the many different areas of the business in which legal knowledge is important, from the rules that guide agents, managers, and attorneys to the art of negotiating a sweetheart deal. Management As either a studio manager or an industry executive, an in-depth knowledge of the protocol, etiquette, and professionalism you ll need to thrive in the music business is essential. Skills like effective communication, strategic planning, and an understanding of the various structures in the music business are all learned in the Music Business Bachelor s program, helping you to understand how to successfully nurture a client s career or even navigate your own way to the top of the corporate ladder. MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 210

Areas of Focus MARKETING LAW/MANAGEMENT DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT MARKETING DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT strategic PLANNING RETAIL promotions TRADE shows artist AUDIENCE CONNECTION contract successful PROMOTION NEGOTIATIONS artist AUDIENCE MMBS CONNECTION LAW/MANAGEMENT successful PROMOTION MARKETING DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT marketing plan ANALYSIS effective DISTRIBUTION artist AUDIENCE CONNECTION PUBLICITY merchandising COPYRIGHT PROTECTION Marketing market research successful PROMOTION RETAIL promotions TRADE shows marketing PLANS Finding and connecting an artist with an audience is one of the main reasons the music business exists. Whether marketing you re an artist looking for exposure or a record company trying to provide it, the Music Business curriculum will teach you how to analyze ANALYSIS and predict customer behavior and then turn that analysis into a marketing plan. You ll learn how to effectively use publicity, merchandising, retail promotions, touring, trade shows, online outlets, and effective contract other marketing tools to get music in front of the right people, as a step towards growing and NEGOTIATIONS PROTECTION energizing an artist s fan base. plan DISTRIBUTION COPYRIGHT Distribution marketing communication plan SKILLS PUBLICITY merchandising market research Like a tree falling in a forest, the best music in the world can remain unheard ANALYSIS if nobody ever gets a chance to listen. Next to successful promotion, effective distribution is the best way to give as many people as possible that chance. Whether overseeing the production of a physical product and getting that effective product into traditional retail channels, or pursuing DISTRIBUTION the expanding opportunities afforded by online outlets, you ll develop a keen understanding of the various distribution methods vital to a successful career in the music business. MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program commu PUBL merch ma res 211

S NING ANAGEMENT ETING IBUTION/ PROJECT Areas of Focus DISTRIBUTION/ aesthetic FINAL PROJECT TECHNICAL MIXING elements contracttechniques Networking NEGOTIATIONS Music Business management will present nine networking workshops throughout the undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future artist success. The sessions cover topics like AUDIENCE goal setting, professional etiquette, professional communication CONNECTION and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios. successful effective PROMOTION COPYRIGHT DISTRIBUTION SONG structure PROTECTION NETWORKING GOAL professional marketing personal setting etiquette BRAND Critical Listening successful PROMOTION Students develop their ability to listen to music with the critical ear of a music industry professional, learning to discuss MMBS the aesthetic and technical elements of live and recorded music with a variety of music business professionals, from engineers to artists. They learn to differentiate and identify by sound various instruments and mixing techniques. Students learn how to optimize the listening experience, explore song structure, and evaluate and discuss music at a professional level. LAW/MANAGEMENT plan ANALYSIS effective DISTRIBUTION elements market music evaluation communication contract NEGOTIATIONS research SKILLS PUBLICITY merchandising market research techniques marketing PLANS strategic PLANNING RETAIL promotions TRADE shows marketing PLANS COPYRIGHT PROTECTION structure GOAL professional personal setting etiquette BRAND communication SKILLS ct ONS t E N ful TION Final COPYRIGHT Project communication PROTECTION SKILLS Your final project is your chance to prove you re prepared to take all the knowledge you ve gained throughout the Music MARKETING Business Bachelor s program and combine it with the drive, imagination, marketing and love for music that brought you to Full Sail in the first place. You ll be responsible for analyzing a real-world music business merchandising scenario and working through all the details and components ANALYSIS necessary to make it successful from researching the current plan effective DISTRIBUTION PUBLICITY DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT market conditions and commercial viability, to identifying your sources of funding and investment strategy, to creating a marketing plan and accounting for distribution. market research strategic PLANNING RETAIL promotions TRADE shows marketing PLANS artist AUDIENCE CONNECTION successful PROMOTION marketing plan ANALYSIS effective DISTRIBUTION PUBLICITY merchandising market research MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 212

Overview Although every job in the music business is unique, they all need to work in harmony to maximize an artist s potential. This real world approach is at the heart of Full Sail s Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program, which will assist you with in-depth knowledge of multiple aspects of the business to include the need for music business professionals working with major record labels, film, TV, sports media, video game developers, online streaming sites, advertising agencies and more. To be an effective player in the music business, it s not just important to be good at what you do, but also to be well-versed in the many different roles within the industry. For example, a band s publicist may not need to book a tour, but being aware of how and why that tour is routed a certain way is invaluable knowledge when it comes to forming a media strategy. By teaching you about the many different roles in the business, the Music Business curriculum allows you to not only focus on what you do best, but also to ensure that your contributions to the big picture are as effective as possible. You ll learn these roles through courses in music-specific business subjects like Artist Management, Music Copyright and Publishing, Concert Management and Publicity, and Record Label Development, as well as general business concepts like marketing, distribution, and law. After you ve absorbed all the necessary knowledge from these varied courses, the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program culminates in a final project in which you analyze a music business company problem and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. In addition to businessspecific topics, you ll also have courses focusing on communication skills, business statistics, professional presentation, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the music business industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The goal is to provide the student with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing the student s ability to become a successful music business professional in a variety of fields, including recording, artist management, concert management, music publishing, music marketing, music supervision, merchandising, distribution, and e-commerce. Completion of the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree provides graduates with a portfolio of real-world projects to further careers as entrepreneurs and leaders in the music industry, and for entry-level business positions with record labels, music publishers, artist management firms, concert promoters and music technology companies. MUSIC BUSINESS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 213

Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 MUB 481 Artist Management 4.00 ACG 3223 Business Accounting 4.00 ENTB 251 Business Law 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I COLLEGE MATHEMATICS MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce 3.00 MUB 461 Concert Management and Publicity 4.00 MUB 2513 Critical Listening for Music Professionals 4.00 ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting 3.00 MAN 2020 Introduction to Management 4.00 ENC 1102 English Composition II 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics 4.00 STA 1026 Introduction to Statistics 4.00 MAN 3152 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 4.00 6 7 8 9 10 MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MUSIC HISTORY I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS EXCEL & DATA REPORTING ENGLISH COMPOSITION II MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing 4.00 HUM 1505 Popular Culture in Media 4.00 11 12 13 14 15 BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations 4.00 MUB 131 Music Business Management 4.00 MUM 3733 Music Business Marketing 4.00 COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 CRITICAL LISTENING FOR MUSIC PROFESSIONALS FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE BUSINESS LAW POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS MUSIC BUSINESS MARKETING MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing 4.00 MUM 4305 Music Distribution 3.00 MUH 2050 Music History I 3.00 MUB 4361 Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions 3.00 MUB 4715 Music Supervision 4.00 Totals: 42.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 124 TOTAL WEEKS: 112 16 17 18 19 20 BUSINESS ACCOUNTING RECORD LABEL DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP MUSIC COPYRIGHT & PUBLISHING PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION MUSIC MERCHANDISING & RETAIL PROMOTIONS OBM 1000 Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries 3.00 21 22 23 24 25 ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance 4.00 ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship 4.00 LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR MUSIC DISTRIBUTION PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS CONCERT MANAGEMENT & PUBLICITY MUB 343 Record Label Development 4.00 ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management 4.00 26 27 28 Totals: 82.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: ARTIST MANAGEMENT MUSIC SUPERVISION BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 214

Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 481 Artist Management The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artist s career, management contracts, development of an artist s career path, and sustaining an artist s career. Overview of the Artist Manager Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship Launching the Artist s Career The Management Contract Planning the Artist s Career Making the Career Plan Work Career Maintenance and Control ACG 3223 Business Accounting The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned. The Accounting Cycle Preparation of Basic Financial Statements Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements Cost Models and Cost Control Decision-Making and Operational Planning ENTB 251 Business Law The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects. Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices An Introduction to Intellectual Property Clearances and Licensing Contracts and Business Law MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry. Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry Innovation and Adoption Models Quantifying Usage and Value MUB 461 Concert Management and Publicity The Concert Management and Publicity Course covers a variety of topics that are specific to concert production and the touring industry. This course takes a ground-level approach to concert promotion basics, including how to develop and execute an artist s tour and production management. Other topics explored in this course include public safety guidelines, contract riders, unions, staff and equipment booking, and the daily execution of tour schedules. Concert Promotion Basics Examination of the Touring Team for the Artist/Band Working with the Local Team Touring Production Manager Booking Staff and Equipment Public Safety Guidelines and Issues Preparing the Show for the Road Daily Scheduling and Management of the Schedule Contract Riders Vendor Contracts MUB 2513 Critical Listening for Music Professionals The Critical Listening Course focuses on developing critical listening skills through an engineering perspective, using recorded music from studio sessions, live concert material, and audio postproduction mixes as the subject of analysis. Students will examine topics such as the physics of sound, acoustics and psychoacoustics, sound analysis, the identification of various production techniques, and instrument identification. Students will also hone their critical listening skills through projectbased assignments that allow them to develop a connection between sound waves, audio signals, the acoustic environment, and individual perceptions of sound. Basics of Music: Pitch, Rhythm, Melody, Harmony, Texture, Form, Dynamics Optimizing the Listening Experience Identification of Musical Instruments and Variations Mix Elements and Techniques Past and Current Trends and Sounds in Popular Music This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 215

Course Descriptions Program Core ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting The Excel and Data Reporting Course teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for common business purposes, including analysis and reporting. Course topics include: working with formulas and functions, formatting spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating charts, selecting appropriate chart types, and analyzing entertainment business data. Students identify trends in data and leverage data to convey various business messages. Formulas and Functions Tables and Charts Data Analysis Data Reporting MAN 2020 Introduction to Management The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs. Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context Human Resource Principles Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes Local and National Labor Laws Risk Management Entertainment Business Management Case Studies MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined. Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising Public Relations Branding BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations revisits and further expands on business law as it relates to the entertainment industry. Students are introduced to contract writing strategies as they examine strengths and weaknesses of realworld entertainment contracts. Students are then given the opportunity to focus on their chosen creative industry and explore specific contract issues. Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, and agents in the entertainment business industry is addressed. Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Industry Contract Issues MUB 131 Music Business Management The Music Business Management Course provides students with an overview of music business corporate structure and the support companies that assist in the development and distribution of music. The course also covers management configuration for each type of entity, from organizational structure to specific job responsibilities of various positions within these companies. Music Business Management Copyright Administration Companies Record Companies Performing Rights Organizations Production Companies The Unions Concert Production Companies Publicity Companies Touring Companies Distribution Companies MUM 3733 Music Business Marketing The Music Business Marketing Course explores marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the music business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of music business products, and integrate traditional and non-traditional promotional avenues. In addition, students strengthen the understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the music business, providing them with real world, marketing knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Marketing Plan Research & Development Branding Advertising Public Relations Social Media Integrated Marketing Communications Contract Writing and Negotiation Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 216

Course Descriptions Program Core MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing The Music Copyright and Publishing Course teaches students how to protect their creative works and provides an overview of the business mechanisms that can affect the use of their songs and those of their clients. Along with the global topics of copyright and music publishing, the course also covers the history of the music publishing industry, royalties, the songwriter s contract, publishing options, and an overview of publishing companies. Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry Music Publishing Overview and Concepts Copyright Law Copyright Requirements and Regulations Copyright Protection Copyright and Digital Technology Royalties MUM 4305 Music Distribution The Music Distribution Course Course focuses on the distribution process and the various distribution channels available in the music business industry. This course addresses various distribution components, such as the types of distribution deals currently available in the industry, the examination of the different types of distributors, and the influence of the Internet as a distribution channel. In addition, this course examines the exploitation of a music product for optimal monetization, and the new business models for creating revenue streams. Distribution Fundamentals Distribution Deal Types Funding a Music Project Licensing Income Interpersonal Sales Techniques Direct Response Infomercials Internet Distribution & Promotion Social E-Commerce in Music Business REC 2050 Music History I The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations throughout every decade. The Music History Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times through both sound and video while examining each musical style s respective sociological and technological precedents. Folk and Country Music Popular Music of America 1850-1995 Blues, Soul Gospel, and Jazz MUB 4361 Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions One of the biggest economic generators for the music business is merchandising and retail promotions. The Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions Course delves into this critical business component and helps students learn how to determine retail strategies that will benefit their clients. Students will examine the importance of branding and how it relates to product presentation at the retail level, explore the timeline of product development, and learn how to take their product to a retail environment. All types of distribution channels are examined in this course, from traditional big-box retailers to e-commerce and the Internet. Product Assessment Types of Retail Outlets Merchandise Design Direct Marketing and Non-Store Sales Trademark Protection Internet Distribution Pricing and Cost Analysis Live Productions and Music Merchandising MUB 4715 Music Supervision Students learn how to serve as a creative liaison between the music industry and the visual media industries, including film, television, video games, and advertising. Students develop their ability to determine the musical vision, tone, and style that best suit a given multimedia project. They learn to identify, secure and supervise music-related talent, including composers, songwriters, recording artists, musicians and producers, and to effectively communicate and negotiate with talent representation to obtain necessary clearances. Role and Responsibilities of the Music Supervisor Trends and Players in the Visual Media Industries Identification of Musical Vision, Tone, and Style of a Project Securing Legal Rights of Recordings Working Within an Established Budget to Deliver Music Elements OBM 1000 Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industry s various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industry s current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields. An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 217

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance The Principles of Business Finance Course provides students with the skills needed to make financial decisions in a business environment. Students examine the process of financial analysis, financing operations and growth, and the concept of risk versus return. In addition, fundamental financial topics are covered, such as the time value of money, capital budgeting, business valuation, risk management, and personal finance. Financial Analysis Time Value of Money Debt vs. Equity Financing Budgeting and Forecasting Capital Budgeting Techniques Business Valuation Risk Management Personal Finance ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path. Role of the Entrepreneur The Entrepreneurial Mindset Case Studies in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as a Career MUB 343 Record Label Development The Record Label Development Course is designed to familiarize students with the various departments within both major and independent record labels. Students in this course delve into specific departments of a record label and learn the role that each plays in its success. The course examines all departments ranging from A&R to Business Affairs. Legal Department Marketing Department Promotions Department Publicity Sales ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management The Strategic Business Management Course presents students with complex, real-world business scenarios related to the entertainment industry. Students analyze the scenarios, assess potential action steps, and develop strategic plans to address the scenarios. Through this process, students evaluate the management, marketing, financial, legal, and ethical decisions that affect real-world business decisions. Students also assess external entrepreneurial opportunities that these scenarios could generate. Business Problem Analysis Strategic Management Decisions MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 218

Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness ENC 1102 English Composition II The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own. Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry. Supply and Demand Consumer Behavior International Economics Role of Government Monetary Policy STA 1026 Introduction to Statistics The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics MAN 3152 Leadership and Organizational Behavior The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weakness through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process. Leadership Group Dynamics Motivating Building Effective Teams Decision-making Conflict Resolution This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 219

Course Descriptions General Education HUM 1505 Popular Culture in Media The Popular Culture in Media Course examines the role and importance of popular culture, providing a rich background for students to understand the historical and social impact of popular culture. Students are introduced to media milestones in popular culture history, and they explore the influence of popular culture on social trends. Course topics include genre studies, the uses of celebrity, the power of the audience, the effects of new technology and new media, and much more. Students develop a critical approach to analyzing broadcasts, advertisements, films, print, audio recordings, games, and web sites that make up and shape our popular culture. Popular Culture As Social Phenomena Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture Popular Culture and Media Technology Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it. Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Audience Analysis Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image Presentation Strategies This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program 220

Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program Musicians have long played an important role within multiple facets of the entertainment industry, enriching television, film, radio, video games, live events, and more. The demand for creative, technologically savvy composers is greater than ever, and thanks to advances in home recording, the soundtrack to our lives can be created virtually anywhere in the world. Full Sail University s Music Production Bachelor of Science online degree is designed to equip you with music production skills that are essential for success in today s modern marketplace. As a student in the program, you ll develop an understanding of contemporary music technology by creating your own songs, scores, and soundtracks. You ll also get a solid grounding in music theory, history, and composition. The program also explores the music marketing and business concepts you ll need to flourish as a working professional in the entertainment industry. Upon graduation, you ll enter the job market with an online personal portfolio of professional quality music projects produced throughout the degree program. Areas of Focus Music Theory Composition Fine Arts Modeling Animation Engineering Marketing Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 221

Areas of Focus Music Theory The principles of music theory are the building blocks you ll use every time you sit down to create IC DUCTION MUSIC PRODUCTION a new composition. Using music-notation software, you ll be able to analyze and study classical compositional techniques, and develop a firm grasp on foundational concepts like rhythm, meter, phrase, scales, and harmony. You ll also strengthen your ear training through exercises in musical listening and identification, as you study intervals, scales, triads, melodies, and transcription techniques. You ll also delve into music s roots with courses in music history. You will study the evolution of western MUSIC THEORY music from classical to modern, and the evolution of popular music from the early 20th century all the way up to what s dominating the airwaves today. IC THEORY COMPOSITION MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 222

Areas of Focus MUSIC PRODUCTION MUSIC THEORY MUSIC PRODUCTION MUSIC THEORY COMPOSITION Composition You ve got a rough musical concept but how does a riff, lyric, or general idea transform into a full-fledged song? In the Music Production Bachelor s program, you ll learn a variety of compositional techniques to help take your ideas to the next level. You ll study songwriting and lyrical techniques, as well as learn about musical genres and the considerations one should have when working within different styles. You ll also explore choices in engineering styles, and how budgets and management can affect the course of a song or project. Courses also cover a variety of arrangement processes, from roots to pop to orchestral settings. COMPOSITION ENGINEERING MARKETING Throughout the program, you ll apply what you learn to create musical pieces that will make up your own Digital Portfolio. As you build your musical catalog, as well as a supporting website, you ll have a crucial professional asset that showcases what you re capable to show potential clients and employers as you enter the entertainment industry. ENGINEERING MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 223

Areas of Focus COMPOSITION MUSIC ENGINEERING THEORY Engineering Marketing ENGINEERING MUSIC PRODUCTION While at one point composers had no choice but MARKETING COMPOSITION to write, record, and arrange their works in multimillion dollar studio facilities, advances in recording technology have made it possible for the bulk of that work to take place in a compact home studio environment. Those capabilities are empowering, and knowing how to maximize the potential of the tools you have at your disposal enables you to channel your inspiration and capture your ENGINEERING musical ideas. You ll study core concepts such as digital signal processing and digital audio recording as you use industry-standard software such as Pro Tools and Logic to record your course assignments. You ll also learn about audio workstation hardware and MARKETING software, mastering the techniques and procedures that are required to maximize the use of this gear. Finally, by studying audio file management and documentation, you ll ensure the organization of your audio files and recording sessions enables the recording process to run as smoothly as possible. Most musicians will agree that success in the industry depends on a lot more than just the quality of the music you ve got to know how to market MARKETING your music. The Music Production Bachelor s Degree Program covers the roles that advertising, merchandising, public relations, and branding all play in a successful musical career. As you learn about these concepts, as well as the ins and outs of music copyright and publishing laws, you ll work to develop a marketing plan to help separate you from the rest of the crowd and ensure that your music finds a platform to reach the rest of the world. MUSIC THEORY COMPOSITION ENGINEERING MARKETING MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 224

Overview With the music industry s growing use of the Internet and the collaborative aspects of the music production environment, the demand for original music content has increased. Full Sail s Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program presents a thorough, constantly developing curriculum that encompasses music composition, digital recording, and music production for animation, websites, and gaming. Whether a novice or a veteran musician, this degree provides you with a formal education that can help prepare you for a variety of career paths in the world of music creation and production. From digital audio principles, digital workstation technology, and digital signal flow to signal processing, MIDI techniques, and sound effect design, the curriculum covers many different procedures and applications found in the music production world. Through coursework utilizing a personal production studio consisting of an Apple laptop computer and a variety of professional audio software programs, you will gain the confidence and skills to help you succeed in a variety of music production environments after graduation. In addition to music production skills and techniques, you ll also develop communication skills and take courses in music history, professional presentation, music theory, songwriting, music copyright and publishing, and music business. To help you make the transition into this industry, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to pursue your career. In addition, the Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout the length of your professional career. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of music production technology and concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as multimedia music composers, digital music recording engineers, postproduction audio engineers, MIDI/ digital audio workstation operators and programmers, music editors, music arrangers, interactive sound design and music composers, game music composers, and a variety of other positions in the audio and entertainment industries. In addition to gaining technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. MUSIC PRODUCTION OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 225

Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MPR 4315 Advanced Audio Production Techniques 4.00 MPR 4301 Advanced Music Composition Programming 3.50 MPR 4001 Advanced Music Production for Media 4.00 MUT 3413 Advanced Music Theory 4.00 MPR 1751 Audio Fundamentals 4.00 REC 3803 Audio Postproduction 4.50 MPR 2413 Audio Production Techniques 4.00 MPR 1852 Digital Recording Principles 3.50 MPR 3451 Game Music Composition 4.00 MUH 2053 History of Popular Music I 3.00 MUH 4053 History of Popular Music II 3.00 REC 3624 Interactive Audio 4.00 MUB 131 Music Business Management 4.00 MPR 2301 Music Composition Programming 4.00 MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing 4.00 MPR 3113 Music Genres 4.00 MUT 1212 Music Listening and Identification 4.00 MPR 4853 Music Production Final Project 4.00 MPR 3701 Music Production for Media 4.00 MPR 1001 Music Theory I 4.00 MUT 1024 Music Theory II 4.00 MPR 3311 Musical Arrangement 4.00 OAA 1000 Overview of the Audio Arts Industries 3.00 MPR 4411 Professional Workflow 4.00 REC 1732 Sequencing Technology 4.00 MPR 3011 Songwriting 3.00 Totals: 99.50 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours ART 2007 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 IMK 302 Cultural Studies and the Web 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 ENC 326 Professional Writing 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 129.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE AUDIO ARTS INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I MUSIC THEORY I 6 7 8 9 10 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE AUDIO FUNDAMENTALS MUSIC THEORY II DIGITAL RECORDING PRINCIPLES MUSIC LISTENING & IDENTIFICATION 11 12 13 14 15 SEQUENCING TECHNOLOGY MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING HISTORY OF POPULAR MUSIC I AUDIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES SONGWRITING 16 17 18 19 20 MUSICAL ARRANGEMENT ART HISTORY INTERACTIVE AUDIO MUSIC GENRES ADVANCED MUSIC THEORY MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 21 22 23 24 25 AUDIO POSTPRODUCTION ADVANCED MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MEDIA PROFESSIONAL WRITING HISTORY OF POPULAR MUSIC II 26 27 28 29 30 MUSIC COPYRIGHT AND PUBLISHING ADVANCED MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MEDIA 31 32 CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB MUSIC PRODUCTION FINAL PROJECT GAME MUSIC COMPOSITION ADVANCED AUDIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES PROFESSIONAL WORKFLOW This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 226

Course Descriptions Program Core MPR 4315 Advanced Audio Production Techniques The Advanced Audio Production Techniques Course focuses on professional audio mixing and editing. Students will develop strategies by successfully navigating through production scenarios common in music and sound for media. Advanced Signal Flow DAW Automation Audio Editing in Music and Sound for Picture Strategies for Music Mixing MPR 4301 Advanced Music Composition Programming Students in the Advanced Music Composition Programming Course will discover new and interesting ways of organizing musical time and space while building upon concepts encountered in previous creative, theoretical, and technical courses. Students will dig deep into the digital audio workstation environment by exploring some of the ways composers and producers use such software creatively. In addition to extensive reading, listening and analysis, students will develop an exciting new composition to add to their portfolio. Advanced Rhythmic Techniques Alternative Scales & Modes Extended Harmony, Modulation & Key Relationships Melody & Countermelody Sound Design Mixing Concepts Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MPR 4001 Advanced Music Production for Media The Advanced Music Production for Media Course teaches students how music and sound contribute to multimedia storytelling. Beginning with a survey of animation shorts and films, students learn to identify the standards and develop music compositional skills for each genre. Students then create a score to accompany an animation short or short film. Animation and Film Survey Animation and Film Production Roles and Organization Creating Musical Characters Creating Moods, Tension and Release Composing to Picture MUT 3413 Advanced Music Theory Students in the Advanced Music Theory Course build upon their prior music theory training in the program, toward a more comprehensive knowledge of musical structure. Primary topics introduced within the course include counterpoint, chromatic harmony, diatonic modes, phrase structure, and advanced aural skills. Students also analyze scores and lead sheets of compositions that represent several musical genres and eras. Harmonic Analysis Rhythmic Analysis Rhythm Section Analysis Musical Form MPR 1751 Audio Fundamentals It is vital that today s music production student has a solid understanding of basic audio fundamentals and how they relate to the digital realm. This course examines basic audio fundamentals and the ways in which sound is represented in a digital format. These preliminary concepts prepare students for working with audio in various digital audio applications using several media formats. Fundamentals of Audio Waveforms Fundamentals of Harmonics Binary Digits Fundamentals of Digital Audio Capture and Reproduction Fundamentals of Digital Audio Media Formats REC 3803 Audio Postproduction The Audio Postproduction Course provides students with an overview of production sound and audio postproduction sound design for film and television. Subjects include the history of the audio postproduction process, the recording of production sound, timecode and synchronization, the film audio postproduction process, and the television audio postproduction process. History of Audio Postproduction Recording Production Audio for Film and Video Timecode and Synchronization Film Audio Postproduction Process Television Audio Postproduction Process Total credit hours 4.50 Course length 4 weeks MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 227

Course Descriptions Program Core MPR 2413 Audio Production Techniques The Audio Production Techniques Course explores the digital audio workstation environment through the study of digital audio concepts and practices. Students will receive instruction and hands-on practical experience with industry standard computer-based recording systems. After completing this course students will be competent with in the box digital audio production methods and session management. Recording & Editing Mixing & Remixing Audio File Management Session Preparation MPR 1852 Digital Recording Principles Advancements in computer hardware and software have led to a revolution in music production. High-quality results can now be achieved economically without the necessity for large-format facilities. In the Digital Recording Principles Course, students receive training on how to get professional-sounding results from their laptop-based project studio environment. Mac OS System Audio Recording Software Overview Maximizing Input Devices Standard Music Production Practice Common Challenges in the Project Studio Environment Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks MPR 3451 Game Music Composition Creating music for game audio requires a radical shift in production strategy because of the conditional-access design of games. In the Game Music Composition Course, students study game music and design, analyze design approaches, synthesize and use a toolbox of production strategies through group collaboration led by the educator. Students music skills continue to develop through the construction and production of a course project. Game Music Survey The Game Design Process and Team Nonlinear Musical Development Nonlinear Musical Character Development Developing a Game Environment with Sound and Music MUH 2053 History of Popular Music I The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations through every decade. The History of Popular Music I Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times, examining each musical style s respective sociological and technological precedents. Students will explore the unique historical and cultural conditions that serve to make American music distinctly original. Roots of American Music: European- American Folk, and Blues/Gospel Urban and Rural Popular Forms of the Early 20th Century: Jazz Age, Pop, Country The Pop Music for Youth Explosion, 1945 to 1965 MUH 4053 History of Popular Music II With a basis in the origin of American music from the History of Popular Music I, the History of Popular Music II Course illustrates how the music industry continued to evolve. While Bob Dylan, The Beatles, and James Brown led popular music into its most creative period, the baby boomer generation developed a political awareness. Their revolutionary movements later settled into apathy in the late 70s, and the music business took a profitable turn by developing a business model of selection and promotion. From 1975 through recent decades, the convergence of film, magazines, MTV, and the Internet in the promotion of new acts has cultivated a broad array of career paths for today s student amid every facet of the music industry. The Popular Music Revolution 1965 1970 Big Business Music, Promotion Convergence vs. the Fringe 1970 1990 REC 3624 Interactive Audio The Interactive Audio Course introduces students to the importance of high quality audio for all applications of interactive media. Students delve into specific examples of audio components and explore how the elements apply to the final product. The course provides a survey of audio, computer, and synthesis fundamentals as applied to streaming audio, video games, and other interactive content. Fundamentals of Audio for Interactive Media Applications Multichannel Surround Sound Formats and Applications Sound Design and Postproduction for Various Interactive Media Digital Audio Theories and Interactive Media Issues MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 228

Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 131 Music Business Management The Music Business Management Course provides students with an overview of music business corporate structure and the support companies that assist in the development and distribution of music. The course also covers management configuration for each type of entity, from organizational structure to specific job responsibilities of various positions within these companies. Distribution Fundamentals Distribution Deal Types Funding a Music Project Licensing Income Interpersonal Sales Techniques Direct Response Infomercials Internet Distribution & Promotion Social E-Commerce in Music Business MPR 2301 Music Composition Programming The Music Composition Programming Course instructs students on the process of capturing and developing new musical ideas. By utilizing skills learned in the prerequisite Music Theory and Musical Listening and Identification Courses, students transcribe their melodies and bass lines into musical notation with music composition software and learn to develop their ideas using various compositional methods. Loop-based sequencing with professional audio software programs are utilized to provide each student with a powerful set of music content creation tools. Loop Based Composition Programming Drum Loops Composing Melodies Composing Bass Lines Harmonizing Melodies MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing The Music Copyright and Publishing Course teaches students how to protect their creative works and provides an overview of the business mechanisms that can affect the use of their own music composition as well as those of their clients. Along with the global topics of copyright and music publishing, this course covers the history of the music publishing industry, royalties, the songwriter s contract, and publishing options and also provides an overview of publishing companies. Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry Music Publishing Overview and Concepts Copyright Law Copyright Requirements and Regulations Copyright Protection Copyright and Digital Technology Royalties MPR 3113 Music Genres Musical genres are often associated with distinct lifestyles and attitudes. These associations can be used to tell the story of a character or product with genre-based music. For that reason, composers who can produce music in many styles have more to offer their clients. Students build this competency in the Musical Genres Course by arranging and producing songs that make use of specific genre attributes. Roots Genre Arrangements Pop Genre Arrangements Modern Genre Arrangements MUT 1212 Music Listening and Identification The most vital instruments in the music producer s possession are his or her ears. The Music Listening and Identification Course introduces the lifelong practice of developing musical and aural discernment. Music recognition begins with identifying musical intervals and progresses to the transcription of simple melodies, chords, and bass lines. Students learn rhythmic identification beginning with simple meter beat counting and progressing to distinguish simple grooves and basic phrasing. Basic song form ingredients are explored and differentiated. Musical Intervals Recognizing Scales and Triads Meter and Counting Melody and Phrase Accompaniments and Introduction to Groove Transcription Techniques Instrument Families: Strings, Winds, Drums, Percussion Discover Timbre through Synthetic Imitation MPR 4853 Music Production Final Project The Music Production Final Project Course provides opportunities for Music Production students to contribute artistry, technical ability, and social skills to meet the needs of a student project. The course provides an opportunity to conceptualize a complete, collaborated preproduction work schedule with a final project student group. Each step of the process is supervised and approved by the Music Production Final Project staff. Creating a Demo/Portfolio of Work Choosing Available Projects Concept Negotiation How to Negotiate an Agreement and a Contract Preproduction Final Presentation and Peer/Faculty Review This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 229

Course Descriptions Program Core MPR 3701 Music Production for Media Students in the Music Production for Media Course create music to fit within typical broadcast branding and advertising found in the real world. Beginning with an exploration of music in branding and marketing, students learn to discern the elements that constitute standards in professional commercial music production. Music skills are continually developed through the construction and production of advertisement and jingle campaign packages as well as a website branding project. Media Survey: Music Branding and Advertising for Radio, Television, and the Web Sonic Branding Jingle Campaigns Producing a Campaign MPR 1001 Music Theory I Successful completion of the Music Theory I Course will create a solid basis for further musical understanding. The class focuses on essential topics while providing more advanced students an opportunity to review the rudiments of musical language. Topics to be covered include note identification, interval recognition, major scale construction, basic rhythmic notation and ear training. Music Theory I equips the student with the tools needed to effectively communicate fundamental musical concepts. Notes, the Keyboard, Staff Notation and Basic Rhythmic Notation Basic Intervals and Meters Major Scales and Diatonic Intervals Consonance vs. Dissonance and Basic Composition Total credit hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks MUT 1024 Music Theory II The Music Theory II Course continues an in-depth study of the workings of musical structure first explored in Music Theory I. Students will study melody, harmony, and rhythm, and will continue to develop notational and aural skills. The focus of the course lies in understanding the construction of music and gaining the ability to communicate effectively with musicians, composers, directors, programmers, and producers in a professional audio production environment. Triads Roman Numeral Analysis Key Signatures Forms of the Minor Mode Seventh Chords Total credit hours 4.00 Course Length 4 weeks MPR 3311 Musical Arrangement The Musical Arrangement Course addresses instrumentation and arranging techniques. This course focuses on developing an understanding of the nature and limitations of acoustic and electronic instruments, as well as effective formulaic techniques for successful arrangement. Instrumental families utilized in the course include bowed strings, woodwinds, and brass. Arranging techniques explored include pads, two-part melodic harmonization, and mechanical voicings. Additional course topics address creating a musical score, exporting MIDI data from Sibelius, and mixing tracks in Apple Logic to create a synthesized performance. Arranging Budgets and Management Development of an Engineering Style Psychology and Creative Development OAA 1000 Overview of the Audio Arts Industries The Overview of the Audio Arts Industries Course examines the various and interrelated sectors of the industry, enabling students to develop a view of it from the perspective of a professional. Students will explore common terms prevalent across the audio arts industries as a means of studying the discipline from a wide-angle view. In addition, students will examine current industry trends and the variety of careers available in the audio arts, with an eye toward developing the requisite skills for their discipline of study. Overview of the Audio Arts Industries The Disciplines that Comprise the Audio Arts Industries Current Trends and Visions of the Future Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Audio Arts Industries MPR 4411 Professional Workflow Topics addressed in the Professional Workflow Course include file labeling, submission, and delivery methods required for collaboration between remote locations. This course helps to develop students professional understanding of industry standards, workflow, protocol, and etiquette. Students use these collaborative skills while contributing to the final project. Audio File Management and Documentation Production Milestones and Delivery Specifications Documentation for Television, Film, and Game Music Data Storage Solutions and Back-Up Solutions Collaboration Methodology in Media Production Mixing and Basic Mastering MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 230

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education REC 1732 Sequencing Technology The Sequencing Technology Course explores the use of MIDI-based hardware and software in music production, live performance, and studio control. Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) is the electronic marriage of music and computer technology that revolutionized music composition, recording, performance, and arrangement. Students will be introduced to the history, principles, and varied uses of MIDI, as well as sequencing techniques, synchronization, troubleshooting, and MIDI system design. Students will also survey the effect of MIDI on the modern recording studio environment and examine live MIDI applications. MIDI Concepts Sequencing MIDI Hardware and Software Synchronization MPR 3011 Songwriting In the Songwriting Course, basic lyric writing techniques will be addressed. Students will learn to develop a concept into a complete song, while applying successful melodic, harmonic, rhythmic and formal musical structures learned in previous courses. Topics include lyrical subject matter, rhymes and rhyme schemes, lyric poetic devices, song form, and the song production process. Title and Concept Popular Song Form Compositional Decision Making Tools for Successful Lyric Writing Songwriting and the Production Process ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models IMK 302 Cultural Studies and the Web The Cultural Studies and the Web Course emphasizes the relationship between cultural context and promotional content on the web. This analysis will examine the significance of cross-cultural variation to web content, web access, and consumer behavior. Case studies and empirical research will be evaluated to explore the costs and benefits of cultural relevance as a component of strategic planning and Internet marketing practice. Cultural Variation Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice Technology and Consumerism DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 231

Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas. Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas ENC 326 Professional Writing The Professional Writing Course focuses on preparing students to write effectively and apply contemporary technologies and business communication best-practices in today s workplace. Students learn to recognize the link between developing their writing skills and career success. The analysis of communication in organizations, including barriers and methods for overcoming those barriers, leads students to understand the ethical goals of a business communicator. From concept to practice, students learn and apply different business writing formats, styles, and techniques in writing business letters, professional email and memos, and formal and informal reports. Multi-Disciplinary Writing Strategies for Drafting, Revising, and Proofreading Professional Documents Audience Analysis Manuscripts and Adaptations Reports and Proposal Writing DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Critical-Thinking Skills Play and the Brain Collaboration and Team Building This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program 232

New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program The power of information has only increased with the progress of digital technology, and today, we have greater access than ever to news in its myriad forms. Traditional media outlets like television and newspapers are now complemented by Internet-connected devices that can keep you constantly updated with news and opinions. Each of these outlets demand specific skills from today s journalists, but those professionals who can combine journalism fundamentals with technological savvy are the ones who will help shape the future of information media. In addition to the core requirements of journalism reporting, writing, editing you ll also learn to use photography, streaming video, and interactive graphics to augment the story you re trying to tell. By teaching the skills you ll need to become a more effective and versatile communicator, the New Media Journalism master s degree program will help prepare you for a professional career in today s rapidly evolving media landscape. The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches you how to create engaging stories across a variety of different platforms, helping you develop the skills needed to be an adaptable content creator. Areas of Focus Multimedia Content Development Fine Arts Interactive Modeling Media Distribution Animation Personal Branding Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 233

Areas of Focus PROMOTE your WORK recognizable VOICE Multimedia Content Development Information technology has helped expand the way journalists are able to tell their stories. Instead of just posting an article online, you re now able to support it with embedded video, audio, and interactive graphics that deepen the impact of your narrative. engaging communication STYLE The New Media Journalism degree program offers much more than just theory in this area, as you ll be taught how to use powerful graphics software in courses like Digital News Production and Multimedia Development and Editing. You ll work with these applications to master professional photo editing, file management, video post-production, and web development as they relate to different media outlets. The last course in the program brings together all of these components for a final capstone project. Students pick a subject to feature, and use their understanding of different storytelling methods to create a complete multimedia package that combines elements of text, photography, video, and graphics. This will also include a web portion, with students keeping a blog that chronicles their work, as well as maintaining a website that supports the themes of the project. NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 234

Areas of Focus Interactive Media Distribution master professional PHOTO EDITING The growth of interactive media is a huge benefit for today s journalists, who now have more options than ever for producing a wide range of content for emerging outlets like social media networks, blogs, mobile devices, and online video broadcasts. These areas each have their own specific content needs, and in classes like New Media Publishing and Distribution and Writing for Interactive Media, you ll learn how to apply traditional storytelling techniques to the writing styles appropriate for different platforms. Curriculum also covers how to structure articles and create a narrative flow within the confines of different design aesthetics. Your study also includes research into distribution methods, syndication, and consumer trends, as well as what kinds of factors steer people toward one media outlet or another. By understanding both the platforms you re writing for and their core audiences, you ll be able to build a successful journalism career working in different types of media. fi le MANAGEMENT WEBdevelopment VIDEO post-production NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 235

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus consumer TRENDS CREATE NARRATIVE flow Personal Branding When it comes to online journalism, a writer s biggest asset is being able to develop a recognizable voice that attracts loyalty in readers. Having your own marketable brand will open up new avenues of work, which is why the New Media Journalism degree program encourages students to solidify their messaging in classes like Social Media and Online Community Engagement, and Public Relations and Reputation Management. You ll also learn the importance of interacting with different online communities and forums, networking social Media syndication BLOGS with fans, and incorporating reader feedback into your writing all of which will help you to establish your online presence and promote your work. Regardless of the media outlet, readers are attracted to personalities they can relate to, and you ll learn how to apply your thoughts and opinions into an engaging communication style. NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 236

Areas of Focus Overview The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program addresses the opportunities for communication in today s media industry, with a focus on the mechanics of current technologies and how they enhance both narrative structure and visual storytelling. As a student in the program, you ll explore methods of research, reporting, and publishing on a variety of multimedia platforms while taking into account different approaches that each platform requires. Specialized courses teach you how to apply methods of traditional journalism to writing for interactive media, including reporting using online resources and social media, public relations, and addressing and resolving legal issues in the digital domain. You ll also learn how to produce visual and text-based content for multimedia platforms, and publish that content through different digital delivery systems. You ll apply this collected knowledge to a final capstone project that will consist of a sustained study of a journalistic topic that will be published to a website or blog, and incorporate text, photography, video, graphics, and other storytelling elements. You ll also document the evolution of the project with a supporting thesis paper, giving you a comprehensive communications project to showcase your abilities as a media journalist. Full Sail University s Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as you launch your career search in the field of journalism. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers. Objective The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches students how new media technology shapes contemporary journalism in philosophy, practice, and delivery. The curriculum addresses the concepts, processes, and tools utilized in digital news production, digital newsroom management, multimedia reporting, and social media writing, as well as the legal and ethical aspects of new media journalism. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take advantage of growing career opportunities for multimedia writers, reporters, producers, managers, and editors. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 237

New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours NMJ 570 Digital News Production 4.00 NMJ 641 Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism 4.00 NMJ 610 Mobile Technology and Communications 4.00 NMJ 550 Multimedia Development and Editing 4.00 NMJ 590 Multimedia Reporting 4.00 NMJ 510 New Media and Communications 4.00 NMJ 690 New Media Journalism Final Project 4.00 NMJ 670 New Media Publishing and Distribution 4.00 NMJ 650 Public Relations and Reputation Management 4.00 NMJ 540 Research and Investigation Skills Development 4.00 NMJ 620 Social Media and Online Community Engagement 4.00 NMJ 520 Writing for Interactive Media 4.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 NEW MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS WRITING FOR INTERACTIVE MEDIA LEGAL ASPECTS IN NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM RESEARCH & INVESTIGATION SKILLS DEVELOPMENT MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT & EDITING 6 7 8 9 10 DIGITAL NEWS PRODUCTION MULTIMEDIA REPORTING 11 12 NEW MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM FINAL PROJECT MOBILE TECHNOLOGY & COMMUNICATIONS SOCIAL MEDIA & ONLINE COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT PUBLIC RELATIONS & REPUTATION MANAGEMENT Totals: 48.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 48 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 238

Course Descriptions Program Core NMJ 570 Digital News Production The Digital News Production Course prepares students to work in the evolving media environment by introducing them to the theories, techniques, and skills used in online newsrooms and for news-related websites. The goal of the course is for students to develop the fundamental skills necessary to take assembled journalistic content and distribute the content across integrated platforms in the format of a newscast or news report. The course provides students the conceptual skills necessary to integrate interactive content and to present online journalism holistically. Recording Audio Reports Shooting Video Reports Audio Slideshows Computer Animation Multimedia Distribution NMJ 641 Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism The Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism Course identifies complex media legal issues presented by the expansion of digital and mobile technology, and helps students think critically about how to resolve these issues. The course explores whether or not traditional media laws and regulations apply to the Internet, and if so, which laws and in what application. Students discuss First Amendment and media law, including libel and slander, privacy, free press/fair trial conflicts, as well as ethical dilemmas faced by reporters and editors. Ethics of Mass Media and New Media Media Behavior Non-Professional Journalism New Journalism Laws NMJ 610 Mobile Technology and Communications The Mobile Technology and Communications Course studies the many ways in which mobile devices are transforming the process of newsgathering and the telling of news narratives. Students explore how journalists can produce visual and text-based content specifically for consumption on these devices, and how journalists must alter their stories or presentation not only for the technology of each device, but also to best engage the different audiences that use each device. The course also examines how non-western and Third World cultures use mobile technology to communicate their experiences to the rest of global society. Mobile Applications Flash and CSS Intelligent Networks Sociology of Mobile Device Usage Content Distribution NMJ 550 Multimedia Development and Editing The Multimedia Development and Editing Course is an introduction to the multimedia news production process focusing on news communication technologies that have created new media, new language, and new video interfaces, and how the principles and concepts of visual communication are employed in digital media. Students in this course learn best practices of photography, photo management, video production, audio production, web skills, and advanced postproduction techniques, and then apply these visual information skills to upload content to a website, mobile device, or application. Students also learn how to deploy these technologies to produce and edit sophisticated multimedia content for multiple platforms, including converged environments. Photo and File Management Editing Images Text Formatting Post-Production Techniques Website Construction and Development NMJ 590 Multimedia Reporting In the Multimedia Reporting Course, students learn how to access, transfer and process electronic information, and how to gain ownership of a story by presenting that information in a visual, useful, and factual way. Students become proficient in conceiving stories and packages that will work well on the web, practice on-camera presentation for Web and multimedia stories, and learn how to organize raw material into a news-oriented narrative. The course provides instruction towards visual storytelling and story advancement and evolution, with guidance regarding hardware and software that journalists must know for multimedia reporting. Objectivity, Fairness and Accuracy Interviewing Techniques Interactive Reporting Presentation Skills Story Evolution NMJ 510 New Media and Communications In preparing graduate level students to work in the changing media universe, the New Media and Communications Course aims to foster effective communication in digital and online environments. Students gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and limitations of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. The course introduces students to the concepts of how individual journalists can use new media presentation tools to make sure important work reaches its intended audiences. Interface and Database Communication Convergence Culture Traditional and Non-Traditional News Organizations Data Visualization NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 239

Course Descriptions Program Core NMJ 690 New Media Journalism Final Project In the New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program, students must complete a capstone New Media Journalism Final Project as a requirement for graduation. To complete this project, students utilize what they have learned about the mission, methods, and experience of multimedia reporting to undertake a comprehensive, sustained study of a single subject. The final project consists of a journalistic package that combines the elements of text, photos, video, graphics, and other elements to tell that story. Each student publishes a blog and/or establishes a website that includes multimedia pieces that document his or her project in evolution and writes a research-based and supported thesis paper that serves as an in-depth exploration of the project. Review of New Media Journalism Concepts Story Pitch and Proposal Online Research Multimedia Package and Presentation Thesis Paper Total Hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks NMJ 670 New Media Publishing and Distribution The New Media Publishing and Distribution Course examines the broad economic issues facing the field of journalism in the digital age: global competition, multiple distribution platforms, evolving technology and consumer behaviors, and fractionalized revenue streams. Students explore the concepts of interactive publishing and management by learning how to marry journalism fundamentals with the technologies of interactive publishing. Course instruction addresses issues of newsroom organization, content development, budgeting, responsibilities, and standards in a 24-hour multimedia news environment. Economic Challenges in Online Newsrooms Collaborative Publishing Models Syndication Streams Online Advertising and Sponsorship NMJ 650 Public Relations and Reputation Management The Public Relations and Reputation Management Course addresses the ethical responsibilities of multimedia journalists as they apply to story development, audience reaction, story evolution, and personal and organizational message control. Students learn how consumers absorb, act, and react upon news based on media format and content emphasized in that format. The course also provides an overview of the media industry landscape, examining how the different players interact and how they balance being news gatherers and content creators for the purpose of generating revenue from the content. New Media Practices Audience/Consumer Empowerment Strategic Communication Management Crisis Management Story Evolution NMJ 540 Research and Investigation Skills Development The Research and Investigative Skills Development Course examines the massive shifts in the media environment and challenges students to re-imagine how they can uncover, research, and produce investigative stories in that environment. Students will study the fundamentals of research, examine the relationship between research and theory, and explore research ethics. The course also helps students experience the process of online research and how to build credible sourcing to substantiate their work. The course addresses topics that require students to contemplate the validity of conclusions formed from online research and to consider alternative strategic approaches for comprehensive completed projects. Online Archival Research Crowdsourcing Databases Source Credibility Statistical Analysis and Conclusion NMJ 620 Social Media and Online Community Engagement The Social Media and Online Community Engagement Course is an examination of how information is shared outside professional journalism, how journalists can interact with communities, and the ways in which social technology shapes cultures, governments, and communications. Students learn theoretical and practical approaches to understanding, designing, building, and using virtual communities, and how user-generated content within those communities expands the definition of news. The course also helps journalists understand how to leverage social media to find story ideas, engage audiences, and promote their work. Citizen and Participatory Journalism Virtual Communities Newsgroup Management Political and Cultural Engagement NMJ 520 Writing for Interactive Media A primary objective of the Writing for Interactive Media Course is for students to master narrative principles by examining new ways of telling interactive, narrative stories for visual and digital media while learning through experience about the critical role that multimedia methods play in engaging audiences with complex information. The course explores both the mechanics of storytelling as well as how journalists convey themes through their writing. Students establish habits for thinking comprehensively about the storytelling process by learning how to identify stories and engaging in the development of specific storytelling processes including voice, context, dialogue, character, time, and space. The course emphasizes how story structures change across different delivery systems and platforms. Topic Identification Interactive Storytelling Thematic Structure and Development Narrative and Explanatory Journalism NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Master of Arts Degree Program 240

Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Arts Degree Program Public Relations Emerging media channels like blogs, social networks, and consumer review sites have magnified the need for qualified PR specialists that understand these digital media tools. The opportunities for public relations are growing due to organizations that want to take advantage of these new channels to create meaningful, positive dialogue with the public. In turn, professionals who can combine traditional PR practices with social media skills will be on the forefront in the communications industry. to launch powerful conversations with an organization s consumers and advocates through social media. The Public Relations program can take you beyond the basics of PR through handson experience with new social tools and project-based work. You can become familiar with industry-standard utilities and software along with current workflow practices, giving students the skills they need for a future in public relations. In the online Public Relations master s degree program, you can learn what goes into being an effective PR professional in today s fast-moving media landscape. During this 12-month program, you ll explore the planning, executing, and evaluation of media strategies while learning how Areas of Focus New Media PR Strategies Media Relations Fine Arts Brand & Message Modeling Development Animation Reputation Management Measuring PR Effects Results and Final ROI Project/ Demo Reel Creation PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 241

Areas of Focus SOCIAL networks real-time media traditional NONTRADITIONAL media channels NAL message STRATEGY writing TECHNIQUES reputation MANAGEMENT n strategy egy VE ve ements content QUANTITATIVE qualitative measurements PR PUBLIC STRATEGIES consumerrelations research MEDIA NEW MEDIA RELATIONS PR STRATEGIES BRAND & MESSAGE NEW MEDIA DEVELOPMENT PR STRATEGIES MEDIA RELATIONS real-time media writing TECHNIQUES traditional SOCIAL networks message traditional SOCIAL networks STRATEGY NONTRADITIONAL media channels content SHARING crowdsourcing content CURATION campaign COORDINATION consumer research campaign COORDINATION market SHARING crowdsourcing content audience search TRENDS audience PUBLIC RELATIONS search TRENDS market NEW MEDIA PUBLIC RELATIONS content SHARING crowdsourcing content CURATION market consumer research campaign SOCIAL COORDINATION networks NONTRADITIONAL media channels CURATION real-time media real-time media real-time writing TECHNIQUES media disgruntled customer armed with a webcam and content SHARING crowdsourcing content a YouTube account. CURATION In the Public Relations master s degree program, you ll learn the best way to engage with traditional and nontraditional media channels to achieve PR goals, as content well as how to work SHARING crowdsourcing with both skeptics and advocates of content your organization as they share their opinions through CURATION the media. You ll also learn how to work with experts to represent your clients missions with authority. campaign content COORDINATION SHARING crowdsourcing content consumer CURATION research market New Media PR Strategies The world of media has exploded with interactive tools that connect people and organizations like never before. When understood and used strategically, they can provide tremendous opportunity for public relations professionals. Throughout your coursework, you ll be introduced to the unique characteristics of popular technologies such as social networks, real-time media, and content sharing. You ll also explore behaviors such as crowdsourcing, feed aggregation, and content curation, and learn about technology such as RSS, HTML5, and emerging mobile platforms. Media Relations Since newspaper days, public relations professionals have had a symbiotic relationship with journalists. Often, many of the stories you read about or see on TV news have originated through a press release. Today, the journalist could be a blogger, an influential voice on Twitter, an advocacy group, or even a PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 242

networks Areas of Focus traditional NONTRADITIONAL media channels BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT CURATION NONTRADITIONAL media channels message STRATEGY writing TECHNIQUES c audience ESTABLISHMENT writing TECHNIQUES market consumer PUBLIC research RELATIONS campaign COORDINATION REPUTATION MANAGEMENT reputation MANAGEMENT strategy reputation DEFENSE Brand repair & Message Development QUANTITATIVE Message strategy is at the heart of PR. As a public relations professional, your job is to help craft the qualitative voice and goals of your client or organization, and TRENDS establish which audiences you need to reach. measurements OCIAL networks real-time media audience search Understanding your audience is crucial to your efforts, and through classes in market and consumer research, you ll learn how to use research tools to identify your target market and competition. You ll traditional NONTRADITIONAL also learn how to ensure that your brand s message ia channels stays consistent across all channels, and how to coordinate campaigns across social media, mobile platforms, and traditional outlets. essage RATEGY You ll learn how to amplify your writing style and adapt it for different media, from press releases to social media updates. You ll also learn how to use writing techniques to develop strong, consistent messages that inform and persuade audiences. writing TECHNIQUES NEW MEDIA PR STRATEGIES MEDIA RELATIONS BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT REPUTATION MANAGEMENT MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI SOCIAL networks traditional NONTRADITIONAL media channels message STRATEGY content reputation SHARING crowdsourcing content MANAGEMENT CURATION market consumer research campaign COORDINATION strategy QUANTITATIVE qualitative measurements QUANTITATIVE real-time media qualitative measurements writing TECHNIQUES audience search TRENDS content SHARING search TRENDS audience market consumer research PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 243

Areas of Focus BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT message STRATEGY BLIC ATIONS The concept of reputation management has grown in importance throughout the realm of public relations in recent years. PR professionals now MEDIA need to transition their efforts SOCIAL from being reactive TRATEGIES through crisis management, networks to proactively observing conversations about their brands and speaking openly with the public. IA RELATIONS In the Public Relations master s NONTRADITIONAL program, you ll learn how to monitor and respond media to channels public changes in sentiment regarding your client or organization. You ll learn how to defend and repair a damaged reputation, ND & MESSAGE and how to address social threats such as dated or audience ELOPMENT inaccurate information ESTABLISHMENT in the press, or uninformed critics on the web. You ll also discover how reputation management strategies can protect and bolster your own personal brand as a professional. UTATION AGEMENT nds SURING ESULTS ROI Reputation Management traditional reputation DEFENSE repair QUANTITATIVE qualitative measurements writing TECHNIQUES audience search TRENDS PUBLIC RELATIONS Measuring PR Results and ROI NEW MEDIA PR STRATEGIES An important aspect of the Public Relations master s program is for you to learn how to not real-time only successfully mediacreate and implement public relations strategies, but also how to measure their effectiveness to prove value to your clients. REPUTATION MANAGEMENT MEASURING content PR RESULTS SHARING crowdsourcing content traditional AND ROI CURATION MEDIA RELATIONS NONTRADITIONAL media channels In your coursework, you ll learn how to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations tactics, using BRAND & MESSAGE numeric information to DEVELOPMENT describe performance in relation to your goals. campaign consumer reputation COORDINATION researchmanagement strategy market You ll also examine quantitative and qualitative measurements to help provide context for audience REPUTATION search trends, website MANAGEMENT traffic, and social behavior such as sharing content. Ultimately, you will learn how to develop and create reports that will develop your clients understanding and confidence in the public relations process. MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI SOCIAL networks message STRATEGY QUANTITATIVE qualitative measurements real-time media writing TECHNIQUES audience search TRENDS reputation MANAGEMENT strategy content QUANTITATIVE SHARING qualitative measurements market consumer research PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 244

Areas of Focus Overview Throughout the Public Relations master of arts degree program, students will examine how new social tools and communication channels have changed the idea of what it means to be a public relations professional. Students will learn how to leverage social media in order to launch powerful dialogues with an organization s consumers and advocates. Along with learning the new digital tools, the Public Relations master s program will give students a solid foundation in traditional PR. Students will gain a solid grasp of how to plan, research, execute, and evaluate effective PR media plans. During the course of the program and in preparation for their final thesis project, students will build a website and social channels from the ground up, fostering their own professional reputation and audience throughout the degree program. Objective The Internet and new media channels have had a profound impact on the field of public relations. The rise of participatory media such as blogs, Twitter, and content-sharing sites has challenged the traditional ideal of who is a journalist dramatically altering how publicists and PR professionals engage to share their stories. In addition to traditional news media, today s PR professionals must also identify and develop credible and lasting relationships with influential voices throughout the social media world. Effective PR messages are informative, newsworthy, and interesting but not to everyone and not all the time. Online PR professionals must compete with a broad spectrum of challenges and with a variety of social media participants, who all have their individual perspective of public relations and Internet marketing strategies. The Public Relations master of arts degree program is designed to provide students with a practical working knowledge of traditional PR methods and a handson understanding of the latest new social tools, communication channels, technologies, trends, and best practices. The 12-month program is focused on developing new media PR professionals with a solid understanding of traditional PR tradecraft, digital media expertise, and technical skills. PUBLIC RELATIONS OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 245

Public Relations Master of Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours PBR 530 Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals 3.00 PBR 620 Events Marketing and Production 3.00 PBR 540 Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources 3.00 PBR 630 Integrated Marketing Communication 3.00 PBR 520 Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations 3.00 PBR 560 Market and Consumer Research Analysis 3.00 PBR 610 Media Relations 3.00 PBR 640 The Online Media Room 3.00 PBR 699 Public Relations Final Project and Thesis 3.00 PBR 510 Public Relations in a Digital World 3.00 PBR 650 Reputation Management Strategies 3.00 PBR 550 Social Media Metrics and ROI 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 PUBLIC RELATIONS IN A DIGITAL WORLD LEGAL ASPECTS OF SOCIAL MEDIA PUBLIC RELATIONS ADVANCED WRITING FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS PROFESSIONALS INNOVATIVE PUBLIC RELATIONS TOOLS & RESOURCES SOCIAL MEDIA METRICS & ROI 6 7 8 9 10 MARKET & CONSUMER RESEARCH ANALYSIS MEDIA RELATIONS 11 12 REPUTATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES PUBLIC RELATIONS FINAL PROJECT & THESIS EVENTS MARKETING & PRODUCTION INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION THE ONLINE MEDIA ROOM Totals: 36.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 36 TOTAL WEEKS: 48 PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 246

Course Descriptions Program Core PBR 530 Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals In the age of viral video and other media channels and tools, the ability to share information and extend the narrative beyond text is critical. Effective PR means combining the right media to convey information to an audience at the right time. In the Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals Course, students will explore the advanced skills of writing PR material for the web and print and online media channels. Students will expand their knowledge of how to take traditional public relations writing pieces and apply advanced public relations techniques to broaden the message of their writing. These methods will allow students to understand how to strategically extend their writing for a variety of traditional and progressive formats including press releases, website content, and scripts. Students will also develop core storytelling skills by incorporating photography, video, and audio interviews to enhance their writing. By the end of the course, students will be able to create engaging multimedia content that not only informs but also persuades an audience. PR Multimedia Asset Production Public Relations and Scriptwriting Public Relations Writing Web-Based Communications and Development Visual Storytelling PBR 620 Events Marketing and Production Today s public relations professionals often create thematic events to generate buzz, build excitement, and stir interest for their professional community. From press conferences to flash mobs, digital media plays a critical role in ensuring that events are well publicized and organized. In the Events Marketing and Production Course, students will explore the role of public and digital events that support PR efforts and how these events generate awareness for their clients and/or company. Students will examine how PR is used to support and enhance events such as trade shows, product launches, and press conferences. Students will also consider the roll of meet-ups, digital presentations, mobile apps, and other initiatives that enhance the effect of both digital and real-world interactions. Professional Presentation, Public Speaking, and Spokesperson Development Leadership and Communication Publicity Photos and Multimedia Meet-ups and Special Events Mobile Applications PBR 540 Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources Like the tools in a toolbox, different media techniques and technologies can solve different communication problems. In the Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources Course, students will examine the unique characteristics of popular technologies such as social networks (Facebook), real-time media (Twitter), and content sharing (YouTube, Flickr). Students will also investigate behaviors including crowd sourcing, feed aggregation, and content curation. The role of technologies such as RSS, HTML5, and emerging mobile platforms will also be explored. The course will offer students a deeper understanding of the unique properties of each platform as well as examine the kinds of tactical and strategic problems each technology addresses in the context of a PR campaign. Platforms, Tools, and Techniques Blogging and Facebook Online Forums and Wikis Apps and Widgets Mobile and Tablet Applications PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 247

Course Descriptions Program Core PBR 630 Integrated Marketing Communication Public relations professionals face unique challenges when it comes to communicating with an audience online and integrating these efforts into the overall corporate mission and marketing efforts. In the Integrated Marketing Communication Course, students will learn how to ensure that their PR message remains consistent across social media such as Twitter, Facebook, Blogs, and web video. Students will also examine how to coordinate applications, mobile platforms, and social media in order to maximize the efficacy of their campaign, observing how all of these efforts fit in to the overall corporate and/or client mission. Finally, students will consider how to integrate digital channels which can complement and support legacy outlets such as newspapers, radio, and magazines. Internet Marketing Fundamentals Social Media and Online Community Engagement Social Media PR Case Studies Strategic Communication Management Digital Content Strategy PBR 520 Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations For all of the advantages that social media and technologies can provide to today s public relations professional, it is these same technologies that can also present a variety of risks and liabilities to an organization. In the Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations Course, students will investigate the spectrum of legal and ethical considerations that guide the responsible and ethical execution of PR project planning within an organization. Students will also consider the compromises organizations must make when balancing strategic interests, individual rights, and public engagement. Students will examine how to avoid and address legal concerns such as libel, slander, and infringement in their professional communication. The ethical considerations of attempting to influence legislation and working with publically funded organizations will also be explored. Finally, students will examine these legal issues in the context of current technologies and future trends. Libel and Slander Infringement and Copyright International Legal Considerations Security Issues Working with a Legal Team PBR 560 Market and Consumer Research Analysis In the Market and Consumer Research Analysis Course, students will learn how to examine various professional public relations and marketing resources to identify their market, competition, and consumer. After learning how to research for this information, the student will learn how to target their public relations campaigns to attract their desired client. In support of this objective, students will examine how to capture and retrieve demographic and industry data using a variety of tools ranging from surveys and focus groups to public data, third-party web metrics. Students will then investigate how to analyze, evaluate, and present industry data within a professional context. Finally, students will consider how to select the appropriate digital medium/channel mix for their campaign by matching the right communication tool to both the right organizational objective and the right audience. Marketing Research Audience Segmentation and Demographics Industry Analysis Selecting Digital Medium/ Channels/Platforms Evaluating Platforms PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 248

Course Descriptions Program Core PBR 610 Media Relations Journalists have traditionally provided PR professionals with an opportunity to have their story told to a large audience by a trusted source. In the Media Relations Course, students will consider who the journalist is in the digital space and how the traditional objective for a journalist has changed as a result of the Internet and participatory media. Students will explore how a public relations professional must understand their media community and the best way to engage with the media in a professional manner to achieve their public relations goals. Students will examine how to engage both the advocates and skeptics of their organization with the media; they will also learn how to leverage their community s subject matter experts to represent their mission with authority. Media Publicity and Development Evangelists, Advocates, and Influencers How to Pitch the Media Owned vs. Earned Media Establishing Credibility and Authenticity PBR 640 The Online Media Room The traditional pressroom or media room is the hub of an organization s media outreach and engagement efforts to their consumer and/or client. In the online environment, this effort is typically reflected within a portion of the organization s webpage. In The Online Media Room Course, students will examine how to develop, integrate, and manage online media assets within the organization s webpage to support both external and internal public relations messages. Students will review topics ranging from the development and usability of digital media assets to the incorporation of progressive online media methods to strengthen a corporate web presence. Students will also examine how to integrate digital media assets with existing third-party social platforms such as Facebook and Twitter. Finally, students will explore best practices for managing and updating online media assets to encourage participation from across an organization. Digital Press Room Management Media Room and Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Social Media Integration Web Design and Usability Audience Interaction PBR 699 Public Relations Final Project and Thesis Students in the Public Relations Final Project and Thesis Course will deliver a capstone project as a requirement for the completion of their graduate education. This project will consist of a detailed public relations plan that demonstrates an in-depth understanding of the knowledge and concepts across the Public Relations Master of Arts Degree Program curriculum. In addition to the digital media public relations plan, students will prepare a website that includes multimedia assets and a channel mix that support the public relations plan criteria and demonstrate a competency in the technical skills, research skills, and writing skills students have acquired in the degree. Students will also deliver a final thesis, which presents an examination of the plan and an analysis of key topics. Problem Analysis and Proposal Social Media PR Plan Social Media Mix Academic Research Thesis Paper This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 249

Course Descriptions Program Core PBR 510 Public Relations in a Digital World In the Public Relations in a Digital World Course, students will examine the dramatic impact of the Internet and a 24/7 media environment on the public relations (PR) process. Students will examine how the Internet and digital media have influenced not only the development of the PR profession but how PR is planned, distributed, and controlled. Through the development of the course, students will explore the role of PR across various departments within an organization and how a public relations team responds to a range of circumstances and priorities. By examining how PR is used to address a variety of strategic communication requirements and organizational goals, students will leave the course with a foundation for further exploration of these initiatives in a dynamic business environment. The Psychology of Social Groups Define the Role of Public Relations and Connect this Profession to the Evolution Online Evaluation of Media Literacy and Current Trends PR Planning Process PBR 650 Reputation Management Strategies In the Reputation Management Strategies Course, students will learn how to monitor and respond to changes in sentiment and conditions that impact organizational initiatives and long-term strategic communication objectives. In addition to monitoring conversations, sentiment, and search ranking, students will also examine how to report social metrics and web analytics translating this information into effective planning and decision-making. Students will also examine options for defending and repairing reputations, as well as addressing social threats such as dated and inaccurate information in the press, misinformation, and critics on the web. Finally, students will consider how they can use these same strategies to monitor and manage their own online reputations as they develop their careers. New Media Practices Audience/Consumer Empowerment Strategic Communication Management Crisis Management Story Evolution PBR 550 Social Media Metrics and ROI The ability to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations efforts is critical to ensuring the success of any marketing and/or public relations campaign. In the Social Media Metrics and ROI Course, students will learn how to track, report, and analyze a variety of metrics that describe audience behavior and attitudes. In the course, students will learn how to use numeric information to describe and explain performance in relation to campaign goals and objectives. Students will examine quantitative and qualitative measurements to help provide context for audience search trends, website traffic, and social behavior such as sharing content. In addition to exploring these metrics, students will also learn how to integrate these measures into their professional planning. The course will provide students with an understanding of both traditional and contemporary metrics and reporting tools for analyzing data. Ultimately, students will learn how to develop and create reports, which will develop a stakeholder s understanding and confidence in the public relations process. Web Analytics Social Media Optimization Reporting Social Media Metrics Defining Campaign Objectives PUBLIC RELATIONS Master of Arts Degree Program 250

Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science Degree Program Today s sports fans are connected to their favorite games, teams, and athletes more than ever before, as technology has brought athletes and their fans even closer together. Through new media and digital distribution efforts, sports organizations now have a wide range of opportunities to connect to their biggest supporters while reaching out to new and casual fans. Our Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program helps you gain the skills needed to become the kind of professional who is able to understand both the creative process and the marketing considerations involved with the development of video, website content, and social media campaigns for sports organizations. As you learn about the business principles, content creation, and legal and ethical issues of the sports industry, you ll develop the skills necessary to position yourself as a valuable player in the ever-evolving world of sports and media. Areas of Focus New Media Marketing Fine Arts Content Modeling Creation Animation Distribution Channels Effects & Social Media Presence Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 251

IP ATING lls Areas of Focus marketing TECHNOLOGY CONTENT creation maximize FAN skills TEAM CONNECTION CONTENT creation maximize FAN skills TEAM CONNECTION professional DEVELOPMENT social marketing TECHNOLOGY social DIGITAL CONTENT DIGITAL SPACES MOBILE DIGITAL SPACES MOBILE CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple PLATFORM New PLATFORM Media Marketing DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS Technology has changed the way that sports fans connect with teams, leagues, franchises, and athletes, as well as how they interact with one another. As a result, team BUSINESS owners, venue owners, and other sports organizations are relying more and more on new media marketing techniques to foster fan loyalty and grow support. In exploring the strategies that are most effective for a sports-related business, you ll develop client marketing plans, learn about sports sales and sponsorships and how they can aid you in your marketing efforts, and explore how the digital and mobile platforms specific to the sports industry can help you bring your message to the masses. DEVELOPMENTTHEORY NETWORKING NETWORKING SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program pro DE softwa FOUNDAT 252

Areas of Focus NEGOTIATING skills LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills marketing TECHNOLOGY CONTENT creation maximize professional FAN TEAM CONNECTION DEVELOPM LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING skills CONTENT creation LEADERSHIP NEGOTIATING maximize skills FAN CONTENT creation maximize FAN TEAM CONNECTION TEAM CONNECTION marketing TECHNOLOGY marketing TECHNOLOGY social professional DEVELOPMENT MOBILE DIGITAL SPACES CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple social MOBILE DIGITAL CONTENT DIGITAL Distribution SPACESChannels & Social Media Presence CREATE engaging multiple PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT professional DEVELOPMENT Throughout the program, you ll learn about the new media distribution channels that sports organizations are using to connect with fans and consumers, and determine which channels best suit the product or service. You ll study the opportunities found in CONTENT channels such as web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual DIGITAL worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, interactive CONTENT TV, and podcasting. You ll also gain a better understanding of how social networks can be employed to create and maintain an online connection with fans, connecting events, branding campaigns, and the media you ve created. software FOUNDATION softwa FOUNDAT SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 253

ximize CONTENT TEAM ONNECTION Areas of Focus multiple PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS THEORY FOUNDATION CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT software FOUNDATION maximize FAN TEAM CONNECTION CREATE engaging CONTENT multiple PLATFORM DEVELOPMENT NETWORKING BUSINESS THEORY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT Content Creation NETWORKING NETWORKING Checking the score of the game or finding out the latest information about your favorite team is no longer about watching a ticker scroll by or checking the sports pages today, you can access all of that information from a device that can fit in your pocket. In the Sports Marketing & Media degree program, you ll learn how to craft compelling and engaging content for multiple platforms, including television, mobile devices, and the web. You ll conceptualize, create, and edit advertising materials, video elements, feature stories, podcasts, and business presentations, while learning about the process that goes into making mobile applications, video games, television broadcasts, and more. SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 254

Areas of Focus Overview Teams, companies, and organizations in the field of sports business are rapidly moving into social, mobile, and digital spaces, while targeting opportunities to create content, control their messages, generate revenue, and create fan branding. These businesses are realizing that as the digital universe expands, they can connect with their respective clients and fan bases in a much more intimate way than has ever been possible. Because of this, the sports business has a universal need for creative minds who don t just understand and utilize technology, but who are able to communicate the information derived from it. In Full Sail s Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program, you ll have the opportunity to contribute to the new demands of the evolving field of sports business, particularly from a position where digital art, design, communication, distribution, and marketing intersect. This online degree program will provide you with a fundamental understanding of how marketing and content creation are becoming much more integrated into the everyday operations of sports businesses. The degree program also provides practical, real-time opportunities for students to create, distribute, and market content and includes topics such as social media marketing, new media distribution, and intellectual property, public relations, and leadership. To help you move towards your desired career, we ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and resume. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. Objective The objective of the Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program is to help students develop and refine skills in marketing and technology, which will be valuable for communication, revenue generation, event operations, marketing, and business development within the field of sports business. The degree program focuses on ways that students can maximize the connection between fans, teams, and athletes, and students will learn how to utilize the principles of marketing in a sports-specific context, while implementing original content on multiple platforms. Completion of the Sports Marketing & Media bachelor s degree program will enable graduates to pursue new and emerging professional pathways in the field of sports business. The collaborative, project-based program culminates in the Sports Marketing Final Project course, which requires students to create and produce a targeted sports business marketing campaign for a self-selected company (i.e., team, league, university, or marketer). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 255

Sports Marketing and Media Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 SMM 4111 Business Project Management 4.00 WEB 2601 Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling 4.00 SMM 4751 Global Sports Marketing Strategies 4.00 ART 2007 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I HISTORY OF SPORTS MEDIA SMM 1201 History of Sports Media 4.00 ENTB 376 Intellectual Property 4.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology 4.00 6 7 8 9 10 PGY 1106 Introduction to Digital Photography 3.00 MAN 2020 Introduction to Management 4.00 STA 1026 Introduction to Statistics 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT PUBLIC SPEAKING INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING ART HISTORY MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing 4.00 SPC 1606 Public Speaking 4.00 PGY 2146 Introduction to Video 4.00 11 12 13 14 15 SMM 4833 Marketing Plans and Campaign Development 4.00 SMM 3933 Mobility Technology and Marketing 4.00 IMK 222 New Media Distribution Channels 4.00 OBM 1000 Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries 3.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 127 TOTAL WEEKS: 128 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY SPORTS MEDIA INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS INTRODUCTION TO VIDEO ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY 16 17 18 19 20 SMM 101 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 SMM 102 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 SMM 203 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL STORYTELLING WEBSITE DESIGN & EDITING SPORTS BUSINESS MODELS SPORTS MARKETING SPORTS MARKETING RESEARCH SMM 3751 Public Relations in Sports 4.00 SMM 3561 Social Media and Sports Marketing 4.00 SMM 3111 Sports Business Models 4.00 SMM 3621 Sports Events and Entertainment 4.00 SMM 4231 Sports Law and Contracts 4.00 21 22 23 24 25 SOCIAL MEDIA & SPORTS MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I SPORTS EVENTS & ENTERTAINMENT PUBLIC RELATIONS IN SPORTS NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS MOBILITY TECHNOLOGY & MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II SMM 3231 Sports Marketing 4.00 26 27 28 29 30 SMM 4951 Sports Marketing Final Project 4.00 SMM 3413 Sports Marketing Research 4.00 SMM 3201 Sports Media 4.00 SMM 4561 Sports Sales and Sponsorships 4.00 WEB 2703 Website Design and Editing 4.00 Totals: 97.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Game Design Master of Science Degree Program Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program BUSINESS PROJECT MANAGEMENT SPORTS LAW & CONTRACTS 31 32 MARKETING PLANS & CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT SPORTS MARKETING FINAL PROJECT INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SPORTS SALES & SPONSORSHIPS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III GLOBAL SPORTS MARKETING STRATEGIES This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). * IF YOU RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 256

Course Descriptions Program Core SMM 4111 Business Project Management The Business Project Management Course is a direct study of business management organizational structures through the creation of a project that allows an interactive examination of the principles of organizing, operating, financing, and employing single- and mixed-use projects from the perspectives of a business executive. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of sports business initiatives and strengthen their understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the industry. Students also begin developing their individual business proposal for their Final Project course and are challenged to pull together ideas and information from their program of study as they develop their proposal and explore its potential for becoming a viable business. Excel Data Reporting Organizational Principles Project Finance Business Plan Development WEB 2601 Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling The Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling Course aims to help students develop the fundamentals of writing and producing functional content for the World Wide Web. The course explores both the mechanics of storytelling as well as how marketers and content developers convey themes through their writing. Students learn the techniques and methods for researching, reporting, messaging, and storytelling through the Web. The course helps students learn how to identify stories best told on the Web and how to best structure those stories for their audiences via different delivery systems, including interactive web pages. Interactive Storytelling Thematic Narrative Development Design Proposals Multimedia Element Integration SMM 4751 Global Sports Marketing Strategies The Global Sports Marketing Strategies Course focuses on the development of international sports marketing as well as the global impact of sports organizations. Students learn about international business and how sports business functions within that environment. The course also explores how social issues impact sports and international society, and how these issues affect sponsorship, marketing campaigns, and global pursuits. Global Sports Bodies, Governance, and Structures Global Sports Sponsorship Dynamics Integrated Marketing Plans Marketing Planning Process SMM 1201 History of Sports Media The History of Sports Media Course serves as an introduction to the cultural relationship between sports and media. The course provides an overview of sports media including influences, influential people, and moments. Students learn about the history of research, ethics, practices, and the societal impact of sports media both past and present. Special attention is given to traditional sports media outlets such as newspapers, magazines, radio, and television, as well as the impact of historical and cultural influences. Sports Organizations and Mass Media Sports Content and Programming Print, Radio, and Television Sports Journalism Ethics and Evolution Sports Media Culture ENTB 376 Intellectual Property The Intellectual Property Course examines how artists, athletes, game/ filmmakers and businesses use trademarks, copyrights, publicity rights, trade secrets, and patents to enhance goodwill and generate revenue from ideas and properties. Students explore ownership, licensing, and transfer of rights; infringement, prevention, and enforcement measures; and the impact of technological and cultural evolution and privacy restraints on the creation, ownership and spread of content in the sports and entertainment industries. Intellectual Property Rights & Contracts Overview Brand Enhancement Rights in Creative Works Managing Intellectual Property in Projects PGY 1106 Introduction to Digital Photography The Introduction to Digital Photography course introduces students to the basic elements of still photography; electronic, digitally realized, and manipulated photography; and multi-image sequencing. Students will learn the skills required of professional photographers and picture editors in creating photographic and multimedia packages for publication in print and on the Internet. These experiences lead to the practice of learning camera functions in the interrelationship between photography and cinematography and allow students to begin training their critical eye. Basic Lighting Management Computer-Related Input/ Output for Imaging Digital Photo Technology Narrative Structure and Composition This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 257

Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 2020 Introduction to Management The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining different types of organizational structures within relationship, leadership, and legal contexts, while examining how to harness knowledge, resources, and ingenuity. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices and provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs. Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure Human Resource Principles Local and National Labor Laws Risk Management Business Management Case Studies MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined. Marketing Principles and Terminology Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Branding Advertising PGY 2146 Introduction to Video The Introduction to Video Course is designed to expose students to the basics of video production for the purpose of content creation. Students study field-producing techniques and methods for reporting, messaging, and storytelling through video. The interactive course teaches students how to identify stories best told in video and how to best structure these stories for their audiences. Students develop skills shooting video using personal handheld cameras and editing video on their MacBook Pros. Storytelling Field Production Techniques Camera Techniques Design and Production SMM 4833 Marketing Plans and Campaign Development The Marketing Plans and Campaign Development Course is designed to give students an interactive opportunity to develop a client marketing plan and/or business activation campaign from start to finish. Students research and analyze case studies and formulate a project that enables them to create their own campaigns, beginning with the creative process and then moving into the managerial and process-making role involved in communication or marketing plans. This course teaches students about the tools they need to develop messaging and branding through design, technology, and presentation on a for-performance basis. Campaign Development Process Marketing Plan Architecture and Integration Effective Campaign Management Customer Acquisition and Alignment SMM 3933 Mobility Technology and Marketing The Mobility Technology and Marketing Course introduces students to mobility technology through sports marketing concepts. Students learn the necessary fundamentals for mobile applications along with an overview of mobile phone content development. The majority of the course focuses on strategic marketing possibilities for mobile platforms, including applications and their use, activation, and revenue generating opportunities. The course encourages students to utilize their earlier instruction and knowledge in design, research, entrepreneurship, and business development. Mobile Marketing Techniques Mobile Demographics Search Engine Optimization Mobile Application Development Brand Awareness IMK 222 New Media Distribution Channels The New Media Distribution Channels course teaches students how to analyze new media distribution channels to determine how to market and deploy their products or services over a multitude of platforms. Students will examine a variety of advanced media components, assess which distribution channels can best help them to accomplish their marketing goals, and then integrate their product/service into those channels, making alterations as needed. The course takes students through the following new media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, social media, interactive TV, and podcasting. New Media Distribution Channels Defined New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation New Media Distribution Strategic Development SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 258

Course Descriptions Program Core OBM 1000 Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industry s various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industry s current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields. An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries SMM 101, 102, 203 Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices. Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices Total credit hours 1.00 each Course length 4 weeks SMM 3751 Public Relations in Sports The Public Relations in Sports Course provides students with an understanding of sports communications. The primary focus is on professional and corporate levels with an emphasis on the use of content creation, technology, distribution, and new media. Students learn how teams, organizations, and marketing companies use traditional and new media to align their business objectives with their communications strategies and how organizations can manage various forms of media to communicate specific messages to distinct audiences designed for particular subjects. This course allows students to learn how to employ new technologies to reach fans creatively and shows them how to become the creative bridges between the sports business, the on-field and off-field content, and its consumers. Public Relations Ethics Reputation Management Information Services and Organizational Media Crisis Communications SMM 3561 Social Media and Sports Marketing The Social Media and Sports Marketing Course examines the methodology inherent in viral marketing through social media applications and applies social media to situations for revenue generation and brand awareness in the sports business. Students explore the avenues by which teams and organizations can use social media to inspire consumers to tell others about their products or services to grow brand awareness and fan/consumer loyalty. Students learn how to evaluate if and when specific marketing approaches are appropriate for their product and/or brand and are tasked with creating and producing their own social media and viral marketing campaign. Social Media Campaign Development Social Web Participation Social Media Measurement Tools and Metrics Interruptive Advertising Social Media Channels SMM 3111 Sports Business Models The Sports Business Models Course is designed to help students develop a basic understanding of the principles of economics that influence individual decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within an economic system, as well as a basic understanding of the function of product markets as they relate to sports. Students also learn about the different types of relationships forged between sports organizations, their business partners and consumers, and how industry businesses develop and nurture streams of revenue through those relationships. Sports Business Leadership Sports Properties and Marketplaces Revenue Management Financial Data Management Disciplines SMM 3621 Sports Events and Entertainment The Sports Events and Entertainment Course serves as an examination of sports business event management, as well as the strategies used to market conferences, meetings, and special events, and the necessary components for marketing and packaging sports and entertainment events. Students cover a wide range of topics including event planning, promotion, and production over a variety of different types of events and conferences, with a targeted focus on the role technology and design play in contributing to the successful development of such events. The course guides students through budgeting, planning, staff and equipment management, video and graphic production, interactive marketing, signage, and strategic partnerships development, and covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management. Overview of Sports Event Management Sports Event Concept Design Project Plan Management and Development Target Audience Research Location Scouting and Logistics Technical Sports Event Development SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 259

Course Descriptions Program Core SMM 4231 Sports Law and Contracts The Sports Law and Contracts Course provides an overview of general sports business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, accounting, and contracts and negotiations. Students explore the theories of negotiation and strategy in developing solution-oriented processes for achieving results in the sports business. Through integrative techniques and game theory, students investigate the relationships between organizations, sponsors, vendors, and distribution outlets. Students also explore a variety of topics including content creation, conflict and dispute resolution and remedy, theoretical processes and strategies, creativity in contract writing, and enforcement of terms. Management Functions of Legal Theory Human Resource Management Strategic Governance Marketing Management SMM 3231 Sports Marketing The Sports Marketing Course introduces students to the specific properties of marketing for sports. The course reviews the revenue-generation aspects of sports business and will help students learn how to identify different types of sports business consumers, as well as a variety of marketing and media strategies and applications to engage consumers. Within their course of study, students create sports marketing initiatives for implementation on traditional and digital media platforms. History of Sports Marketing Sports Marketing Concepts and Strategies Proper Market Research Consumer Identification Multiplatform Distribution SMM 4951 Sports Marketing Final Project The Sports Marketing Final Project Course gives students an opportunity to research, develop, and write a proposal for a sports business concept and/or sports marketing plan and execute the concept. Students are expected to incorporate the comprehensive elements of their entire academic experience, including the application of proper research methodologies, business writing skills, and proposal preparation to concepts such as content creation, branding, distribution, design and technology, and sales and marketing. Sports Marketing Proposal Writing and Development Market Analysis Venture Description Marketing Plan and Budget Management Plan SMM 3413 Sports Marketing Research The Sports Marketing Research Course compares and contrasts the various research methodologies utilized in marketing research most commonly practiced in sports marketing settings. Within the context of the sports industry, students explore marketing strategies and tactics and the roles that design, implementation, analysis, interpretation, and reporting of research that influence marketing decisions. Students undertake individual research projects and are responsible for selecting an appropriate research design, conducting research, and interpreting data for conclusions. Sports Marketing Research Strategies Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies Primary and Secondary Targeting Individual Project Development SMM 3201 Sports Media The Sports Media course is an exploration of the relationship between sports, sports businesses, and the media, both advanced and traditional. The course examines a wide scope of media platforms and their historical and current roles in sports business and marketing strategy, including broadcast, cable, satellite, interactive TV (including regional sports networks and their territorial rights), radio (all formats), social media, mobile media, the role of conglomerates (such as Comcast/Universal, Disney/ABC, and Newscorp), online media (blogs, podcasts, Web 2.0), and location-based media (such as retail signage). Students will examine the methods used to collect and process information and apply it to marketing sports services and products, with a focus on direct marketing and indirect public relations. Broadcast Media Rights and Ownership Revenue Generation through Content Development Sports Network Relationships Location-Based Media SMM 4561 Sports Sales and Sponsorships The Sports Sales and Sponsorship Course provides students with an overview of current factors and issues related to sports sponsorship, including sponsorship planning, sales and negotiations, and sponsorship proposals and evaluations. Students explore the relationship between sports organizations and businesses, universities, corporate sponsors, advertising agencies, individual ticket consumers, and the development of their respective marketing campaigns. The course concentrates on the notions of communication and branding through sales, the value of sponsorship, and the alignment of marketing concepts. Sales Force Creation, Strategies, and Negotiation Sports Consumer Behavior Sponsorship Rights Sports Segmentation and Pricing Branding and Activation This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 260

Course Descriptions General Education General Education WEB 2703 Website Design and Editing The Website Design and Editing Course provides students with the tools they need to develop website branding and messaging through design, technology, and presentation. Students learn how to structure applications and prepare media for different types of delivery platforms, with an emphasis on creating opportunities for the Web. Outcomes include the creation of video elements, feature stories, business presentations, advertising and signage, and other industry uses of content for presentation and distribution. Introduction to Editing Systems Web Editing Applications Dialogue, Video, and Audio Computerized Editing Techniques Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 Weeks ART 2007 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 261

Course Descriptions General Education PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information. Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Final Group Presentations STA 1026 Introduction to Statistics The Introduction to Statistics course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building SPC 1606 Public Speaking The Public Speaking course is designed to train students in understanding and implementing oral communication skills. Learning is centered on student participation in a variety of speaking and listening situations, which are designed to increase the understanding of the interpersonal nature of all speech communication. Students will study concepts and topics such as as target audience identification, surveys, body language, effective speaking techniques, and pre-speech planning in order to create and deliver at least three types of speeches. Impromptu Speeches Researching for Speech Manuscripts Creation and Delivery of Persuasive Speeches Creation and Delivery of Expository and Demonstrative Speeches Speech Outlines Audience Surveys Evaluation of Speaking Effectiveness This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program 262

Web Computer Design & Animation Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Advancing at a faster pace than perhaps any other technological achievement in our society s history, the Internet is now at the epicenter of our culture. In today s world, the ability to share ideas, information, and concepts with a global audience is something we almost take for granted - life without the Internet is nearly unthinkable! That reality makes the skills needed to help develop the applications and sites that drive the web a powerful commodity in today s Internet-centric market. Just think of how many different websites you visit on a daily basis if it s a public entity, it probably has a website. Each site stems from an idea and specific goals, and is designed and developed by people who are dedicated to maintaining our most prevalent source of information. When you enter Full Sail s Web Design & Development Program, you prepare to join the ranks of those who create the way we live and connect with others online. Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Interface Design & Usability Fine Web Arts Standards Modeling Interactivity Animation Dynamic Back-end Development Effects Website Final Project/ Development Demo Reel Creation Project WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 263

WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Areas of Focus & DEVELOPMENT INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT ormation imization CHNIQUES DATA intuitive INTERFACE DESIGN object- ORIENTED PROGRAMMING HITECTURE database ORGANIZATION tables indexes user INTERFACE document OBJECT MODEL DATA ORGANIZATION ENGAGING AINTERACTIVE user CREATING EXPERIENCE information ARCHITECTURE optimization friendly INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 TECHNIQUES DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT database SERVERS CREATING A friendly user EXPERIENCE intuitive richmedia INTERFACE DEPLOYMENT DESIGN information DATA ORGANIZATION ARCHITECTURE optimization TECHNIQUES ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE web APPLICATIONS user database SERVERS INTERFACE intuitive INTERFACE DESIGN object- ORIENTED PROGRAMMING DATA user friendly CREATING ORGANIZATION A EXPERIENCE ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE richmedia web DEPLOYMENT AUTHENTICATION CREATING Interface Design & Usability user friendly intui A EXPERIENCE INTER richmedia DEPLOYMENT Today we depend on interfaces and websites more AUTHENTICATION than ever in our day-to-day lives, whether it s finding directions, checking our bank statements, shopping APPLICATIONS online, or any of a thousand other tasks made easier by the Internet. Regardless of why we find ourselves browsing a website, what s most important is how accessible security and user-friendly our experience is after all, it s these factors that influence whether we choose to visit a website more than once. Understanding how to construct a website that will strike users as both intuitive and easy to use is crucial to the success of sites you design. In this phase of the program, you ll work on creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces by learning user how users interact with different types of sites, and you ll INTERFACE examine proven design patterns. You ll also learn Information Architecture (IA), the process of organizing and presenting data to users in a clear and meaningful way. document OBJECT MODEL DES objec OR PROGRA security database inde ENGAGING WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 264

CREATING intuitive user A Areas of Focus EXPERIENCE INTERFACE DESIGN ORIENTED PROGRAMMING database friendly richmedia DEPLOYMENT AUTHENTICATION security Web Standards tables information regardless of where and how it s being viewed. As you learn INTERFACE the proper DESIGN graphic optimization techniques and understand & USABILITY how the validators developed by ARCHITECTURE the W3C work, you ll be able to make sure your (or your company s) message gets across loud and clear. WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 user intuitive INTERFACE DESIGN INTERFACE object- object- ORIENTED PROGRAMMING Have you ever accessed a website from different computers and noticed that its appearance and use were inconsistent from one platform to the next? indexes That might be because whoever developed the site did not follow the guidelines set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C). The W3C standards exist to allow websites to look and function the same on as many different operating systems (Windows, Macintosh, Unix/Linux) WEB DESIGN and delivery platforms (multiple web browsers, mobile & devices) DEVELOPMENT as possible. Our web standards courses help you learn how to design, code, and deploy websites so that your content is the same document OBJECT Interactivity MODEL database tables indexes WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT optimization TECHNIQUES user INTERFACE document OBJECT MODEL A compelling website is more than just some words thrown on a page. Truly stunning websites draw you in, offering an interactive experience that comes to life when your fingertips hit the keyboard. Adding music, sound effects, movies, and cartoons to a site can transport a user from their desk into your world. INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY In this degree program, you ll gain an understanding of object-oriented programming principles and learn languages and techniques that give you the ability to develop complex interactivity for your own websites. Once you re fluent with this technology, WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ you ll be able to draw, design, animate, and code ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 while implementing audio and video through both buffered and streaming deployment. DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DATA DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATION PROJECT ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE CREATING information ARCHITECTURE optimization TECHNIQUES user database friendly A EXPERIENCE SERVERS richmedia DEPLOYMENT DATA ORGANIZATION ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE intuitive web INTERFACE APPLICATIONS DESIGN object- ORIENTED PROGRAMMING user INTERFACE document OBJECT MODEL CREA A u E r D A DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE database web WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT AUTHENTICATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program security database tables 265

optimization ES INTERACTIVE EB STANDARDS/FLASH/ EXPERIENCE Areas TECHNIQUES of Focus CTIONSCRIPT 3.0 e RS web APPLICATIONS YNAMIC BACK-END EVELOPMENT/WEBSITE EVELOPMENT database PROJECT SERVERS richmedia optimization DEPLOYMENT ENGAGING TECHNIQUES INTERACTIVE database SERVERS EXPERIENCE AUTHENTICATION security web APPLICATIONS ORIENTED PROGRAMMING ENGAGING INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE database indexes web APPLICATIONS OBJECT MODEL richmedia DEPLOYMENT tables richmedia DEPLOYMENT AUTHENTICATION AUTHENTICATION security security ORIENTED ORIENTED PROGRAMMING PROGRAMMING database object- object- database tables indexes indexes tables document OBJECT MODEL document OBJECT MODEL Dynamic Back-end Development Organization is key to any website, but it s not limited to what your site s visitors see. You ll need to develop a solid and robust back-end system that will deploy content from a database server and allow interaction between the hosting server and the user s web browser. From logging into a secure area of a website, to searching for specific info on a web search engine like Google, to creating robust user search functions, dynamic back-end development plays an important role in developing web applications, particularly for mid-to-large-sized corporations. You ll gain experience setting up thorough user-friendly systems while learning concepts like sessions and cookies, querying, authentication, security, and database tables with indexes. Website Development Project Once you ve mastered the design and coding concepts you need to build any kind of website, we ll ask you to do just that. In the final stage of the Web Design & Development program, you ll need to use all your web development skills and techniques to define your goals for an advanced website, plan its functionality and design, and then enter a production phase where you ll create the entire site from start to finish. Our instructors will guide you throughout the process, critiquing your work and helping you create a final project that utilizes your skills to the fullest. You ll document every step of your work, and when it s completed, you ll present your finished website to your peers and instructors as an example of exactly what you re capable of. WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 266

Overview Full Sail s Web Design & Development degree is a program equally divided between the artistic and aesthetic concerns of creating websites and the coding and programming needed to make them work. You ll begin to unlock the secrets of web development in all of its forms by designing, coding, and publishing standards-based web content for a variety of formats. To make websites that are at their most dynamic and engaging, you ll be using industry-standard tools, including HTML5, CSS, XML, Flash and ActionScript, server-side languages, database structures, and JavaScript. You ll also learn to develop content for smartphones, tablets, and other branches of the expanding realm of mobile devices. Each of your acquired skills will be used to create real-world projects and develop a well-rounded portfolio. Objective Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of web development production needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as web designers, developers, and programmers. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry. In addition to giving you experience and assignments aimed at making you a well-rounded web designer, you ll also have courses focusing on communication skills, English composition, professional presentation, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the web design and development industry. To help you make that transition, we ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education. WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 267

Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours WDD 442 Advanced Server-Side Languages 4.00 WDD 211 Applied Design Tools and Interfaces 4.00 WDD 331 Database Structures 3.00 WDD 463 Deployment of Web Projects 4.00 WDD 312 Design Patterns for Web Programming 3.00 WDD 242 Designing for Web Standards I 4.00 WDD 321 Designing for Web Standards II 4.00 WDD 372 Front-End Web Frameworks 3.00 PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law 3.00 WDD 342 Mobile Device Deployment 4.00 MDV 1310 Mobile Media Design I 4.00 MDV 1410 Mobile Media Design II 4.00 WDD 345 Networks and Server Structures 4.00 ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 WDD 371 Principles of Production Process 3.00 WDD 244 Programming for Web Applications I 4.00 WDD 344 Programming for Web Applications II 4.00 WDD 373 Rich Media Optimization 3.00 WDD 353 Server-Side Languages 4.00 WDD 482 Web Final Project I 3.00 WDD 483 Web Final Project II 3.00 WDD 333 Web Interaction & Animation 4.00 WDD 141 Web Interface and Usability 3.00 WDD 144 Web Programming Fundamentals 4.00 WDD 481 Web Project Preproduction 4.00 WDD 354 Web Standards Project 4.00 GENERAL EDUCATION Code Course Credit Hours ART 2006 Art History 4.00 MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.00 DGL 1012 Digital Literacy 3.00 ENC 1101 English Composition I 4.00 PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics 4.00 VIC 2003 History of Visual Communication 4.00 SPC 2410 Interpersonal Communication 4.00 DEP 1013 Psychology of Play 3.00 Totals: 30.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 124 TOTAL WEEKS: 108 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I COLLEGE MATHEMATICS WEB PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS 6 7 8 9 10 MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN I PROGRAMMING FOR WEB APPLICATIONS I MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II DESIGNING FOR WEB STANDARDS I WEB INTERFACE & USABILITY DESIGNING FOR WEB STANDARDS II 11 12 13 14 15 ART HISTORY APPLIED DESIGN TOOLS & INTERFACES PROGRAMMING FOR WEB APPLICATIONS II WEB STANDARDS PROJECT FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS FRONT-END WEB FRAMEWORKS WEB INTERACTION & ANIMATION 16 17 18 19 20 NETWORKS & SERVER STRUCTURES HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION DESIGN PATTERNS FOR WEB PROGRAMMING DATABASE STRUCTURES SERVER-SIDE LANGUAGES INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW RICH MEDIA OPTIMIZATION 21 22 23 24 25 ADVANCED SERVER-SIDE LANGUAGES DEPLOYMENT OF WEB PROJECTS 26 27 WEB FINAL PROJECT I WEB FINAL PROJECT II INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION PROCESS MOBILE DEVICE DEPLOYMENT WEB PROJECT PREPRODUCTION Totals: 94.00 This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 268

Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 442 Advanced Server-side Languages Advanced Server-side Languages reinforces and builds upon concepts and principles outlined in the Server-side Languages course. Students expand on the foundation concepts taught in that class by developing even more robust dynamic content and applications. This course teaches students how to write advanced code that will be used to create dynamic web applications that are frequently used within the industry. Writing Organized and Readable Code Scripting Server-side Applications Integrating Applications with Database Structures Presentation of Application WDD 211 Applied Design Tools and Interfaces The Applied Design Tools and Interfaces Course focuses on combining the knowledge of graphic design software with the theories of web usability and interface creation. Students use industry-standard graphic design applications and prototype interface designs while adhering to interface usability guidelines. This course explores functional interface theory and design principles for the web. Design Concepts for Interfaces Creating Interface Graphics Working with Color Screen Design and Layout Web Accessibility WDD 331 Database Structures The Database Structures Course focuses on the creation of databases and their comprising table structures. In this class students learn the benefits of creating database structures with regard to such concepts as storage anomalies and table normalization. Students also learn a Data Definition Language used to create their database structures. Developing a database for use with a server-side scripting language allows students to develop more robust web applications, as they are an integral part of deploying dynamic web content for mid-to-large-sized corporations. Multi-tier Architectures Database Tables and Indexes Validation Authentication and Security WDD 463 Deployment of Web Projects In the Deployment of Web Projects course, all of the elements of web development come together, with an emphasis on the design and production of complex, interactive products. Students will go through the process of producing an interactive project from initial concept to final distribution. This course teaches skills required to produce an intricate web product and deliver it on multiple platforms, including desktop, mobile, and advanced devices. Conceptualizing and Storyboarding Interface Design and Structure Asset Creation Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving WDD 312 Design Patterns for Web Programming Design Patterns for Web Programming explores development techniques that go beyond procedural programming, such as object-oriented programming (OOP). Students will be introduced to concepts including composition, aggregation, encapsulation, abstraction, and refactoring. Students will also learn object model implementation of industry-standard techniques such as reusability and efficiency. Procedural vs. Non-Procedural Programming Encapsulation and Abstraction Object Model Design Tiered Application Architecture WDD 242 Designing for Web Standards I The Designing for Web Standards I Course examines the process of creating functional, standards-based content for the Internet. Students will learn how to use HTML along with other standards to develop websites, and will explore the correct usage of semantic markup elements to ensure that Web page content is well-formed and easily understood. HTML and Related Web Standards Web Page Markup and Semantics Web Page Accessibility Introductory Web Page Content Layout and Design WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 269

Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 321 Designing for Web Standards II The Designing for Web Standards II Course continues the process of creating functional, standards-based content for the Internet. Students will learn how to use CSS and other standards to enhance web pages easily and effectively. This course explores standards-based design for a slimmer, faster, and more flexible approach to designing for the web. CSS and Related Web Standards Advanced Web Page Content Layout and Design Web Page Content Positioning and Visual Enhancement Optimizing Web Page Content WDD 372 Front-End Web Frameworks The Front-End Web Frameworks Course reinforces and builds upon the concepts presented in the previous client-side development courses. Students will explore, compare, and contrast the features and uses of current client-side development libraries and frameworks. This course teaches students how to architect, develop, and deploy rich internet applications utilizing industry-standard Open Source tools. Research and Evaluation of Front-End Tools User Interface Frameworks Client-Side Libraries Rich Internet Application Development PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law The Intellectual Property and Law Course is designed to introduce the student to general business practices including finance, accounting, insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and negotiation. Students are provided a foundation that addresses the complexities of intellectual property, copyright, and basic business and contract law. The impact and ways in which law has shaped our society are explored through the use of case studies. Overview of the Industries Business Practices Intellectual Property Contracts Business Law WDD 342 Mobile Device Deployment The Mobile Device Deployment Course examines the practice of creating and delivering web content for mobile devices, including cell phones and PDA s. Students go through the process of producing and optimizing Internet-based content that is compatible with various mobile device operating systems and mobile browsers. This course also explores current techniques for mobile web authoring including XHTML, CSS, JavaScript, and the DOM. Mobile Device Overview Using Web Standards for Mobile Devices FlashLite and Mobile Devices Optimizing for Mobile Devices MDV 1310 Mobile Media Design I The Mobile Media Design I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes vector graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and provides students with a thorough understanding of the basic techniques and tools used for designing compelling interfaces for mobile applications. Working with Vector Graphics Compression Techniques Understanding Color Theory Interface Design Concepts MDV 1410 Mobile Media Design II The Mobile Media Design II Course teaches students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes raster graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and expands the knowledge of digital color models and interface composition to create a more visual compelling aesthetic optimized for handheld delivery. Advanced Vector Graphics Handheld Aesthetics Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 270

Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 345 Networks and Server Structures The Networks and Server Structures Course explores computer operations, networking, and storage options. Students examine various operating systems, CPU and peripheral uses, and networked computer environments and their protocols. This course presents knowledge about communications within single and multiple computers, network communications, and communication protocols. A history of both computers and the Internet is also explored. Computer and Internet History Computers and Peripherals Operating Systems Networks and Protocols Network Management ODT 1000 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path. An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries WDD 371 Principles of Production Process The Principles of Production Process Course mirrors the workflow model used in professional web development. Students work to define the scope of a project, including the range of assets needed to complete it, the technologies that will be used, and the time required to develop it to completion. This course presents the framework for a cohesive web workflow plan that will ensure the efficient and effective delivery of web development projects. Production Process Phases Creating Production Documentation Production Prototyping Delivery, Archiving, and Maintenance WDD 244 Programming for Web Applications I The Programming for Web Applications I course trains students in the technologies used to create dynamic content for the web using client-side programming. This course builds upon the coding and logic concepts learned in the Web Programming Fundamentals course, continuing the use of JavaScript. Students will also be shown more advanced concepts, such as data structures and key algorithms. Client-Side Web Programming Common Client-Side Algorithms Web Data and Validation Programming for Code Libraries and Reuse WDD 344 Programming for Web Applications II The Programming for Web Applications II course continues teaching the client-side technologies used for creating dynamic content for the web. Students in this course expand upon the knowledge they received in the Programming for Web Applications I course by learning more advanced concepts of scripting languages such as JavaScript. Students will also explore new technologies to control the behavior of a web page that will not require client requests or hosting server interaction. Dynamic Web Technologies Document Object Model Detecting Browser Features Extending Browser Behavior WDD 373 Rich Media Optimization The Rich Media Optimization Course teaches students current industry methods and techniques used to improve loading efficiency of bandwidth-intensive content for Web delivery. Students explore optimizing high-bandwidth content, such as digital video and audio, for deployment within a non-streaming server environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of digital video and audio CODECs, along with target encoding rates, for optimal playback on the Web. Digital Audio and Video File Formats Digital Audio CODECs Digital Video CODECs Rich Media and Flash Optimization Settings and Buffering WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 271

Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 353 Server-side Languages The Server-side Languages Course will examine the benefits of a server-side scripting language to heighten human computer interaction with web content. In this class students will learn how to take their existing knowledge of static-based web content and implement a server-side scripting language to develop a more robust web application. By implementing server-side languages within standards compliant XHTML web pages, students will be able to deploy dynamic content to further the level of interaction between client and server communication. Control Structures Variables Object-oriented Programming Querying Sessions and Cookies WDD 482 Web Final Project I The Web Final Project I Course is the first of two courses that serve as the culmination of skills developed during the Web Design & Development Program. Students are tasked with creating an advanced website, which was defined within the Web Final Project Preproduction course. During the independent study component of the course, faculty evaluate the completeness of each student s progress. Evaluation of each student s successful completion of the course is based on completed milestones, the website production, and the website documentation. Project Management Asset Integration and Testing WDD 483 Web Final Project II The Web Final Project II Course is the second of two courses that serve as the culmination of skills developed during the Web Design & Development Program. Students continue creating an advanced website, which was defined within the Web Final Project Preproduction course. During the independent study component of the course, faculty evaluate the completeness of each student s progress. Evaluation of each student s successful completion of the course is based on the completed website, the website presentation, and the website documentation. Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving Project Presentation WDD 333 Web Interaction and Animation Web Interaction and Animation examines the process of designing and creating animated content for the web. Students will use web standards and other technologies to enhance the interaction and aesthetic of web content. This course helps to develop students overall knowledge of the animation process, including pre-production, design, animation, and output. Animation Theory and Techniques Interaction and Animation Workflow Web Animation Technologies Tools and Delivery WDD 141 Web Interface and Usability The Web Interface and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create successful web interfaces. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear web interfaces used by companies worldwide. This course examines design principles relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs. Interface Usability Concepts Interface Visualization Elements Interface Functionality Interface Accessibility WDD 144 Web Programming Fundamentals The Web Programming Fundamentals course introduces students to basic programming and logic skills. Students will learn how to break down processes and tasks into smaller, programmable parts and translate them into source code. JavaScript, the language available in every Web browser, is used to teach these cornerstone concepts. Introduction to Programming and Logic Control Structures: Loops and Branches Variables and Data Types Functions Interface Design Asset Creation Final Publishing and Archiving Project Presentation This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 272

Course Descriptions Program Core General Education WDD 481 Web Project Preproduction In the Web Project Preproduction Course, students identify and plan the scope of their final project, including the concept, design, and production pace. Students expand on the preproduction methods learned in the Principles of Production Process course by creating the necessary preproduction documentation to ensure a successful delivery of their final project. By the end of the course, students will have an intimate knowledge of the requirements needed to complete their final project. Creating the Project Treatment Developing the Production Timeline Creating the Flowchart Storyboarding Identifying Assets Setting Design Standards WDD 354 Web Standards Project The Web Standards Project Course examines the process of implementing applications to create a functional standards-based project for the Internet. Students build upon concepts introduced in the Web Design Fundamentals, Designing for Web Standards, and Principles of Production Process courses related to the production process and standards-based web deployment. Students learn how to utilize Web Standards Based Design, including CSS and XHTML, combined with a professional web development workflow model to create an efficient and effective web project. This course explores developing a Web Standards Based project while following a proven production process to ensure successful delivery. Preproduction Asset Creation Asset Optimization Asset Integration and Testing Project Delivery and Archiving ART 2006 Art History The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art MGF 1213 College Mathematics The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations. Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models DGL 1012 Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education. Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship ENC 1101 English Composition I The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion. Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 273

Course Descriptions Program Core PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae. Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae VIC 2003 History of Visual Communication The History of Visual Communications Course presents an historic account of humanity s communicating life events through visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, stories and ideas have been presented and told using visual techniques. As time passes and society changes, avant-garde artists and scientists have pushed the envelope of their respective disciplines and brought about the dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist between the artistic and media. In the past 25 years, the intersection of art and human-computer interactivity has emerged as a mass medium, triggering new forms of artistic, entertainment, and educational content. The student will follow the evolution of the various convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for informed discussions about the implications for the future. Art as a Communication Tool Human Interfaces Historical References History of Design Artistic Tools Future Applications and Implications SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communication The Interpersonal Communication Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information. Assessment and Evaluation Research and Planning Writing Résumés and Other Documents Networking and Interviewing DEP 1013 Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring key works of historical and current researchers and theorists, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize a psychological perspective of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field. Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program 274

Instructional Design& Computer Technology Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graduate Certificate Full Sail University s Instructional Design & Technology Graduate Certificate will give you specific knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job fields. The certificate is comprised of several courses taken from our Instructional Design & Technology Master s Degree Program and is offered online to fit the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelor s degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sail s Graduate Certificates. Today s students are digital natives born at a time where technology is integrated into every aspect of their lives. To connect with them, teachers need to create innovative and inspirational environments that bridge the gap between traditional education and the ever-expanding realm of technology and media, to allow students to learn and grow. You ll learn to utilize media creation tools and technology to create video presentations, media assets, and more, and you ll study how to incorporate video games, music, and educational multimedia in your classroom. By engaging today s digital natives using the technology they use every day outside the classroom, you ll be able to create a more collaborative atmosphere inside your classroom. Areas of Focus Fine Arts Modeling Animation Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate 275

Instructional Design & Technology Certificate Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IDT 574 Digital Media and Learning Applications 3.00 EDM 532 Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture 3.00 IDT 610 Filmmaking Principles for Instructional Design 3.00 EME 6226 Game Strategies and Motivation 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE DIGITAL MEDIA & LEARNING APPLICATIONS FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION Totals: 12.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 12 TOTAL WEEKS: 16 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate 276

Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 574 Digital Media and Learning Applications The Digital Media and Learning Applications Course examines digital media and how it can be used in education applications. The curriculum specifically trains students on software that explores digital media techniques and introduces them to theories of specific software. Along with understanding the mechanisms of digital art, students learn how to support their design approaches with established academic theories. They will also explore how to engage today s digital savvy student into an online learning community. Academic Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles Digital Media Software Programs Digital Media Design and Education Principles Digital Media and Education Applications Integration of Digital Media into Education Technology Products Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development EDM 532 Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture In this course, students will develop skills in accessing, analyzing, evaluating and creating with several types of media technologies. These skills include literacy with media, technology, learning and innovation plus and social technologies to communicate and collaborate. This course also addresses how to use social networks and tools such as virtual worlds to manage information and relationships as well as examining the role of mass media in our culture today. These tools increase interaction, learner control over content and forming learning networks. Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Examining the Role of Mass Media in Culture Developing Critical Analysis Skills Examining Pedagogies and Learning Utilizing Social Media Networks Examining Communities of Practice Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development IDT 610 Filmmaking Principles for Instructional Design This course explores the components of filmmaking and the concept of visual literacy. Students will learn a variety of filmmaking techniques that can enhance their education and training modules. Along with understanding how film is developed, students examine the importance of visual literacy, visual learning, and how to create and communicate with visual images. This course also explores visionary filmmakers and how their approaches can be applied to create a compelling education product. Filmmaking Techniques and the Visual Learner Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Educational Product Development Storyboarding Techniques and Education Digital Camera and Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development Digital Video Software Filmmaking and Online Curriculum Development Corporate Training and Filmmaking Techniques Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate 277

Course Descriptions Program Core EME 6226 Game Strategies and Motivation The Game Strategies and Motivation Course teaches educators and staff trainers game-theory techniques and strategies that will motivate students to engage in a learning activity. A variety of gaming models and methods are examined, along with academic theories and psychological methods to support the game design applications. Students will then design games to take learners from the beginning of a complicated topic and carefully navigate them through to academic mastery. In addition, students will explore how games can be evaluated for assessment goals. Overview of Gaming Strategies The Individual and Game Learning Techniques Examination of Game Structures Education Assessment and Game Design Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies Assessment in Gaming Approaches Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Graduate Certificate 278

Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate Full Sail University s Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate will give you specific knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job fields. The certificate is comprised of several courses taken from our Internet Marketing Master s Degree Program and is offered online to fit the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelor s degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sail s Graduate Certificates. It s more important than ever for a marketing professional to understand the possibilities and limitations of digital media, and how to best employ sound marketing fundamentals in this rapidly changing technological landscape. The courses in the Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate provide an introductory exploration of Internet-specific marketing methodologies, search engine optimization, marketing analysis, and Internet consumer behavior. Through the courses in this graduate certificate, you ll gain the necessary foundation to strategically market products and raise brand awareness on the Internet, giving you tools that are crucial to becoming a 21st century marketing leader. Fine Arts Modeling Animation Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation INTERNET MARKETING Graduate Certificate 279

Internet Marketing Certificate Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours IMK 511 Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies 3.00 MAR 510 Internet Marketing Fundamentals 3.50 IMK 521 New Media Marketing 3.00 IMK 662 Web Analytics & Optimization 3.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS NEW MEDIA MARKETING ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES WEB ANALYTICS & OPTIMIZATION Totals: 12.50 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 12.5 TOTAL WEEKS: 16 INTERNET MARKETING Graduate Certificate 280

Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 511 Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies The Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Course addresses all of the marketing strategies that are particular to this extremely competitive digital arena. The goal of this course is to identify the many components of Internet marketing and to examine each one of these component s unique marketing approach. This course explores the following: affiliate marketing, email marketing, global Internet marketing, social media marketing, and search engine marketing. A thorough understanding of each one of these aspects is necessary to cultivate a successful Internet marketing campaign. Advanced topics are discussed within each type of marketing strategy, and companion case studies align with the course content. Internet Marketing Defined Internet Marketing Strategies Overview Affiliate Marketing Email Marketing Global Internet Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Marketing Case Studies Final Project Application MAR 510 Internet Marketing Fundamentals The Internet Marketing Fundamentals Course introduces students to the growing influence of Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) and illustrates how harnessing the power of the Internet can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on business while also learning the best strategic methods for success in the ever-changing Internet industry. Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Assessment Search Engine Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Final Project Application Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks IMK 521 New Media Marketing The New Media Marketing Course addresses how a company establishes which new media approach will accomplish its marketing goals, meet its budget, and further the company s success. The types of new media examined include mobile technology, websites, email, virtual worlds, social media networks, podcasting, interactive television, and location-based technologies. Other topics addressed include how to create a financial plan, identify a company s marketing goals, and work with new media marketing distribution channels. Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels IMK 662 Web Analytics and Optimization The goal of analyzing web metrics is to create and provide a measuring system that defines a trend or a characteristic within a company s Internet marketing structure. As presented in the Web Analytics and Optimization Course, web metrics can be used to explain an outcome, correct a problem, chart a future trend, and/or gauge the success of a marketing endeavor. Understanding web metrics and being able to craft reporting structures that meaningfully analyze this data will assist a marketing team to make productive decisions that facilitate growth and strengthen the company s marketing goals. Web Metrics Overview Web Metrics and Analysis Principles Search Analytics Strategic Analysis Reporting Techniques Case Studies Final Project Application and Development Identifying a Company s New Media Marketing Goals Final Project Application New Media Marketing Project Planning INTERNET MARKETING Graduate Certificate 281

Media Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program Communications Certificate Program Skilled communicators are needed within every industry and especially within the world of entertainment and media. Communications professionals can wear many hats from creating a social media presence to creating a compelling brand aesthetic but their common thread is a deep understanding of how to interpret, craft, and relay messages for different audiences. In the Media Communications undergraduate certificate, your coursework will begin with an introduction to digital media, as well as the fundamentals of communication. You ll familiarize yourself with new media technology and theories of aesthetics and communication, and learn the workflow processes involved in creating your personal brand. At the heart of good media communications is good storytelling. This program will introduce you to the several narratives found throughout the media industry. You ll learn to appreciate and create an appealing media aesthetic for a variety of digital formats. Using digital media creation tools, you ll develop your personal brand and professional digital presence that will make you stand out to prospective employers. MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Undergraduate Certificate 282

Media Communications Certificate Program PROGRAM CORE Code Course Credit Hours MCM 1401 Aesthetics and Theory of Communications 4.00 MCM 1001 Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies 4.00 MCM 2099 Media Communications Portfolio Project I 2.00 MCM 1203 New Media Tools 4.00 Chronological Schedule by Months 1 2 3 4 5 6 INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS & TECHNOLOGIES NEW MEDIA TOOLS AESTHETICS & THEORY OF COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT I Totals: 14.00 TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 14 TOTAL WEEKS: 24 At this time, the Media Communications certificate program is not Title IV eligible (Federal Financial Aid) MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Undergraduate Certificate 283

Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 1401 Aesthetics and Theory of Communications In the Aesthetics and Theory of Communications Course, students will consider the important role aesthetics play in engaging and appealing to an audience. The course will examine the theories of sight, sound, and motion as applied to the design of communication products for different media formats. Students will learn strategies for creative composition and consider the psychological and physiological implications of images. Lastly, the course will examine differences in aesthetics across cultures and how these differences impact their professional media projects. Communication Theories and Aesthetics Media Aesthetic Strategies An Overview of Human Interaction Design Media Aesthetics Across Cultures Effective Media Design Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Organizational Aesthetics Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 6 weeks MCM 1001 Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies The Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies Course provides students with a brief history and an overview of contemporary forms of media communication. It surveys the main topics in the field and enables students to examine a variety of analytical and strategic perspectives, while being introduced to industry production tools and techniques. Areas of study highlight the many roles of media professionals, the media campaign creation process, and the impact of new media technologies. Students will learn how to make sense of the dynamic field of media communications through a critical analysis of real-world media campaigns, serving as a foundation to build their own media strategies. History of Media Communication Roles of Media Professionals Media Analysis and Strategy Introduction Production Tools and Techniques Media Campaign Creation Process Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 6 weeks MCM 2099 Media Communications Portfolio Project I Students in the Media Communications certificate program will complete a Media Communications Portfolio Project Course as part of their degree requirements. The portfolio project will apply the knowledge learned in the program. The portfolio process enables faculty to assist the student in areas of weakness, support areas of strength, and provide additional support throughout the student s academic and creative development. Faculty members will be able to talk with students about their progress and provide mentoring regarding their program, career, and life goals. A portfolio project will be judged on both the quality and presentation of the material. Students will display accuracy, creativity, and technical expertise in the work presented, along with enthusiasm and professionalism of delivery. New vs. Traditional Media Impact and Application of New Media Designing a Portfolio Portfolio Analysis and Comparisons Completion of Portfolio Design Refining and Uploading Portfolio Samples Establishing a Portfolio Design and Concept Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Total credit hours 2.00 Course length 6 weeks MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Undergraduate Certificate 284

Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 1203 New Media Tools In the New Media Tools Course, students will examine and evaluate new media tools along with past methods and reflect upon the various ways each has been effectively used. Students will explore a variety of media that are used in digital and online environments to accomplish course projects and further their understanding of new media tools, including images, text, and streaming video and audio. Students will gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and challenges of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. Through studying examples of existing interactive programs, students will develop strategies to solve real-world problems, which will assist them in their future media careers. An Examination of Traditional Media Tools vs. New Media Tools Multimedia Storytelling and New Media Tools Applications An Overview of Digital Video Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Digital Audio Applications Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 6 weeks MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Undergraduate Certificate 285

Extended Studies in the Media Arts Bachelor of Science Degree Program The course under this heading is offered in addition to the Degree Programs and is available to any Full Sail graduate in good standing. Upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program, a certificate is issued. These studies represent Full Sail s effort to continue the expansion of educational services to our students and the industry. Internship The Internship Course, combined with Full Sail s Career Development Department, is specifically tailored to further prepare degree students for the careers of their choice. Full Sail works with numerous entertainment media facilities that participate in the Internship Course and a Career Development Advisor works directly with host facilities to make sure participants gain practical experience and on-the-job training. Besides the many obvious advantages of gaining working experience in a real-world situation, a successful internship gives graduates a professional reference, which can be very beneficial when seeking employment. Career Consultation and Interview Techniques Résumé Review and Employment Tactics Internship Total credit hours 5.5 Course length 6 weeks Internship Course Objective To give students the opportunity to put all that they have learned into practice during a six-week, comprehensive, hands-on working experience in a real-world production environment. Graduates gain a solid understanding of their chosen field in the media industry. Note: Students must graduate from a Full Sail Degree Program before applying for an internship. A certificate is awarded upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program. EXTENDED STUDIES IN THE MEDIA ARTS Internship 286

Degree Programs Bachelor s COMPUTER ANIMATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program Students in the Computer Animation Bachelor s Degree Program learn the technical and creative processes used to develop content for games, television, feature films, and more. The curriculum blends traditional art with the latest technology in specialized classes that cover 2D and 3D animation, lighting and shading for games, production modeling, character animation and rigging, and portfolio creation. CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program Students in the Creative Writing for Entertainment bachelor s degree program explore the integral role that writing plays in a variety of different media in the entertainment industry, including film, television, gaming, animation, and more. The program s courses focus on essential creative writing concepts such as storyboarding and scriptwriting, the exploration of genres and literary devices, and transmedia storytelling. DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Digital Arts & Design Degree Program offers comprehensive instruction in many areas of digital art creation and design production, including 2D and 3D graphics, motion graphics, web design, digital video production, and digital publishing. ON CAMPUS EMERGING TECHNOLOGY & SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Bachelor of Science Degree Program As organizations continue to shift their data to virtual centers the cloud understanding how to handle and deliver this information becomes essential to a career in today s information technology industry. In the Emerging Technology & Systems Engineering bachelor of science degree program, students will learn how to securely and efficiently deliver data using current technologies, while creating a virtual data center. ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Entertainment Business Bachelor s Degree is a comprehensive business program that combines core courses like management, marketing, and statistics, with more advanced topics like data analysis, international business, and business law plus entertainment-specific courses like artist management, entertainment media distribution, and intellectual property. The course also requires students to develop a business proposal unique to their interests and develop it from start to finish. FILM Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Film Degree Program prepares students to become competitive in the professional film, television, and post-production job markets, teaching techniques used throughout the industry for film production, editing, visual special effects, sound, lighting, and set design. GAME ART Bachelor of Science Degree Program Artists in the video game industry require a unique set of design skills, and the Game Art Bachelor s Degree Program teaches students the same processes used to create highresolution graphics for consoles and computers. The program explores production fundamentals like character animation, rigging, shading and lighting, texturing, and modeling, giving students the focused knowledge to start a professional career developing assets for the next generation of video games. GAME DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Game Development Degree Program teaches students the skills necessary to develop and program single and multiplayer video games for consoles, personal computers, and networks. Students collaborate with programmers and artists in the program to develop a playable game from start to finish. MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program In the Media Communications bachelor s program, students learn core communication principles and writing techniques, while becoming familiar with digital media from video and audio, to games and animation. The program s projects and coursework relate to real-world communications issues, and students apply their skills in a final project that relates to their potential career paths. MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Mobile Development bachelor s degree program teaches the programming and design fundamentals needed to develop interactive content for a variety of different mobile platforms. Students in the program learn programming languages used throughout the industry, including JavaScript, PHP, and XHTML, as well as specialized development kits for mobile platforms like ios and Android. MUSIC BUSINESS Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Music Business Bachelor s Degree combines a sound business education with the specific skills necessary to find success in the unique world of the music industry. In addition to fundamental business courses like marketing, finance, and accounting, students will also learn about artist development, music distribution, record label development, contract negotiations, and more. MUSIC PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program gives students the tools needed to pursue a career writing and producing music for all types of media. Classes focus on music composition, arranging, theory, history, and ear training, as well as the technical recording process. Students develop a Digital Portfolio showcasing their work and learn to effectively market their talents to the entertainment and media industry. RECORDING ARTS Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Recording Arts Bachelor s Degree Program puts students in the same kind of studios and on the same kind of gear that are used to create professional audio. Students master recording, editing, and mixing techniques that can be applied to music production, as well as sound design and postproduction for film, television, video games, and multimedia applications. SHOW PRODUCTION Bachelor of Science Degree Program Students in the Show Production Bachelor s Degree Program learn to master essential career skills for the live production industry. By learning to produce great live entertainment by mastering the same equipment and techniques used in different venues throughout the industry, students graduate with the practical experience to head out on the road with touring bands, run lights and sound at world-class performing arts halls, as well as other career paths. SIMULATION & VISUALIZATION Bachelor of Science Degree Program In the Simulation & Visualization bachelor of science degree program students will engineer simulation and modeling systems for the 21st century. The program s in-depth curriculum will prepare students to study, build, develop, and test simulation and visualization systems. Students will benefit from a solid foundation in math and computer science coupled with hands-on experience creating real models to solve real-world problems. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Software Development bachelor s degree program introduces students to the design, development, and implementation of softwarebased solutions and products for business, entertainment, and consumer markets. Throughout the program, they work on their own software products, while building the critical-thinking and professional skills necessary to enter the industry. SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Bachelor of Science Degree Program Students in the Sports Marketing & Media bachelor s degree program develop an understanding of content creation and marketing principles as they relate to the world of sports within the entertainment industry. The program s courses cover concepts such as global sports marketing strategies, sales and sponsorships, law and contracts, and licensing. WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Bachelor of Science Degree Program Full Sail s Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program immerses students in one of the most rapidly developing industries in our society. The program delivers a holistic look at website production by balancing the aesthetic and usability concerns of web design with the programming fundamentals necessary to create an engaging and effective Internet presence. Master s ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Master of Science Degree Program The Entertainment Business Master s Degree Program is designed to give students flexibility to take their careers to new heights. This comprehensive program will take students through high-level business courses in leadership, brand development, negotiation, Internet marketing, and more, culminating in the completion of two academic Capstone Projects a professional Leadership Portfolio and a Business Plan Thesis. FILM PRODUCTION Master of Fine Arts Degree Program In the Film Production master of fine arts program, students work in teams to create short films, learning fundamentals such as storytelling, visual aesthetics, and technical roles, as well as the business strategies needed to bring completed works to audiences. They ll build their skills in Full Sail s professional studios and facilities, and get familiar with industry equipment, software and technology. The goal is to build a graduate-level portfolio to showcase filmmaking talents. GAME DESIGN Master of Science Degree Program The Game Design Master s Degree Program teaches students to broaden their leadership and project management abilities in the game production process, preparing them for careers as creative leaders in the gaming industry. This program s curriculum stresses the project management and design processes used to develop successful video game titles. Associate s EVENT PRODUCTION Associate of Science Degree Program The Event Production associate s degree program trains students to develop the unique set of skills required to give events a professional look and feel. Students will gain knowledge of production fundamentals and get practical experience on industry production technology. And Full Sail s multiple live production venues provide students with the unique opportunity to hone their skills in a real-world environment. GRAPHIC DESIGN Associate of Science Degree Program The Graphic Design Degree Program is designed to give students the specific skills and training needed to succeed in the field of graphic and print design, and corporate branding. Students explore subjects like color theory, typography and page layout, logos and symbols, and more. RECORDING ARTS Associate of Science Degree Program In the Recording Arts associate s degree program, students will learn what goes into creating high-quality audio tracks as they prepare to enter the industry. From the fundamentals of sound engineering on professional equipment and software, to studying core subjects such as music theory, electronics, and communications, students will receive a thorough recording arts education and learn hands-on how to conduct a recording session. Certificate ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE The English as a Second Language courses can help build English skills needed to thrive as a Full Sail student and professional in entertainment and media. Students explore reading and vocabulary, listening skills, and conversational English and create media such as videos, podcasts, music, and more. DEGREE PROGRAMS On Campus 287

General Information GENERAL INFORMATION 288

Admissions Requirements for Admission Applicants must submit the following to be considered for admission: Application for Admission Applicants must submit the completed application and fulfill all the requirements therein. $40 application fee The application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. Documentation of High School Graduation, General Educational Development (GED) scores, or other equivalent, state-approved diploma examination Full Sail requires that all applicants have completed high school and received a standard high school diploma or have passed the GED. Applicants who hold a GED must submit a copy of GED test score results and/or their GED diploma.» Full Sail may request additional documentation to verify the successful completion of high school (such as, but not limited to, student transcripts) and/or to assess the preparation provided by the issuing institution. In all cases, Full Sail retains the sole discretion to determine whether or not the secondary training completed by the applicant is sufficient to satisfy the high school graduation admission requirement. Government Issued Photo Identification Applicants must submit a government issued photo ID. Such as:» Copy of a Valid State Issued Driver s License» Copy of a Valid State Issued Identification Card» Copy of a Valid Passport Complete the Technology Assessment for your program of study. NOTE: ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION THAT IS NOT IN ENGLISH MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A CERTIFIED ENGLISH TRANSLATION. IF NATIVE LANGUAGE IS OTHER THAN ENGLISH, VERIFICATION OF LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY IS REQUIRED. Applicants to online-only degree programs will be required to complete a technology assessment and orientation module. The assessment module confirms that the applicant has received sufficient instruction and information from the orientation module. The module explains the best practices for conducting online learning, overall operation of the online platform, procedures for troubleshooting problems and contacting the technical support team, and general school policy as it applies to the online format. Applicants to online-only bachelor s degree programs will be required to complete an online education readiness evaluation (OERE). The OERE assesses whether the student has the necessary skills, competencies, and access to technology to succeed in a distance education environment. The evaluation consists of completing a pre-entry questionnaire and a student preferences survey. Applicants to online degree programs are required to have access to a reliable computer capable of running multimedia applications and navigating media-rich websites. Applicants are also required to have access to a reliable high-speed Internet connection. Creative Writing, M.F.A. applicant s career objectives will be considered when an admission decision is made. Computer Animation and Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program applicants should possess artistic skills. Traditional art classes are recommended prior to entering the program. A foundation of sketching, sculpting, and painting are important for the animation industry and are essential in developing the 3D artist. Applicants wishing to transfer credits toward the completion of the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program must possess one of the following to be eligible: An associate s, or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education, which is related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business bachelor of science degree, with a transfer academic average of 2.0 minimum GPA. A copy of official transcripts is required. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, final GPA, and degree earned. Eligible applicants will be required to complete three additional Full Sail courses: College Mathematics, Computer Science and Internet, and Introduction to Media Arts. A Full Sail associate s or bachelor s degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. Graduate School and Graduate Certificate applicants must possess one of the following to be eligible: A Full Sail bachelor s degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5. A baccalaureate or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. Degree held must be of similar scope and subject matter as to prepare applicants for the educational program objectives of the Graduate School Degree Program, with a transfer academic average of 2.5. Applicants who meet these criteria will be considered for admission pending an evaluation of a copy of official transcripts. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, final GPA and degree earned. A copy of official high school transcripts or GED is not required. Applicants with a GPA lower than the required 2.5 must submit a Letter of Intent, résumé and college transcripts for Program Director review. GENERAL INFORMATION Admissions 289

Admissions International Applicants International applicants must provide the following to be considered for admission: Application for Admission Applicants must submit the completed application and fulfill all the requirements therein. $40 application fee The application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. Language Proficiency - Applicants whose native language is not English must demonstrate the required level of language proficiency by providing documentation of one of the following: TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language)» Paper and pencil test: minimum score accepted is 550» Computer-based test; minimum score accepted is 213» New internet-based test; minimum score accepted is 79 IELTS (International English Language Testing System)» The minimum required score is 6 Additional language proficiency exams may be accepted. Contact your admissions representative for more information. Financial Guarantee - must be provided to verify available funding for tuition and related expenses for the first academic term of the chosen degree program. Documentation of High School Graduation Full Sail requires that all applicants who have completed high school at a foreign institution must provide official documentation to the International Department to determine U.S. equivalency» (Graduate School Applicants Only) - college transcripts must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. Bachelor equivalency. Please contact the International Department for recommended evaluation services. Foreign School Credentials - must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. equivalency. Please contact your Admissions Representative or an International Liaison for recommended evaluation services. English Translation - any documentation not in English must be accompanied by a certified English translation. Complete the Technology Assessment for your program of study. In an effort to minimize costs due to international currency exchange and bank surcharges, a wire transfer or a credit card is recommended for payment of all fees, deposits and tuition for International applicants and students. Regardless of payment method, all fees must be paid in United States currency. Please contact Full Sail s International Liaison for details. NOTE: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION APPLY EQUALLY TO ALL APPLICANTS WITHOUT REGARD TO RACE, COLOR, NATIONAL ORIGIN, SEX, DISABILITY, AGE, SEXUAL ORIENTATION, OR MARITAL STATUS. Information regarding Services for Students with Disabilities in the classroom can be found in the student services section of the catalog. Admission Application Process The Admissions Department is prepared to assist with completing the application process. To apply simply: Complete an interview with your Admissions Representative. Complete the Application for Admission. Submit completed application along with $40 application fee. If applying for additional degree programs, a $200 deposit is required for each additional program. Applicants will be notified in writing in regards to acceptance upon completion and review of all required documents. The application fee and deposit(s) are credited to the cost of tuition but are not covered by financial aid. All deposits are fully refundable. Transfer Credit Students who have applied to Full Sail may request credit for previous education. To be eligible for transfer credit, applicants must have successfully completed courses from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses, and received a grade of C or better. For Entertainment Business graduates with an associate s degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards the completion of this degree. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business Bachelor s Degree. Procedure Upload a copy of official transcripts through Launch (the student portal). Transcripts will be reviewed by the Document Management team. Applicants will be notified of transfer credit approval or denial prior to their expected start/enrollment date. GENERAL INFORMATION Admissions 290

Admissions Full Sail Prepaid Tuition Program Full Sail offers a Prepaid Tuition Program to applicants who have not yet graduated from high school. This plan allows early applicants to secure a future Full Sail education at current tuition prices. Tuition pre-payment is only available to applicants who: 1. have not completed high school, 2. apply for the pre-payment plan, 3. begin the pre-payment plan prior to completing high school, 4. upon acceptance of the pre-payment plan, pay the tuition either in a lump sum or begin making equal monthly installments, 5. start a Full Sail education by December 31 of their high school graduation year, and 6. pay the tuition in full prior to the first day of class. Seven and one-half percent simple interest will be charged for the on-going tuition balance each year. Should the plan be canceled at any time, a full refund will be made within 30 days. Interest will not be paid on money deposited with Full Sail. Financial aid, for those who qualify, is available for living expenses to those participating in the Prepaid Tuition Program. Financial Aid Financial Aid Full Sail s Financial Aid Department is here to provide assistance with tuition and/or living expenses for those who qualify. As a financial aid student you need to make informed decisions regarding the types and amounts of financial aid available. The Financial Aid Department is staffed and organized with our students needs in mind, dedicated to making the financial aid process understandable and valuable. The Financial Aid Department encourages all applicants who apply for financial aid to begin the process early. Those seeking federal financial aid are required to complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). You may request a FAFSA from Full Sail s Financial Aid Department or you may fill one out online by going to www.fafsa.ed.gov. The federal school code for Full Sail is 016812. Eligibility for Federal Financial Aid Programs requires that a student be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen [Alien Registration Receipt Card (Form I-151) or Permanent Resident Card (Form I-551), commonly known as a green card]. Financial aid is only available to a student considering one or more Degree Programs. Individual course students are not eligible for financial aid. On a case-by-case basis, Full Sail reserves the right to decline the certification of any educational loan. Once you complete the FAFSA, the Department of Education will send you the results and you can discuss your available options with one of Full Sail s financial aid professionals. This discussion will assist in determining the best federal and non-federal aid resources that are available to you. Additional financial aid and loan applications as well as other pertinent information on sources of funding are available through the Full Sail Financial Aid Department. While attending Full Sail, students must maintain Satisfactory Progress and meet specific credit hour and weeks of instruction requirements in order to receive their financial aid. Students not actively attending due to a Leave of Absence, Suspension, Termination or Withdrawal may not receive award disbursements. A Trial Period of 30 calendar days from the program enrollment date may be granted on a defined degree program basis. The Trial Period of attendance is a four week period of time where a student attends an eligible program without incurring program charges (minus the application fee) or receiving Federal Student Aid funds. Once the student is admitted as a regular student after successfully completing the trial period, he/she is eligible to receive Federal Student Aid funds for the entire payment period. Trial period students will be required to pay a non-refundable application fee to participate. Students who are enrolled in a Trial Period program may withdraw at any time during this period without financial obligation. The student will not be eligible to receive Title IV, HEA program funds until the successful completion of the trial period. Students who attend a Trial Period and who wish to receive Title IV, HEA program funds after successfully completing the trial period and becoming a regular student must meet the other student eligibility criteria as provided in the regulations at 34 CFR 668.32. Grants and Scholarships Grants are forms of aid that do not have to be repaid. Full Sail can assist you in determining your eligibility for available grant programs. Like grants, scholarships do not require repayment. Scholarship requirements and application procedures vary depending upon the criteria set by the scholarship provider. FEDERAL PELL GRANT The Federal Pell Grant Program is designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned a bachelor s or first professional degree. Awards for the 2013-2014 year range up to $5,645. The U.S. Department of Education uses a standard formula, established by Congress, to determine eligibility. GENERAL INFORMATION Financial Aid 291

Financial Aid Financial Aid (Cont.) FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) is also designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned a bachelor s or first professional degree. Amounts are determined by application of the federal formula regarding a student s need as determined by the information provided on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and Pell Grant eligibility. Awards for the 2013-2014 year range up to $500. FLORIDA STUDENT ASSISTANCE GRANT The Florida Student Assistance Grant (FSAG) is a need-based program administered by the state. This grant is awarded to students who show financial need based upon the eligibility criteria of the grant program and the availability of funds. FLORIDA BRIGHT FUTURES SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM This is a lottery-funded scholarship to reward Florida high school graduates who demonstrate high academic achievement. This program is comprised of three awards: the Florida Academic Scholars Award, the Florida Medallion Scholarship, and Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars Award. Each award has different criteria for eligibility. Applications and eligibility criteria are available from your high school guidance office. Federal Loans Federal Loans are provided to students through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan program. To apply for a federal loan, a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) should be completed. Once eligibility is determined, a Federal Master Promissory Note must be completed. The Financial Aid Department is available to answer any questions you may have regarding these forms. Stafford Loans A Stafford Loan is a low-interest loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate or Graduate Degree Program. Annual loan limits increase each subsequent year a student attends. Repayment terms and conditions are flexible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation. Parent PLUS Loans A Parent PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to either parent of a dependent child enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate Degree Program. Available to credit-worthy parents, these loans provide funds for a student s educational expenses and may also provide additional money for living expenses. The interest rate is determined by Congress and compares favorably to other education financing options. Graduate PLUS Loans A Graduate PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Masters Degree Program. Similar to the Parent PLUS Loan, but only available to credit-worthy graduate students, Graduate PLUS loans can also provide funds for educational and living expenses. Students should always consider lower cost Stafford Loans before applying for a Graduate PLUS Loan. As with Stafford Loans, repayment terms and conditions are flexible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation. Special Programs FEDERAL WORK-STUDY Full Sail participates in the Federal Work-Study Program. The Federal Work-Study Program is designed to provide jobs to qualified students with financial need allowing them to earn money to help pay education-related expenses. The program encourages community service work and work related to the student s course of study. Students are awarded Federal Work Study funds based on a federally-prescribed formula. Full Sail is an equal opportunity employer. Financial Aid on the Web U.S. Department of Education - www.ed.gov Federal Aid Programs - www.studentaid.ed.gov Free Application for Federal Student Aid - www.fafsa.ed.gov Florida Department of Education - www.floridastudentfinancialaid.org National Student Loan Data System - www.nslds.ed.gov Private Education Loans Many private lenders offer alternative education loans to supplement the federal programs after maximum limits are reached. These non-federal education loans have differing fees, interest rates and repayment options. They are credit-based and students may often secure a more favorable interest rate by using a co-signer. Private education loans provide funds for educational and living expenses up to the cost of attendance less other financial aid. Students are strongly encouraged to maximize their eligibility for federal aid prior to applying for any private education loan. Contact the Financial Aid Department for more information. GENERAL INFORMATION Financial Aid 292

Career Development Career Development Department Advancing your career in your industry or a new industry is challenging and sometimes difficult. Researching, networking, and staying current with industry trends are all keys to unlocking a successful career. The services of the Career Development Department support the technical and professional skills gained throughout a student s education. Full Sail s Career Development Department governs: 1. degree specific lectures and presentations designed to prepare students for the pursuit of internships and entry level employment, including instruction about résumé creation, interview techniques, and the professionalism required within the industry, 2. a regularly updated record of potential employers in the industry, 3. a well-organized industry outreach effort to promote awareness of Full Sail s degree programs, as well as qualified graduates and their successes, and 4. an online community for all Full Sail alumni to promote networking and professional relationships. Full Sail degree program students preparing for graduation as well as alumni throughout their careers may utilize Career Development services. Those desiring assistance must register their requests with the Career Development Department. The Career Development Department requires a consistent and professional dialogue from each student or graduate in order to provide effective assistance. Flexibility is desirable with respect to location or type of employment and may enhance the efforts of our services. Relocation for specific types of employment may be necessary in order to successfully launch and maintain a career in the entertainment media industry. If specific, employment-related information beyond the scope of the Career Development Department is requested, every reasonable effort will be made to supply available contact information of other resources that may be able to further assist students and alumni. Full Sail educates students about the process of successfully marketing themselves to the industry. The Career Development Department is frequently approached by entertainment media facilities seeking the services of graduates. In selecting candidates, the department will review the graduate s GPA, attendance records, and GPS score. Graduates who meet the qualifications set forth by the Career Development Department and the employers are then considered. Even though Full Sail makes a reasonable effort to assist each graduate in seeking employment, this in no way constitutes a promise or guarantee of employment. Career assistance may be suspended in the event that a student s financial commitments are delinquent or in default. Completion of individual courses does not qualify students for career assistance. GENERAL INFORMATION Career Development 293

Tuition Breakdown 2014 Tuition Breakdown Master of Arts Degree Program NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Semester 1 $ 6,250 Semester 2 $ 6,250 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 583 PUBLIC RELATIONS Semester 1 $ 6,000 Semester 2 $ 6,000 Semester 3 $ 16,000 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 778 Master of Fine Arts Degree Programs CREATIVE WRITING Semester 1 $ 6,250 Semester 2 $ 6,250 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 583 MEDIA DESIGN Semester 1 $ 7,200 Semester 2 $ 7,200 Semester 3 $ 18,600 Total Tuition $ 33,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 569 Master of Science Degree Programs BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Semester 1 $ 6,500 Semester 2 $ 6,500 Semester 3 $ 15,000 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 778 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Semester 1 $ 6,250 Semester 2 $ 6,250 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 675 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS with a Sports Management Elective Track Semester 1 $ 6,250 Semester 2 $ 6,250 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 675 INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Semester 1 $ 6,000 Semester 2 $ 6,000 Semester 3 $ 16,000 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 778 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Semester 1 $ 6,500 Semester 2 $ 6,500 Semester 3 $ 15,000 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 778 INTERNET MARKETING Semester 1 $ 6,250 Semester 2 $ 6,250 Semester 3 $ 15,500 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 757 MOBILE GAMINING Semester 1 $ 6,500 Semester 2 $ 6,500 Semester 3 $ 15,000 Total Tuition $ 28,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 778 Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Semester 1 $ 5,625 Semester 2 $ 5,625 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 432 Bachelor of Science Degree Programs COMPUTER ANIMATION Semester 1 $ 5,625 Semester 2 $ 5,625 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 422 DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Semester 1 $ 6,250 Semester 2 $ 6,250 Semester 3 $ 7,750 Semester 4 $ 7,750 Semester 5 $ 7,750 Semester 6 $ 7,750 Semester 7 $ 7,750 Semester 8 $ 7,750 Total Tuition $ 59,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 474 ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Semester 1 $ 6,500 Semester 2 $ 6,500 Semester 3 $ 8,000 Semester 4 $ 8,000 Semester 5 $ 8,000 Semester 6 $ 8,000 Semester 7 $ 6,000 Total Tuition $ 51,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 425 GAME ART Semester 1 $ 5,625 Semester 2 $ 5,625 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 439 GAME DESIGN Semester 1 $ 5,625 Semester 2 $ 5,625 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 450 GRAPHIC DESIGN Semester 1 $ 5,625 Semester 2 $ 5,625 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 443 INTERNET MARKETING Semester 1 $ 6,000 Semester 2 $ 6,000 Semester 3 $ 7,500 Semester 4 $ 7,500 Semester 5 $ 7,500 Semester 6 $ 7,500 Semester 7 $ 11,000 Total Tuition $ 53,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 398 MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Semester 1 $ 6,000 Semester 2 $ 6,000 Semester 3 $ 7,500 Semester 4 $ 7,500 Semester 5 $ 7,500 Semester 6 $ 7,500 Semester 7 $ 11,000 Total Tuition $ 53,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 442 MOBILE DEVELOPMENT Semester 1 $ 5,625 Semester 2 $ 5,625 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 419 MUSIC BUSINESS Semester 1 $ 6,000 Semester 2 $ 6,000 Semester 3 $ 7,500 Semester 4 $ 7,500 Semester 5 $ 7,500 Semester 6 $ 7,500 Semester 7 $ 11,000 Total Tuition $ 53,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 427 MUSIC PRODUCTION Semester 1 $ 5,625 Semester 2 $ 5,625 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 417 SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Semester 1 $ 5,625 Semester 2 $ 5,625 Semester 3 $ 7,125 Semester 4 $ 7,125 Semester 5 $ 7,125 Semester 6 $ 7,125 Semester 7 $ 7,125 Semester 8 $ 7,125 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 425 WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Semester 1 $ 6,000 Semester 2 $ 6,000 Semester 3 $ 7,500 Semester 4 $ 7,500 Semester 5 $ 8,000 Semester 6 $ 8,000 Semester 7 $ 11,000 Total Tuition $ 54,000 Cost per Credit Hour $ 435 Graduate Certificate Programs INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Semester 1 $ 7,200 Total Tuition $ 7,200 Cost per Credit Hour $ 600 INTERNET MARKETING Semester 1 $ 7,500 Total Tuition $ 7,500 Cost per Credit Hour $ 600 Tuition amounts are subject to change. For the most up-to-date tuition information, speak with your Admissions Representative or visit www.fullsail.edu/gedt. GENERAL INFORMATION Tuition Breakdown 294

General Information Transferring Credits into Other Full Sail Bachelor s Degrees Those who have earned or will earn an associate s degree from Full Sail may be eligible to transfer credits towards other Full Sail bachelor s degrees. Graduates with an associate s degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards other Full Sail bachelor s degrees. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the specific degree. To determine the cost and transfer of credit eligibility, contact Full Sail s Admissions Department. Multiple Degrees Students may take a combination of Bachelor of Science Degree Programs and Master of Science Degree Programs, based on eligibility requirements. A $200 refundable deposit is required to apply for each additional Bachelor or Master of Science Degree Program. An Admissions Representative is available to offer recommendations on Degree Program combinations and order. Degrees Awarded Upon completion of the degree program or graduate certificate, the student will be awarded: Master of Arts Degree New Media Journalism Public Relations Master of Fine Arts Degree Creative Writing Media Design Master of Science Degree Business Intelligence Entertainment Business Entertainment Business with a Sports Management Elective Track Innovation & Entrepreneurship Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Mobile Gaming Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Science Degree Computer Animation Digital Cinematography Entertainment Business Game Art Game Design Graphic Design Internet Marketing Media Communications Mobile Development Music Business Music Production Sports Marketing & Media Web Design & Development Graduate Certificates Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Media Communications Fees/Deposits A $40 application fee is required to apply for a Degree Program. For those applying for a second, or multiple degrees, an additional $200 refundable deposit is required. A $200 deposit is required for each individual course. Availability of a course or degree start/enrollment date is subject to class size limitations. A seat will only be reserved upon receipt of each course/ program s deposit. The application fee and deposit(s) are not covered by financial aid. The application fee and deposit(s) are included in the tuition prices listed. Deposits held for future Degree Programs may be credited toward any amount due Full Sail, for any other tuition or fees that may be due. Delay of Start/Enrollment Date Full Sail will charge a non-refundable fee of $100 for each revision that results in a delay of a student s start/ enrollment date. Non-Sufficient Funds A $25 fee will be charged for any check returned for non-sufficient funds. Comparative Program Information Comparative program information related to tuition and program length is available from:» Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA 22201 (703) 247-4212 www.accsc.org GENERAL INFORMATION 295

General Information What s Included The cost of a Full Sail Degree Program includes expenses such as textbooks, manuals, media, production materials, lab fees, technology fees, and other associated costs except as noted. Institutional Fee All students are required to purchase a computer and software in addition to tuition. Technology configured in accordance with program specifications. Project LaunchBox The primary component of the institutional fee is Project LaunchBox, which is an Apple MacBook Pro computer that serves as a personal workstation throughout their education. This notebook computer comes with degreespecific software that allows students to work on their projects on and off-campus and maintain their personal portfolio of work wherever they may be. The choice of Apple hardware has allowed Full Sail to develop our curriculum to a high and specific standard of computer capability, while giving students maximum flexibility for their creativity. In addition, Full Sail s Online Learning Environment, which is utilized by all Full Sail students, is built around the capabilities of Apple workstations, helping the school to provide the same high level of education and innovation both online and on-campus. LaunchBox Pricing by Degree Program Online Degrees Fee Amount Business Intelligence Master of Science Online $3,000.00 Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Online $5,000.00 Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online $3,000.00 Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Online $3,000.00 Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Online $5,000.00 Instructional Design & Technology Graduate Certificate Online $3,000.00 Entertainment Business Sports Management Master of Science Online $3,000.00 Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Online $4,000.00 Entertainment Business Master of Science Online $3,000.00 Game Art Bachelor of Science Online $5,000.00 Game Design Bachelor of Science Online $3,000.00 Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Online $4,000.00 Innovation & Entrepreneurship Master of Science Online $3,000.00 Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Online $4,000.00 Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Online $4,000.00 Internet Marketing Master of Science Online $3,000.00 Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate Online $3,000.00 Media Communications Bachelor of Science Online $4,000.00 Media Design Master of Fine Arts Online $3,000.00 Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Online $5,000.00 Mobile Gaming Master of Science Online $4,000.00 Music Business Bachelor of Science Online $4,000.00 Music Production Bachelor of Science Online $4,000.00 New Media Journalism Master of Arts Online $4,000.00 Public Relations Master of Arts Online $4,000.00 Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science Online $5,000.00 Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Online $4,000.00 Online Fee Amount includes shipping and software. GENERAL INFORMATION 296

Class Schedules Class Schedules Business Intelligence - Master of Fine Arts Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Computer Animation - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 Creative Writing for Entertainment - Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 Digital Cinematography - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 Entertainment Business - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 February 4/5, 2016 February 3, 2014 March 3/4, 2016 March 3, 2014 March 24/25, 2016 March 31, 2014 May 5/6, 2016 May 5, 2014 June 2/3, 2016 June 2, 2014 June 30/July 1, 2016 July 7, 2014 August 4/5, 2016 August 4, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 September 2, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 September 29, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 October 27, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 November 24, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 Entertainment Business - Master of Science Degree* START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Game Design - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 Graphic Design - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 Innovation & Entrepreneurship - Master of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Instructional Design and Technology - Graduate Certificate START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 May 8/9, 2014 February 3, 2014 June 5/6, 2014 March 3, 2014 June 26/27, 2014 March 31, 2014 August 7/8, 2014 May 5, 2014 September 4/5, 2014 June 2, 2014 October 2/3, 2014 July 7, 2014 October 30/31, 2014 August 4, 2014 November 24/25, 2014 September 2, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 September 29, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 October 27, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 November 24, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 Internet Marketing - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 May 5/6, 2016 February 3, 2014 June 2/3, 2016 March 3, 2014 June 30/July 1, 2016 March 31, 2014 August 4/5, 2016 May 5, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 June 2, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 July 7, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 August 4, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 September 2, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 September 29, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 October 27, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 November 24, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 Internet Marketing - Master of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Creative Writing - Master of Fine Arts Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Game Art - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 Instructional Design and Technology - Master of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Internet Marketing - Graduate Certificate START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 May 8/9, 2014 February 3, 2014 June 5/6, 2014 March 3, 2014 June 26/27, 2014 March 31, 2014 August 7/8, 2014 May 5, 2014 September 4/5, 2014 June 2, 2014 October 2/3, 2014 July 7, 2014 October 30/31, 2014 August 4, 2014 November 24/25, 2014 September 2, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 September 29, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 October 27, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 November 24, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 * The Entertainment Business Master of Science and the Entertainment Business Master of Science with a Sports Management Elective Track Degree Programs have the same class schedule. GENERAL INFORMATION Class Schedule 297

Class Schedules Class Schedules (Cont.) Media Communications - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 May 5/6, 2016 February 3, 2014 June 2/3, 2016 March 3, 2014 June 30/July 1, 2016 March 31, 2014 August 4/5, 2016 May 5, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 June 2, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 July 7, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 August 4, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 September 2, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 September 29, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 October 27, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 November 24, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 Media Design - Master of Fine Arts Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Mobile Development - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 Music Business - Bachelor of Science Degree Program START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 May 5/6, 2016 February 3, 2014 June 2/3, 2016 March 3, 2014 June 30/July 1, 2016 March 31, 2014 August 4/5, 2016 May 5, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 June 2, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 July 7, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 August 4, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 September 2, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 September 29, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 October 27, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 November 24, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 Music Production - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 New Media Journalism - Master of Arts Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Sports Marketing & Media - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 February 3, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 March 3, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 March 31, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 May 5, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 June 2, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 July 7, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 August 4, 2014 March 30/31, 2017 September 2, 2014 May 4/5, 2017 September 29, 2014 June 1/2, 2017 October 27, 2014 June 29/30, 2017 November 24, 2014 August 3/4, 2017 Web Design & Development - Bachelor of Science Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 March 24/25, 2016 February 3, 2014 May 5/6, 2016 March 3, 2014 June 2/3, 2016 March 31, 2014 June 30/July 1, 2016 May 5, 2014 August 4/5, 2016 June 2, 2014 September 1/2, 2016 July 7, 2014 September 29/30, 2016 August 4, 2014 October 27/28, 2016 September 2, 2014 November 21/22, 2016 September 29, 2014 December 15/16, 2016 October 27, 2014 February 2/3, 2017 November 24, 2014 March 2/3, 2017 2014 Holiday Schedule Spring Break...April 19 - April 27, 2014 Memorial Day... May 26, 2014 July 4th Break...June 29 - July 6, 2014 Labor Day Break...August 31 - September 2, 2014 Thanksgiving... November 26 (1pm) - November 30, 2014 Winter Break... December 20 (1pm), 2014 - January 4, 2015 Mobile Gaming - Master of Fine Arts Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 Public Relations - Master of Arts Degree START GRADUATION January 6, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 3, 2014 March 5/6, 2015 March 31, 2014 April 2/3, 2015 May 5, 2014 May 7/8, 2015 June 2, 2014 June 4/5, 2015 July 7, 2014 June 25/26, 2015 August 4, 2014 August 6/7, 2015 September 2, 2014 September 3/4, 2015 September 29, 2014 October 1/2, 2015 October 27, 2014 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 24, 2014 November 23/24, 2015 GENERAL INFORMATION Class Schedule 298

Online Education Online Education at Full Sail Online degree programs and courses are delivered over the Full Sail Online Learning Environment a secure web-based platform that employs modern multimedia technologies and is accessible 24 hours a day via the Internet. Online students use this system to view video content, receive and submit project work and assignments, take tests and quizzes, communicate with instructors and classmates, and review grades and course progress. Online Support The staff of Full Sail Online Support works together with students, faculty, and administration to make the student experience positive, reassuring, and seamless throughout our online courses. Our mission is to provide the highest standard of technical support and to nurture students growth and development while allowing them to enhance the skills necessary to be successful in an online environment. Student Services Student Services Full Sail Support Specialists can assist with resolving technical issues associated with the functionality of the online platform. You can reach Online Support by phone at 877-437-6349 or by email at FSOSupport@fullsail.com. International Student Center International students may be assisted by the International Student Center in matters regarding visa status. International students are welcome to seek assistance with issues of daily living such as opening bank accounts, obtaining driver s licenses and medical insurance. The International Student Center works closely with other Full Sail staff members to ensure a smooth transition for students from other countries attending Full Sail. Services for Students with Disabilities Full Sail is committed to providing equal access to all students, including those who qualify as persons with disabilities. While upholding this commitment, Full Sail also expects all students to maintain the high standards of academic achievement and excellence that are essential to the integrity of the school s mission. By advancing these aims, Full Sail ensures that its policies, practices, and procedures conform to federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. Provide written documentation to the Director of Student Affairs regarding the nature of your disability and any considerations/ accommodations that may be necessary. Such documentation must: (1) be from an appropriate professional, (2) not be more than three years old and, (3) provide a clear understanding of how the student is presently functioning. Full Sail s confidentiality policy provides that only the appropriate Full Sail personnel access this information and it is stored in separate, confidential files. Except in instances of health or safety, information concerning the disability, accommodations, or documentation will not be released without written consent. Provide ample time when requesting a reasonable accommodation(s). Requests must be evaluated and arrangements made prior to the anticipated need for service/support. Full Sail cannot guarantee that appropriate accommodations/services can be put in place without sufficient lead-time to make arrangements. Whenever possible, please provide at least 60 days advance notice. The Director of Student Affairs, assigned by the President, makes determinations of reasonable accommodations for students with disabilities. Fax documentation to (407) 552-2072. Academic Success Department The staff of the Academic Success Department works collaboratively with the students, faculty and administration to create a positive environment for development throughout our student s academic journey. We aim to provide support and encouragement that enables our students to develop character and integrity while expanding their competency and skills. We strive to endorse learning in the classroom and in the community, not only through academics but through personal growth and maturity. The Academic Success Department provides services through Student Advising, Student Records, Student Success Seminars, Global Professionalism Standards, and the Library. We work closely with the faculty to ensure the best support services for all students. Student Advisors can assist with scheduling issues, leaves of absence, community referrals, and can act as a contact for parents. Student Advisors are available during regular office hours Monday through Friday, either by appointment or on an availability basis. GENERAL INFORMATION Online Education 299

Student Services Student Services, cont. The Student Success Seminars The Student Success Seminars, unique to Full Sail and available online and on campus, are offered as a service to Degree-seeking students. These optional classes in human performance enhancement are not remedial classes, but have been designed specifically to help students perform well within Full Sail s compressed Degree Programs. The Student Success Seminars are designed to help students acquire tools for building competency, self-esteem and self-management. Topics covered include discussions about study skills and test-taking strategies, developing positive strategies for dealing with life circumstances and relationships, managing stress, balancing logic and emotion, creative and critical thinking, budgeting and money management, and time management. There are no fees for these seminars and they may be prescribed, when indicated by lower than expected academic achievement, by the Director of Student Affairs. Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Advancement An academic year consists of 32 weeks of instruction. In order to advance to the next grade level (freshman to sophomore, etc.), students must earn a minimum of 24 semester credits during that academic year. Anti-Hazing Policy Full Sail does not allow hazing for any reason whatsoever. Students engaging in any potentially harmful activities will be disciplined and may be subject to suspension or termination. Appeals Any disciplinary or administrative action taken according to Full Sail policies may be appealed to an Appeals Committee. Appeals must be submitted in writing to Student Advisors. The Appeals Committee is convened as required by the Director of Advising and consists of no less than five senior Full Sail administrators including the Program Director for a given student s particular program of study. Attendance Specific daily attendance is not recorded for online courses, as it would be on campus. Students are required, however, to maintain weekly logins and timely submission of assignments or they may risk being withdrawn for lack of attendance. Auditing Graduates of Full Sail s Degree Programs may audit (attend without credit) any current course in their degree program with permission of the Director of Student Affairs. Auditing is allowed on an available-seating basis. Changes Full Sail reserves the right to affect changes in tuition, textbooks, equipment, administration, schedules, subject matter, faculty and staff, and to teach courses in any order it deems necessary. Class Size Full Sail s philosophy is to put students in environments with optimal student to instructor ratios. To achieve this, online course sections are limited to a maximum of 25. Conduct Students are expected to conduct themselves honorably and with dignity at all times. They are responsible for learning and abiding by state and local laws. Conviction for a criminal offense or any behavior reflecting dishonor or discredit on the college is sufficient grounds for termination. In addition, Full Sail reserves the right to terminate enrollment in the event of cheating, disruptive behavior, substance abuse or destruction of property at studios, offices, classrooms, or any other accommodations arranged by Full Sail. Although the mode of dress is casual, shoes, pants and shirts must be worn at all Full Sail-related activities. Discretion, modesty, and good taste are expected at all times. Course Numbering System Each course is assigned a three- or four-letter course prefix that identifies the degree program the class is associated with and a three- or four-digit course suffix that identifies the level, course number, and course version of each course within their respective program. Credit for Previous Education Students with previous postsecondary education may request credit for previous education. TRANSFER CREDIT Those seeking transfer credit from another accredited postsecondary school while attending Full Sail must submit must submit a copy of official transcripts to the Document Management Team. To receive transfer credit, students must have successfully completed courses similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses. The submission of a copy of official college transcripts must occur within the first two weeks of GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 300

Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures attendance at Full Sail. For those classes that begin the first week in a degree program, a copy of official college transcripts must be received before class begins. The right to receive transfer credit for a course is only granted for successful completion of prior education in subjects that have received a grade of C or better. Transfer credits are awarded based on courses already completed and recommendations to attend courses at other institutions cannot be provided. Acceptance of transfer credit may change a student s eligibility for certain types of financial aid. Full Sail may request additional documentation to verify and/or assess the preparation provided by the issuing institution. In all cases, Full Sail retains the sole discretion to determine the transferability of credits. TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDIT Questions regarding matriculation should be directed to the institution at which continued education is being sought. The transferability of credit from Full Sail to another institution is at the discretion of the accepting institution. It is the student s responsibility to confirm whether or not credits will be accepted by another college. Evaluations During courses, students are evaluated on their performance through a series of quizzes, exams, and project evaluations. They are evaluated on theory, technical and practical application, and attitude. Global Professionalism Standards For 30 years, Full Sail has built relationships within the Entertainment Media Industry and has learned from industry professionals, our alumni and Advisory Board members, those items that are crucial to a successful career. It is the school s role to ensure that each student understands, accepts, and adheres to specific industry expectations placed upon graduates as they pursue their chosen field. In addition to the school s widely-respected education, Full Sail is a unique community that promotes the importance of a vital code of conduct, which will allow a student to transition into a successful media professional. The Global Professionalism Standards (GPS) program is a formal set of standards for professional conduct which reflects the expectations of the industry. While these standards have been represented in the Full Sail Student Manual s code of conduct since the school s inception, this expanded program quantifies these terms, allowing students to measure their progress as well as giving them a platform from which excellence can be gauged. These initiatives address the need for students and graduates alike to exhibit a desired level of professionalism thereby ensuring each student a respectful, optimized learning environment, while allowing Full Sail graduates to be viewed as more competitive and better qualified for entering the industry. The GPS contains five main components that will be evaluated throughout the education term as a student. These components are: Timeliness Evidencing Respect Preparation Alertness/Attentiveness Compliance with Full Sail s policies as well as local and federal laws Each student s professional skills will be assessed during their tenure with Full Sail in three areas: Learning Environment, Education, and Community. Learning Environment and Education: The ability to follow the code of conduct set forth in the Full Sail Student Manual (factors including: timeliness, evidencing respect, preparation, alertness/ attentiveness and compliance with Full Sail s policies as well as local and federal laws) will ensure that each student maintains a GPS score of 100 percent. Failure to follow any and/or all parts of the Full Sail code of conduct will result in points being deducted from the GPS score. Community: This element represents the ability to add to the GPS score by contributing and participating in events both within Full Sail and throughout the larger community. Events may include: volunteer work, attending designated tutorials or workshops, starting or participating in a community-minded group, or organizing a benevolent fund-raising event. The Global Professionalism Standards program was created with the help of industry professionals and students to help the current student become familiar with the professional attributes of employment and to enhance the ability to successfully navigate within a professional environment. Academic Grading Scale Grades are given for both academics and attendance. Students are required to obtain a passing grade in each course and 90 percent attendance. A passing grade in an associate- or bachelor-level program is a D or a numerical grade of 70. A passing grade in a master-level program is a C or a numerical grade of 73. The grading scale is as follows: ASSOCIATE S & BACHELOR S DEGREES GRADE NUMERICAL GRADE GRADE POINTS A+ 95 100 % 4.0 A 90-94 % 3.5 B+ 85-89 % 3.0 B 80-84 % 2.5 C+ 76-79 % 2.0 C 73 75 % 1.5 D 70-72 % 1.0 F below 70 % 0 MASTER S DEGREES GRADE NUMERICAL GRADE GRADE POINTS A+ 95 100 % 4.0 A 90 94 % 3.5 B+ 85 89 % 3.0 B 80 84 % 2.5 C 73 79 % 2.0 D 70 72 % 1.0 F 0 69 % 0.0 Unless otherwise stated in each course syllabus, grades are rounded to the nearest percentage point. GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 301

Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Florida s Statewide Course Numbering System Courses in this catalog are identified by prefixes and numbers that were assigned by Florida s Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). This numbering system is used by all public postsecondary institutions in Florida and 27 participating nonpublic institutions. The major purpose of this system is to facilitate the transfer of courses between participating institutions. Students and administrators can use the online SCNS to obtain course descriptions and specific information about course transfer between participating Florida institutions. This information is at the SCNS website at http://scns.fldoe.org. Each participating institution controls the title, credit, and content of its own courses and recommends the first digit of the course number to indicate the level at which students normally take the course. Course prefixes and the last three digits of the course numbers are assigned by members of faculty discipline committees appointed for that purpose by the Florida Department of Education in Tallahassee. Individuals nominated to serve on these committees are selected to maintain a representative balance as to type of institution and discipline field or specialization. The course prefix and each digit in the course number have a meaning in the SCNS. The listing of prefixes and associated courses is referred to as the SCNS taxonomy. Descriptions of the content of courses are referred to as statewide course profiles. EXAMPLE OF COURSE IDENTIFIER PREFIX LEVEL CODE (FIRST DIGIT) CENTURY DIGIT (SECOND DIGIT) DECADE DIGIT (THIRD DIGIT) UNIT DIGIT (FOURTH DIGIT) ENC 1 1 0 1 English Composition Lower (Freshman) Level At This Institution Freshman Composition Freshman Composition Skills Freshman Composition Skills I LAB CODE No laboratory component in this course GENERAL RULE FOR COURSE EQUIVALENCIES Equivalent courses at different institutions are identified by the same prefixes and same last three digits of the course number and are guaranteed to be transferable between participating institutions that offer the course, with a few exceptions, as listed below in Exception to the General Rule for Equivalency. For example, a freshman composition skills course is offered by 59 different postsecondary institutions. Each institution uses ENC_101 to identify its freshman composition skills course. The level code is the first digit and represents the year in which students normally take the course at a specific institution. In the SCNS taxonomy, ENC means English Composition, the century digit 1 represents Freshman Composition, the decade digit 0 represents Freshman Composition Skills, and the unit digit 1 represents Freshman Composition Skills I. In the sciences and certain other areas, a C or L after the course number is known as a lab indicator. The C represents a combined lecture and laboratory course that meets in the same place at the same time. The L represents a laboratory course or the laboratory part of a course that has the same prefix and course number but meets at a different time or place. Transfer of any successfully completed course from one participating institution to another is guaranteed in cases where the course to be transferred is equivalent to one offered by the receiving institution. Equivalencies are established by the same prefix and last three digits and comparable faculty credentials at both institutions. For example, ENC 1101 is offered at a community college. The same course is offered at a state university as ENC 2101. A student who has successfully completed ENC 1101 at the community college is guaranteed to receive transfer credit for ENC 2101 at the state university if the student transfers. The student cannot be required to take ENC 2101 again since ENC 1101 is equivalent to ENC 2101. Transfer credit must be awarded for successfully completed equivalent courses and used by the receiving institution to determine satisfaction of requirements by transfer students on the same basis as credit awarded to the native students. It is the prerogative of the receiving institution, however, to offer transfer credit for courses successfully completed that have not been designated as equivalent. NOTE: Credit generated at institutions on the quarter-term system may not transfer the equivalent number of credits to institutions on the semester-term system. For example, 4.0 quarter hours often transfers as 2.67 semester hours. THE COURSE PREFIX The course prefix is a three-letter designator for a major division of an academic discipline, subject matter area, or subcategory of knowledge. The prefix is not intended to identify the department in which a course is offered. Rather, the content of a course determines the assigned prefix to identify the course. AUTHORITY FOR ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIVALENT COURSES Section 1007.24(7), Florida Statutes, states: Any student who transfers among postsecondary institutions that are fully accredited by a regional or national accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education and that participate in the statewide course numbering system shall be awarded credit by the receiving institution for courses satisfactorily completed by the student at the previous institutions. Credit shall be awarded if the courses are judged by the appropriate statewide course numbering system faculty committees representing school districts, public postsecondary educational institutions, and participating nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions to be academically equivalent to courses offered at the receiving institution, including equivalency of faculty credentials, regardless of the public or nonpublic control of the previous institution. The Department of Education shall ensure that credits to be accepted by a receiving institution are generated in courses for which the faculty possess credentials that are comparable to those required by the accrediting association of the receiving institution. The award of credit may be limited to courses that are entered in the statewide course numbering system. Credits awarded pursuant to this subsection shall satisfy institutional requirements on the same basis as credits awarded to native students. EXCEPTIONS TO THE GENERAL RULE FOR EQUIVALENCY Since the initial implementation of the SCNS, specific disciplines or types of courses have been excepted from the guarantee of transfer for equivalent courses. These include courses that must be evaluated individually or courses in which the student must be evaluated for mastery of skill and technique. The following courses are exceptions to the general rule for course equivalencies and may not transfer. Transferability is at the discretion of the receiving institution. A. Courses not offered by the receiving institution. B. For courses at non-regionally accredited institutions, courses offered prior to the established transfer date of the course in question. C. Courses in the _900-999 series are not automatically transferable, and must be evaluated individually. These include such courses as Special Topics, Internships, Apprenticeships, Practica, Study Abroad, Theses, and Dissertations. D. Applied academics for adult education courses. E. Graduate courses. F. Internships, apprenticeships, practica, clinical experiences, and study abroad courses with numbers other than those ranging from 900-999. G. Applied courses in the performing arts (Art, Dance, Interior Design, Music, and Theatre) and skills courses in Criminal Justice (academy certificate courses) are not guaranteed as transferable. These courses need evidence of achievement (e.g., portfolio, audition, interview, etc.). COURSES AT NON-REGIONALLY ACCREDITED INSTITUTIONS The SCNS makes available on its home page (http://scns.fldoe.org) a report entitled Courses at Nonregionally Accredited Institutions that contains a comprehensive listing of all nonpublic institution courses in the SCNS inventory, as well as each course s transfer level and transfer effective date. This report is updated monthly. Questions about the SCNS and appeals regarding course credit transfer decisions should be directed to Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs or to the Florida Department of Education, Office of Articulation, 1401 Turlington Building, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0400. Special reports and technical information may be requested by calling the SCNS office at (850) 245-0427 or at http://scns.fldoe.org. GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 302

Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Graduation Requirements In order to graduate from one of Full Sail s undergraduate degree programs, a student must: 1. Achieve a minimum GPA of 1.0 in each course, 2. Complete all applicable courses within the degree, 3. Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program, 4. Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 2.0, and Students are required to fulfill all financial obligations before a diploma and final transcripts are issued. In order to graduate from one of Full Sail s graduate degree programs, a student must: 1. Achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0 and a minimum attendance rate of 90 percent in each course, 2. Complete all applicable courses within the degree, 3. Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program, 4. Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 3.0, and Students are required to fulfill all financial obligations before a diploma and final transcripts are issued. Interruption of Training / Leave of Absence INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING Standard term semester students are not eligible to apply for a Leave of Absence. They are eligible to apply for an Interruption of Training. (FOR STUDENTS UNDER SEMESTERS AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT) In extenuating circumstances, students may apply for an Interruption of Training (IOT) for 90 days per Academic Year (2 Semesters). Students are required to complete the request form with a Student Advisor, which must include the following information: specific reason for the IOT, date IOT starts (must be equal to first scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days in an Academic Year). It is recommended that financial aid recipients considering an Interruption of Training consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect it will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on IOT, students will not receive financial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense stipends. Current financial aid funding may change, and future financial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional financial aid application forms based on the timing of their IOT within the financial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress with a GPA of 1.0 or higher will be granted an IOT. Students not communicating and/or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an official IOT will be dismissed. RETURN FROM INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their IOT to confirm their return. A Return from IOT form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from IOT should confirm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor. LEAVE OF ABSENCE Students under Enrollment Periods as indicated on the Enrollment Agreement are not eligible for an Interruption of Training. They are eligible for a Leave of Absence. (FOR STUDENTS UNDER ENROLLMENT PERIODS AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT) In extenuating circumstances, students may be permitted to interrupt their training with a Leave of Absence (LOA) of up to 90 days. Students are required to submit a written request for such leave to the Student Advisor. Request forms are available from the Student Advisor and must include the following information: specific reason for the LOA, date LOA starts (must be equal to first scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days). Only one such Leave of Absence may be granted during a twelve month period. LOAs must be for a minimum of 30 days unless mitigating circumstances warrant 2 weeks. It is recommended that financial aid recipients considering a Leave of Absence consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect such leave will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on LOA, students will not receive financial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense sti pends. Current financial aid funding may change, and future financial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional financial aid application forms based on the timing of their LOA within the financial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress will be granted a Leave of Absence. Students not communicating and/ or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an official LOA will be dismissed. RETURN FROM LEAVE OF ABSENCE Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their LOA to confirm their return. A Return from LOA form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from LOA should confirm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor. Living Expenses Disbursement of living expense funds due to the student may be withheld or delayed pending receipt of payment for any outstanding account balances owed by the student. Students not actively attending classes may not receive living expense disbursements. GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 303

Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Make-up Work Due to the nature of on-line courses and the accelerated pace, make-up work is not offered. In extenuating circumstances, the Course Director may choose to allow a short extension for the submission of an assignment, but this must be arranged in advance with the Course Director. Authorization for an extension is solely at the discretion of the Course Director. Maximum Time Frame for Program Completion The credit hours attempted for any Degree Program cannot exceed 1.5 times the credit hours required to complete the program. This maximum time frame requirement is a standard mandated by the accrediting body, and students who exceed the time frame are dismissed from the Degree Program. Probationary Status Students who do not meet Full Sail grading, attendance, financial, or conduct standards may be placed on probation. During this time, students are advised as to the level of improvement or the action necessary to rectify the probationary status. Students are removed from probation when satisfactory progress standards have been met. Students who do not meet satisfactory progress requirements at the end of their probationary period are subject to termination. Progress Records and Reports Progress records are permanently maintained by the school. Grades and attendance for each course are posted on the student s personal page on the Student Intranet site. Unofficial transcripts of student progress are available by completing a Transcript Request Form. Parents seeking access to this progress must have students sign an authorization to release records and, that being done, may call the college for a verbal check on academic progress. Students may give their parents the student s username and password to the Student Intranet site, thereby allowing their parents access to their progress as well as Campus News. Transcript requests must be in writing from the student. To request a transcript, the student may either complete a Transcript Request Form in the Education Reception Area, on the Student Intranet site, or by sending a letter that includes the student s full name, date of birth, social security number, program of study, and the student s signature. Requests for transcripts will be processed within 14 days of receipt. Transcripts will be available for pick-up at the Education Reception desk unless instructed otherwise by the student. There is a $5.00 charge for each official transcript. Re-Entry Students wishing to re-enter school must contact their Student Advisor. Re-entry will depend on the academic progress made by the student in their previous enrollment at the university. A student who was dismissed or administratively withdrawn by the university may not be eligible for re-entry, depending on the severity of the situation surrounding the withdrawal. To re-enter, a Change of Enrollment (COE) will be initiated by the Student Advisor and/or COE Assessment Team Member and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Re-entry requests must be initiated by the student. Family members may not request a Change of Enrollment (COE) on the student s behalf. Any balance of tuition must be paid prior to re-entry. If withdrawn for more than one year, reentering students will be charged the currently applicable tuition price and will be responsible for any increased amounts. Students may receive credit only for the common classes that were passed prior to their withdrawal. Typically, the re-entry process may require students to make appointments with several different departments; therefore, no less than a 30-day notice is required for a standard re-entry. If a student withdraws with plans to immediately re-enter (for example, due to an IOT for more than 90 days), 60 days notice prior to the intended start/enrollment date is required. Institutional Refund Policy REFUNDS Full Sail University s Institutional Refund Policy has been established in accordance with current state and federal regulations and applicable accrediting standards. A refund to the student or fund source may result from the application of Full Sail University s Institutional Refund Policy. REFUNDS DUE TO CANCELLATIONS Students who are rejected by the college, cancel application within five (5) business days of Full Sail University s receipt of the application fee, or cancel enrollment within five (5) business days of Full Sail University s receipt of a signed enrollment agreement are entitled to a 100% refund of tuition (0% tuition charged) and a refund of the $40 application fee. Students who have not visited Full Sail University prior to enrollment will have the opportunity to cancel all courses without penalty (0% of tuition charged, excluding the application fee) within three (3) business days following either the regularly scheduled orientation or following a tour of the school. Under any other circumstances, the $40 application fee is retained by Full Sail University. REFUNDS DUE TO WITHDRAWAL Full Sail University has an established add/drop period that is the first week of each semester. All tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students who drop within the add/drop period. After the add/drop period, the tuition and fees for the semester will be charged as follows(residents of Iowa, Maryland, and Wisconsin please see pages 308-309 for your refund policy): PERCENTAGE OF TUITION CHARGED DROP DATE 0% of tuition charged... Prior to semester start date 0% of tuition charged... During Add / Drop Period (first week of semester) 25% of tuition charged... During second week of semester 75% of tuition charged...during third week of semester 100% of tuition charged...after third week of semester GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 304

Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures All institutional fees will be refunded to students when unopened materials and equipment are returned to Full Sail University. The date from which the refund is calculated is the last date that the student attended a class. Refunds will be made within thirty (30) days of the date that Full Sail University determines that the student has withdrawn. The original source from which monies are received dictates the entity to which monies are to be refunded. Refunds due to the student that are less than one dollar are not issued unless the student submits a written request. In the event of a student s prolonged illness, accident, death in the family, or other circumstances that make completion of the semester impossible or impractical, the school will attempt to make a fair and reasonable settlement. Full Sail University reserves the right to modify these policies in order to remain in compliance with any changes in the applicable laws and regulations. Repayment of Government Program Funds If a student is terminated, withdraws, or otherwise fails to complete an enrollment period and received financial aid while enrolled, the Federal Government dictates how refunds (if applicable) are repaid. Students on Trial Periods: Once a student has successfully completed the Trial Period and becomes a regular student, otherwise eligible trial period students become eligible for Title IV, HEA program funds back to the beginning of the payment or loan period, as applicable, including the trial period, and the Title IV Refund Policy and Institutional Withdrawal Policy applies. The return of financial aid is dictated by The Return of Title IV Funds calculation policy. If a refund results from this calculation, federal policy requires that these unearned funds be returned to the applicable Title IV financial aid fund source. Funds are refunded to the Title IV Programs in the following federally mandated order: 1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans 2. Subsidized Federal Stafford loans 3. Federal PLUS loans 4. Federal Pell grants 5. Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG) 6. National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent (SMART) 7. Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) 8. Other grant or loan assistance authorized by Title IV of the HEA, as amended When a student withdrawal involves the repayment of Title IV funds, Full Sail University returns these funds based semesters. If a student withdraws on or before completing sixty (60) percent of the semester, a portion of the total Title IV funds awarded will be returned. The Return of Title IV Funds calculation may result in the student owing a balance to the Federal Government and, in some cases, to Full Sail University. Refunds are made within thirty (30) days of termination or withdrawal. Living Expense Repayment If a student is provided with living expense funds originating from a student financial assistance program and the student fails to complete the semester for any reason, the student is required to return the unearned funds. Full Sail will notify the student of the amount owed. If the student fails to satisfy the repayment, he or she will be ineligible for any further federal student financial aid assistance. Repeat of a Course Students may repeat a course one time without additional tuition charges, however, if a student withdraws prior to graduation, all weeks of attendance (even repeats for academic failure) will be counted toward the weeks of attendance for percentage of tuition owed. There are some courses in degree programs that a student must complete within two attempts, or that student will be dismissed from the program. This information is provided to the students in the syllabus received on the first day of those classes. Satisfactory Progress Satisfactory progress is evaluated at the end of each course and at 24 credit hours/32 weeks (which represents the end of the first academic year). During their first course, students in degrees with Trial Periods who do not successfully and comprehensively complete 80% of the assignments within the first two weeks may risk being administratively withdrawn for lack of attendance. Students are graded by periodic examinations, both written and practical, using a standard system of percentages to gauge progress. To successfully complete each course, in an undergraduate program, a student must attain a grade of D or better. To successfully complete each course in a graduate program, a student must attain a grade of C or better. To maintain satisfactory progress in an undergraduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 1.0 at the end of the first 25 percent of their program, a 1.5 cumulative grade point average by the midpoint of their program and a 2.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. To maintain satisfactory progress in a graduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 at the end of the first 25 percent of their program, a 2.5 cumulative grade point average by the mid-point of their program and a 3.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. Students who fail to meet these standards are placed on probation. This probation is usually for a 90-day period. Those who fail to achieve satisfactory progress after the probationary period may be terminated. This is left to the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. Mitigating circumstances are taken into consideration. Students are required to follow a predetermined program of study; the school does not offer noncredit remedial courses or a grade of incomplete for a course in an undergraduate degree program. GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 305

Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures Student Complaint/Grievance Procedure Students are encouraged to discuss academic progress, career goals, suggestions, and/or concerns with Full Sail staff members and/or administrators. Appointments with a Student Advisor, the Director of Student Affairs, and/or any other staff member may be scheduled. In the event of a concern, grievance or complaint that is not satisfactorily addressed in a meeting with the appropriate staff/faculty member, a student may acquire a complaint form from a Student Advisor and submit in writing the concern to the Director of Student Affairs. The Director of Student Affairs will review each complaint with all appropriate staff members and provide a written response to the student within 15 days of receiving the grievance. Schools accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges must have a procedure and operational plan for handling student complaints. If a student does not feel that Full Sail has adequately addressed a complaint or concern, the student may consider contacting the Accrediting Commission. All complaints considered by the Commission must be in written form with permission by the complainant(s) for the Commission to forward a copy of the complaint to the school for a response. The complainant(s) will be kept informed as to the status of the complaint as well as the final resolution by the Commission. Please direct all inquiries to:» Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA 22201 (703) 247-4212 www.accsc.org A copy of the Commission s Complaint Form is available at the school and may be obtained by contacting Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs. KANSAS ONLINE STUDENTS» Kansas Board of Regents 1000 Southwest Jackson Street, Suite 520 Topeka, KS 66612-1368 http://www.kansasregents.org/resources/pdf/524- ComplaintProcedureandForm.pdf MARYLAND ONLINE STUDENTS» Maryland Higher Education Commission 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201 Telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203 http://www.mhec.state.md.us/career/pcs/gripe.asp Full Sail University (Online) is registered with the Maryland Higher Education Commission to enroll Maryland students in its fully online distance education programs. If you believe that your concern has not been resolved appropriately by Full Sail University, you may appeal to the Maryland Higher Education Commission (MHEC). Please submit written complaints to:» Associate Director for Private Career Schools Planning and Academic Affairs Maryland Higher Education Commission 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201 Telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203 http://www.mhec.state.md.us/career/pcs/gripe.asp» Maryland Attorney General Consumer Protection Division 200 Street Paul Place Baltimore, MD 21202 consumer@oag.state.md.us https://web.oag.state.md.us/editor/customer/ onlineformhelpers/formviewer.aspx?filename= MUGeneral.htm Consumer Protection Hotline: (410) 528-8662 MINNESOTA ONLINE STUDENTS» Minnesota Office of Higher Education 1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350 St. Paul, MN 55108-5227 http://www.ohe.state.mn.us/ohecontactform.cfm (email) WISCONSIN ONLINE STUDENTS» Wisconsin Educational Approval Board 30 W. Mifflin Street, 9th Floor PO Box 8696 Madison, WI 53708 eabmail@eab.state.wi.us http://eab.state.wi.us/resources/complaint.asp Students Receiving Veterans Benefits CREDIT FOR PREVIOUS TRAINING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students receiving veterans benefits with previous postsecondary training or work experience must have this training or work experience evaluated and receive credit when appropriate. An official transcript or documentation of work experience must be sent to the Director of Student Affairs. These students must also successfully complete the final exam for each course to be credited. The Director of Student Affairs evaluates all relevant information, and credit for previous training is granted where appropriate. If credit is given, the training time within the program may be shortened and the tuition reduced accordingly. SATISFACTORY PROGRESS FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS A standard system of percentages is used for measuring progress in each course. Students are given periodic examinations, both written and practical. Those receiving veterans benefits are evaluated at the end of each class. In order to maintain satisfactory progress, students must have a 1.0 term GPA at the end of each evaluation period and have a cumulative grade point average at the 25%, mid-point and end of the program that meets the same graduation requirements for all degree program students. Those who do not achieve satisfactory progress at the end of each evaluation are placed on probation for eight weeks. Students who do not achieve satisfactory progress on or before the end of the eight week probation period have their veterans benefits terminated and are subject to termination from Full Sail. In this event, students are responsible for payment of any remaining tuition balance. REPORTING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students are responsible for reporting changes in their enrollment status to Full Sail s certifying official and to the VA. The law requires that education benefits to veterans be discontinued when students cease to maintain satisfactory attendance, progress, or conduct during training. GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 306

Policies & Procedures Policies & Procedures, cont. RE-ENTRY FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students receiving veterans benefits who are dismissed for unsatisfactory progress, poor attendance, misconduct or any other reason must seek re-entry through the Student Advisors in the Education Department. These students may be readmitted into the program at the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. They re-enter under a probationary status and those receiving veterans benefits are evaluated one month after re-entry. A term grade point average of at least 1.0, satisfactory attendance and good conduct are required to continue training and, at that point, students are again eligible to apply for veterans benefits. Students must maintain satisfactory progress and attendance for the remainder of the program. If satisfactory progress is not maintained, veterans benefits are denied and the students are responsible for the balance of the tuition owed. Termination Policy and Borrower s Agreement A student may terminate their enrollment agreement by giving written notice to Full Sail University, subject to the terms as outlined in the Institutional Refund Policy section of this catalog. Full Sail University reserves the right to terminate the enrollment agreement in the event of (i) disruptive behavior by a student, (ii) destruction of property by a student, (iii) nonpayment of tuition, (iv) unsatisfactory progress, (v) poor attendance and/or participation, or (vi) failure to satisfactorily complete all required courses prior to attempting 150% of the credit hours required to complete the semester. A student s dissatisfaction with or non-receipt of educational services offered by Full Sail University does not excuse the student from repayment of any private loan, grant, federal loan, or other loan whatsoever made to the student for enrollment and completion of training at Full Sail University. Clock Hour-to-Credit Hour Conversion One clock hour is defined as a period of no less than 50 minutes during which a student participates in a learning activity. The conversion of clock hours to credit hours is calculated on a semester credit hour basis. One semester credit hour is equal to 45 units of academic activities: One clock hour of Lecture or Lab One hour of out-of-class work and/or preparation for a Lecture or Lab 2.0 units 0.5 units A credit hour/unit chart is incorporated into each course syllabus and includes a breakdown of the total number of units for the academic activities in each respective course. Licenses & Accreditation Full Sail University is licensed by the Commission for Independent Education, Florida Department of Education. Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Commission at 325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414, Tallahassee, FL 32399-0400, toll-free telephone number (888) 224-6684. Full Sail University is licensed to offer Associate of Science, Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, Master of Fine Arts, and graduate certificates by the Commission for Independent Education. Full Sail is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC), [School # 055214]. The ACCSC is listed by the U.S. Department of Education as a nationally recognized accrediting agency under the provisions of Title 34, Chapter VI, Part 602 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations. Full Sail offers the following campus and online degrees and certificates: Master of Arts Degrees New Media Journalism Public Relations Master of Fine Arts Degrees Creative Writing Film Production Media Design Master of Science Degrees Business Intelligence Entertainment Business Entertainment Business with a Sports Management Elective Track Game Design Innovation & Entrepreneurship Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Mobile Gaming Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Science Degrees Computer Animation Digital Arts & Design Digital Cinematography Emerging Technology & Systems Engineering Entertainment Business Film Game Art Game Design Game Development Graphic Design Internet Marketing Media Communications Mobile Development Music Business Music Production Recording Arts Show Production Simulation & Visualization Software Development Sports Marketing & Media Web Design & Development Associate of Science Degrees Event Production Graphic Design Recording Arts Graduate Certificates Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Certificate English as a Second Language GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 307

Policies & Procedures Licenses & Accreditation, cont. Full Sail qualifies as an eligible institution under Title IV of the United States Department of Education, Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended. Financial aid is available for students who qualify. Full Sail is approved for veterans training by the Bureau of State Approving for Veterans Training, Florida Department of Veterans Affairs. Full Sail is authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant, alien students. The following states require additional registration or approvals for online programs: Iowa Full Sail University is not required to be authorized by the Iowa College Student Aid Commission. Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Iowa residents who are enrolled in online programs. Students who are rejected by the college, cancel application within five (5) business days of Full Sail University s receipt of the application fee, or cancel enrollment within five (5) business days of Full Sail University s receipt of a signed enrollment agreement are entitled to a 100% refund of tuition (0% tuition charged) and a refund of the $40 application fee. Under any other circumstances, the $40 application fee is retained by Full Sail University. Refunds will be paid within thirty (30) days of a student s official termination or withdrawal. If the University cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the Enrollment Agreement, the University will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Iowa residents who are enrolled in online programs will receive a refund of tuition charges in an amount that is not less than ninety percent (90%) of the amount of tuition charged to the student multiplied by the ratio of the remaining number of calendar days in the school period to the total number of calendar days in the school period. In accordance with Iowa refund policies, refunds will be calculated for the semester using the following formula: Number of Remaining Calendar Days in the Semester Number of Calendar Days in the Semester EXCEPTIONS: If an Iowa online student Total cancels Semesterhis/her program at any time X due = Iowa Tuition Reduction = 90% to the student s physical Tuition incapacitation, Charges X the student s refund shall be calculated using the following formula: Cancellation due to physical incapacitation will require medical documentation. Kansas Full Sail University holds a Certificate of Approval from the Kansas Board of Regents. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Kansas Board of Regents at 1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 520, Topeka, KS 66612-1368, telephone (785) 296-3421, or website www.kansasregents.org. = Percentage of Incomplete Semester Number of Remaining Calendar Percentage of Incomplete Semester Days in the Semester Percentage of X = Incomplete Total = Semester Tuition Charges Tuition Balance Number of Calendar Incomplete Semester Days in the Semester Incomplete Tuition Balance Percentage of Incomplete Semester = Incomplete Total Semester Tuition Charges Tuition Balance X Incomplete Tuition Balance Iowa Tuition Reduction = Total Semester Tuition Charges X 90% = X Iowa Tuition Reduction Number of Remaining Calendar Days in the Semester Number of Calendar Days in the Semester Maryland Number of Remaining Calendar Days in the Semester Number of Calendar Days in the Semester Full Sail University (Online) is registered with the Maryland Higher Education Commission to enroll Maryland students in its fully online distance education programs. Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Maryland Higher Education Commission at 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor, Baltimore, MD 21201, telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203. Refunds due to Withdrawal (For Maryland Students Enrolled in Online Programs) Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Maryland residents who are enrolled in online programs. Maryland online students have seven (7) calendar days after signing their enrollment agreement to cancel their enrollment for a full refund, including the application fee. After the seven (7) day cancellation period, but before instruction has begun, the student is eligible for a full refund, minus the application fee. After the seven (7) day cancellation period, and after instruction has begun, the refund calculation is as follows: PERCENTAGE OF TUITION REFUNDED PERCENTAGE OF SEMESTER COMPLETED 90% Less than 10% 80% 10% up to but not including 20% 60% 20% up to but not including 30% 40% 30% up to but not including 40% 20% 40% up to but not including 60% 0% More than 60% GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 308

Policies & Procedures Licenses & Accreditation, cont. Refunds will be paid within thirty (30) days of a student s official withdrawal. If the university cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the enrollment agreement, the university will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Minnesota Full Sail University is registered as a Private Institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. Wisconsin Full Sail University is approved by the Wisconsin Educational Approval Board. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Educational Approval Board at 30 West Mifflin Street, 9th Floor, P.O. Box 8696 Madison, WI 53708-8696, telephone (608) 266-1996. Refunds due to Withdrawal (For Wisconsin Students Enrolled in Online Programs) Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Wisconsin residents who are enrolled in online programs. Wisconsin Online students have three (3) business days from the time of enrollment to cancel their enrollment for a full refund, including the application fee. After the three business day cancellation period, all tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students that drop within the first five (5) days of the semester. Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a student s official withdrawal. If the University cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the Enrollment Agreement, the University will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Refunds will be calculated for the semester using the following chart: SEMESTER BY WEEK PERCENTAGE OF TUITION REFUNDED PERCENTAGE OF SEMESTER COMPLETED Week 1 100% 6.25% Week 2 80% 12.50% Week 3 80% 18.75% Week 4 70% 25% Week 5 60% 31.25% Week 6 60% 37.5% Week 7 50% 43.75% Week 8 50% 50% Week 9 40% 56.25% Week 10 0% 62.5% Week 11 0% 68.75% Week 12 0% 75% Week 13 0% 81.25% Week 14 0% 87.5% Week 15 0% 93.75% Week 16 0% 100% Student s Right to Cancel Form: http://www.fullsail.edu/downloads/wisconsinrtc.pdf Notice of Availability of Annual Security Report A copy of Full Sail s Annual Security Report is available to prospective students upon request. This report includes statistics for the previous three years concerning reported crimes that occurred on-campus; in certain off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by Full Sail; and on public property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. The report also includes institutional policies concerning campus security and other matters. You can obtain a copy of this report by contacting your Admissions Representative. GENERAL INFORMATION Administration 309

Administration Memberships/Affiliations Governing Body Full Sail University Administration Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Association for Computing Machinery Association of Private Sector Colleges and Universities (APSCU) ACM SIGGRAPH Advanced Educational Research Association American Institute of Graphic Arts Alias Global User Association American Academy of Advertising American Bar Association American Counseling Association American Library Association American Management Association American Marketing Association American Society for Group Workers Apple Distinquished Educators Apple University Executive Forum Attention Deficit Disorder Association Audio Engineering Society Autodesk User Group Autodesk Education Better Business Bureau* Central Florida Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages Commission for Independent Education Educational Theater Association Educause Entertainment Arts and Sports Law Florida Bar Enzian Theater Advisory Board Federal Bar Association Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools and Colleges Florida Bar Association Florida Film Group Florida Institute for Film Education Florida Motion Picture and Television Association Game Developers Conference Hewlett-Packard Artist and Animators of the Future Advisory Council ill Clan Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers Instructional Technology Council Independent Game Developers Association International Advertising Association Maitland Art Center Modern Language Association Music and Entertainment Industry Educators Association National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences National Association of Broadcasters National Association of Latino Independent Producers National Association of Women Business Owners National Association of Recording Merchandisers National Council for Teachers of English National Systems Contractors Association New Media Consortium North American Council of Online Learning Orlando Advertising Federation Orlando Chamber of Commerce Orlando Museum of Art Orlando Science Center Otronicon Professional Educators Network of Florida Professional Photoshop User Group Project Management Institute Project Zero with Harvard University State Educational Technology Directors Association Search Engine Marketing Professional Organization Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers Society of Professional Audio Recording Studios Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages The National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences Winter Park Chamber of Commerce Winter Park Hospital Women in Film and Television Full Sail University is a fictitious name registered by Full Sail, Inc., organized and chartered under the laws of the State of Florida. The address of the governing body is the same as that of the school. Co-Chairmen/CEOs Ed Haddock Bill Heavener Jon Phelps Administration Garry Jones Ken Goldstone Isis Jones Debbie Magruder Geoff Rogers Christopher Marconi Stella Posada Mary Beth Plank-Mezo Matthew Pengra Tammy Elliot Andrew Solberg Mark Gilbert Sharon Griffith Craig Daily Luis Garcia President Chief Operating Officer Chief Information Officer/ Executive Director Of Education Chief Financial Officer Executive Vice President Executive Vice President Senior Vice President, Image, Design & Development Vice President, Staff & Cultural Development Vice President, Admissions Vice President, Career Development Vice President, Marketing Vice President, Information & Media Technology Vice President, Financial Aid Vice President & Creative Director Vice President, Full Sail Online Education Directors Dave Franko Vice President, Academic Affairs Nell Thompson Vice President, Academic Innovation Erik Noteboom Vice President, Education Operations Jennifer Hill Director of Education Compliance Pat Bishop Director of Graduate Studies Debbie Mills Director of Student Affairs Jon Craig Director of Academic Success * The BBB only accredits the business management of the school, not the quality of a curriculum, or training programs. GENERAL INFORMATION Policies & Procedures 310

Evolving Education Online SM Full Sail University 3300 University Boulevard Winter Park, FL 32792-7429 Toll Free: 800.226.7625 Local/International: 407.679.6333 fullsail.edu Financial aid is available for those who qualify Career development assistance Accredited University, ACCSC